diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.commands.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.commands.html index 9ba5559d8c..72b131180e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.commands.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.commands.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

"commandExpireTime": "A String", # The time at which the command will expire. If the device doesn't execute the command within this time the command will become expired. "commandId": "A String", # Unique ID of a device command. "commandResult": { # The result of executing a command. # The result of the command execution. - "commandResultPayload": "A String", # The payload for the command result. The following commands respond with a payload: * `DEVICE_START_CRD_SESSION`: Payload is a stringified JSON object in the form: { "url": url }. The URL provides a link to the Chrome Remote Desktop session. + "commandResultPayload": "A String", # The payload for the command result. The following commands respond with a payload: * `DEVICE_START_CRD_SESSION`: Payload is a stringified JSON object in the form: { "url": url }. The URL provides a link to the Chrome Remote Desktop session. * `FETCH_CRD_AVAILABILITY_INFO`: Payload is a stringified JSON object in the form: { "deviceIdleTimeInSeconds": number, "userSessionType": string, "remoteSupportAvailability": string, "remoteAccessAvailability": string }. The "remoteSupportAvailability" field is set to "AVAILABLE" if `shared` CRD session to the device is available. The "remoteAccessAvailability" field is set to "AVAILABLE" if `private` CRD session to the device is available. "errorMessage": "A String", # The error message with a short explanation as to why the command failed. Only present if the command failed. "executeTime": "A String", # The time at which the command was executed or failed to execute. "result": "A String", # The result of the command. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html index 37d122fdc8..3ec5b29b33 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html @@ -314,6 +314,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -468,6 +469,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -651,6 +654,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -826,6 +830,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1232,6 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1407,6 +1414,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index a106527c4c..d1f4e1fcac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -157,6 +157,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -320,6 +323,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -418,6 +423,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -581,6 +589,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -704,6 +714,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -867,6 +880,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -976,6 +991,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -1139,6 +1157,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1256,6 +1276,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -1419,6 +1442,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1518,6 +1543,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -1681,6 +1709,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html index b62f24728d..c9fbab3ea7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html @@ -445,6 +445,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for QueryDeployedModels method. "deployedModelRefs": [ # References to the DeployedModels that share the specified deploymentResourcePool. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 354b2db3f6..101f4a06d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -373,6 +373,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -527,6 +528,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1631,6 +1634,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1806,6 +1810,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -3676,6 +3682,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -3851,6 +3858,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html index c78fef95bd..b6964df911 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html @@ -484,6 +484,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -865,6 +866,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1256,6 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1635,6 +1638,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1969,6 +1973,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -2302,6 +2307,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -2774,6 +2780,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 409237d336..60448c3093 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -324,6 +324,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -478,6 +479,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -703,6 +706,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -878,6 +882,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1557,6 +1563,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1732,6 +1739,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html index 38fb67d500..6b4ec87b56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html @@ -289,6 +289,11 @@

Method Details

"maxParsingRequestsPerMin": 42, # The maximum number of requests the job is allowed to make to the Document AI processor per minute. Consult https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/quotas and the Quota page for your project to set an appropriate value here. If unspecified, a default value of 120 QPM would be used. "processorName": "A String", # The full resource name of a Document AI processor or processor version. The processor must have type `LAYOUT_PARSER_PROCESSOR`. If specified, the `additional_config.parse_as_scanned_pdf` field must be false. Format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor_id}` * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor_id}/processorVersions/{processor_version_id}` }, + "llmParser": { # Specifies the advanced parsing for RagFiles. # The LLM Parser to use for RagFiles. + "customParsingPrompt": "A String", # The prompt to use for parsing. If not specified, a default prompt will be used. + "maxParsingRequestsPerMin": 42, # The maximum number of requests the job is allowed to make to the LLM model per minute. Consult https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/quotas and your document size to set an appropriate value here. If unspecified, a default value of 5000 QPM would be used. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of a LLM model used for parsing. Format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` + }, }, "ragFileTransformationConfig": { # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles. # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles. "ragFileChunkingConfig": { # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles. # Specifies the chunking config for RagFiles. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index f4ca9ff99c..886f6a3053 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a reasoning engine.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html index 2cb0e9a381..e4be7a21db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html @@ -353,6 +353,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -752,6 +753,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1193,6 +1195,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1606,6 +1609,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html index 6c06847357..f1349851a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html @@ -312,6 +312,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -466,6 +467,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -649,6 +652,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -824,6 +828,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. @@ -1781,6 +1787,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1956,6 +1963,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html index 97691b95fd..99d4a15bc8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html @@ -323,6 +323,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -480,6 +481,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -675,6 +678,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -853,6 +857,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1277,6 +1283,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1455,6 +1462,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index d359d25161..251106ea65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -160,6 +160,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -326,6 +329,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -433,6 +438,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -599,6 +607,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -731,6 +741,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -897,6 +910,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1015,6 +1030,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -1181,6 +1199,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1307,6 +1327,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -1473,6 +1496,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1581,6 +1606,9 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the cache entry. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content. + "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. + }, "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the `Model` to use for cached content. Currently, only the published Gemini base models are supported, in form of projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL} "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} @@ -1747,6 +1775,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index 109adaebcc..178b0510a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -281,6 +281,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -460,6 +461,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -631,6 +634,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -810,6 +814,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1030,6 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1209,6 +1216,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1380,6 +1389,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1559,6 +1569,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html index 58e154f517..55825ff22b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html @@ -449,6 +449,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for QueryDeployedModels method. "deployedModelRefs": [ # References to the DeployedModels that share the specified deploymentResourcePool. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index b2070c25a6..f97c6b8d60 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -391,6 +391,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -548,6 +549,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1823,6 +1826,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -2001,6 +2005,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -4063,6 +4069,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -4241,6 +4248,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html index 3a548dd372..f0ac261b10 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html @@ -235,11 +235,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for ExampleStoreService.FetchExamples. "examples": [ # The examples in the Example Store that satisfy the metadata filters. - { # A single example to upload or read from the Example Store. + { "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Example was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for Example. "exampleId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Unique identifier of an example. If not specified when upserting new examples, the example_id will be generated. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Example. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/examples/{example}` "storedContentsExample": { # A ContentsExample to be used with GenerateContent alongside information required for storage and retrieval with Example Store. # An example of chat history and its expected outcome to be used with GenerateContent. "contentsExample": { # A single example of a conversation with the model. # Required. The example to be used with GenerateContent. "contents": [ # Required. The content of the conversation with the model that resulted in the expected output. @@ -616,11 +615,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for ExampleStoreService.SearchExamples. "results": [ # The results of searching for similar examples. { # The result of the similar example. - "example": { # A single example to upload or read from the Example Store. # The example that is similar to the searched query. + "example": { # The example that is similar to the searched query. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Example was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for Example. "exampleId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Unique identifier of an example. If not specified when upserting new examples, the example_id will be generated. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Example. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/examples/{example}` "storedContentsExample": { # A ContentsExample to be used with GenerateContent alongside information required for storage and retrieval with Example Store. # An example of chat history and its expected outcome to be used with GenerateContent. "contentsExample": { # A single example of a conversation with the model. # Required. The example to be used with GenerateContent. "contents": [ # Required. The content of the conversation with the model that resulted in the expected output. @@ -744,11 +742,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for ExampleStoreService.UpsertExamples. "examples": [ # Required. A list of examples to be created/updated. - { # A single example to upload or read from the Example Store. + { "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Example was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for Example. "exampleId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Unique identifier of an example. If not specified when upserting new examples, the example_id will be generated. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Example. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/examples/{example}` "storedContentsExample": { # A ContentsExample to be used with GenerateContent alongside information required for storage and retrieval with Example Store. # An example of chat history and its expected outcome to be used with GenerateContent. "contentsExample": { # A single example of a conversation with the model. # Required. The example to be used with GenerateContent. "contents": [ # Required. The content of the conversation with the model that resulted in the expected output. @@ -870,11 +867,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for ExampleStoreService.UpsertExamples. "results": [ # A list of results for creating/updating. It's either a successfully created/updated example or a status with an error message. { # The result for creating/updating a single example. - "example": { # A single example to upload or read from the Example Store. # The example created/updated successfully. + "example": { # The example created/updated successfully. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Example was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for Example. "exampleId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Unique identifier of an example. If not specified when upserting new examples, the example_id will be generated. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Example. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/examples/{example}` "storedContentsExample": { # A ContentsExample to be used with GenerateContent alongside information required for storage and retrieval with Example Store. # An example of chat history and its expected outcome to be used with GenerateContent. "contentsExample": { # A single example of a conversation with the model. # Required. The example to be used with GenerateContent. "contents": [ # Required. The content of the conversation with the model that resulted in the expected output. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html index 46e4848063..952b5df4fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html @@ -476,6 +476,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -852,6 +853,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1239,6 +1241,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1614,6 +1617,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1944,6 +1948,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -2273,6 +2278,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -2746,6 +2752,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 07581ea598..70754ac56f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -345,6 +345,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -502,6 +503,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -811,6 +814,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -989,6 +993,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -1773,6 +1779,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -1951,6 +1958,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 880c276203..211895e8bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ sandboxEnvironments() +

+

Returns the sandboxEnvironments Resource.

+

sessions()

@@ -131,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. @@ -250,7 +255,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. @@ -311,7 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. @@ -368,7 +373,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a reasoning engine.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -377,7 +382,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the ReasoningEngine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ReasoningEngine. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1b0b979a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . sandboxEnvironments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2effd706de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . sandboxEnvironments . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html index 5d7a234796..5b131a1ce4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html @@ -345,6 +345,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -740,6 +741,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1177,6 +1179,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, @@ -1586,6 +1589,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultCheckpointId": "A String", # The default checkpoint id of a model version. "deployedModels": [ # Output only. The pointers to DeployedModels created from this Model. Note that Model could have been deployed to Endpoints in different Locations. { # Points to a DeployedModel. + "checkpointId": "A String", # Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel. "deployedModelId": "A String", # Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint. "endpoint": "A String", # Immutable. A resource name of an Endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html index c81a2580c8..34f69d96c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html @@ -327,6 +327,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -484,6 +485,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -679,6 +682,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -857,6 +861,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. @@ -2428,6 +2434,7 @@

Method Details

], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available. "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. @@ -2606,6 +2613,8 @@

Method Details

"vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 227bfca0ab..fe05085ce8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index c454cbf525..0cacd7bd76 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -157,6 +157,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -304,6 +305,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -542,6 +544,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -736,6 +739,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -872,6 +876,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html index 323c621b9f..72993ebd81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 51e06b60b1..25ad882f79 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -183,6 +183,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -361,6 +362,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -630,6 +632,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -859,6 +862,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -1026,6 +1030,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html index d725373cf8..2a50c45d80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@

Method Details

"recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days. }, "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster. - "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field. + "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes "now minus the recovery window". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided. "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled. "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption. @@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request. + "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 2fe378f722..6a317c0baa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -183,6 +183,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -360,6 +361,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -628,6 +630,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -856,6 +859,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -1022,6 +1026,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html index a46a632edd..76c8e2e67d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all data exchanges from projects in a given organization and location.
 
 Args:
-  organization: string, Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/US`. (required)
+  organization: string, Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/us`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page. Leverage the page tokens to iterate through the entire collection.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call, to request the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the DataExchange has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "sharingEnvironmentConfig": { # Sharing environment is a behavior model for sharing data within a data exchange. This option is configurable for a data exchange. # Optional. Configurable data sharing environment option for a data exchange. "dcrExchangeConfig": { # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html index 7f4d79427f..768f690272 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Instance Methods

Sets the IAM policy.

subscribe(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Subscription to a Data Clean Room. This is a long-running operation as it will create one or more linked datasets.

+

Creates a Subscription to a Data Clean Room. This is a long-running operation as it will create one or more linked datasets. Throws a Bad Request error if the Data Exchange does not contain any listings.

testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the permissions that a caller has.

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a new data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the DataExchange has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "sharingEnvironmentConfig": { # Sharing environment is a behavior model for sharing data within a data exchange. This option is configurable for a data exchange. # Optional. Configurable data sharing environment option for a data exchange. "dcrExchangeConfig": { # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the DataExchange has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "sharingEnvironmentConfig": { # Sharing environment is a behavior model for sharing data within a data exchange. This option is configurable for a data exchange. # Optional. Configurable data sharing environment option for a data exchange. "dcrExchangeConfig": { # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes an existing data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the details of a data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ 

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the DataExchange has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "sharingEnvironmentConfig": { # Sharing environment is a behavior model for sharing data within a data exchange. This option is configurable for a data exchange. # Optional. Configurable data sharing environment option for a data exchange. "dcrExchangeConfig": { # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all data exchanges in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page. Leverage the page tokens to iterate through the entire collection.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call, to request the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ 

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the DataExchange has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "sharingEnvironmentConfig": { # Sharing environment is a behavior model for sharing data within a data exchange. This option is configurable for a data exchange. # Optional. Configurable data sharing environment option for a data exchange. "dcrExchangeConfig": { # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all subscriptions on a given Data Exchange or Listing.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 (required)
+  resource: string, Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 (required)
   includeDeletedSubscriptions: boolean, If selected, includes deleted subscriptions in the response (up to 63 days after deletion).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call.
@@ -361,9 +361,21 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was created. - "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 + "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 + "destinationDataset": { # Defines the destination bigquery dataset. # Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber. + "datasetReference": { # Required. A reference that identifies the destination dataset. + "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this dataset. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly description of the dataset. + "friendlyName": "A String", # Optional. A descriptive name for the dataset. + "labels": { # Optional. The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels for more information. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "location": "A String", # Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. + }, "lastModifyTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was last modified. - "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. + "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. "a_key": { # Reference to a linked resource tracked by this Subscription. "linkedDataset": "A String", # Output only. Name of the linked dataset, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/datasets/linked_dataset "linkedPubsubSubscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Pub/Sub subscription, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/subscriptions/subscriptions/sub_id @@ -377,9 +389,9 @@

Method Details

"listing": "A String", # Output only. Listing for which linked resource is created. }, ], - "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 + "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Output only. By default, false. If true, the Subscriber agreed to the email sharing mandate that is enabled for DataExchange/Listing. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`. "organizationDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the project of this subscription. "organizationId": "A String", # Output only. Organization of the project this subscription belongs to. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Listing shared asset type. @@ -423,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -435,7 +447,7 @@ 

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the DataExchange has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "sharingEnvironmentConfig": { # Sharing environment is a behavior model for sharing data within a data exchange. This option is configurable for a data exchange. # Optional. Configurable data sharing environment option for a data exchange. "dcrExchangeConfig": { # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. @@ -464,7 +476,7 @@

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the DataExchange has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "sharingEnvironmentConfig": { # Sharing environment is a behavior model for sharing data within a data exchange. This option is configurable for a data exchange. # Optional. Configurable data sharing environment option for a data exchange. "dcrExchangeConfig": { # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. # Data Clean Room (DCR), used for privacy-safe and secured data sharing. @@ -564,15 +576,15 @@

Method Details

subscribe(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Subscription to a Data Clean Room. This is a long-running operation as it will create one or more linked datasets.
+  
Creates a Subscription to a Data Clean Room. This is a long-running operation as it will create one or more linked datasets. Throws a Bad Request error if the Data Exchange does not contain any listings.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Data Exchange. e.g. `projects/publisherproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Data Exchange. e.g. `projects/publisherproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Message for subscribing to a Data Exchange.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The parent resource path of the Subscription. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/US`
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The parent resource path of the Subscription. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/us`
   "destinationDataset": { # Defines the destination bigquery dataset. # Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber.
     "datasetReference": { # Required. A reference that identifies the destination dataset.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
@@ -584,9 +596,6 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "location": "A String", # Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. - "replicaLocations": [ # Optional. The geographic locations where the dataset should be replicated. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. - "A String", - ], }, "subscriberContact": "A String", # Email of the subscriber. "subscription": "A String", # Required. Name of the subscription to create. e.g. `subscription1` diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html index 7a9eeba371..da2fe3910f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a new listing.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the Listing has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the Listing has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes a listing.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
   deleteCommercial: boolean, Optional. If the listing is commercial then this field must be set to true, otherwise a failure is thrown. This acts as a safety guard to avoid deleting commercial listings accidentally.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the details of a listing.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the Listing has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all listings in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page. Leverage the page tokens to iterate through the entire collection.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call, to request the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the Listing has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all subscriptions on a given Data Exchange or Listing.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 (required)
+  resource: string, Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 (required)
   includeDeletedSubscriptions: boolean, If selected, includes deleted subscriptions in the response (up to 63 days after deletion).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call.
@@ -505,9 +505,21 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was created. - "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 + "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 + "destinationDataset": { # Defines the destination bigquery dataset. # Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber. + "datasetReference": { # Required. A reference that identifies the destination dataset. + "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this dataset. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly description of the dataset. + "friendlyName": "A String", # Optional. A descriptive name for the dataset. + "labels": { # Optional. The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels for more information. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "location": "A String", # Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. + }, "lastModifyTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was last modified. - "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. + "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. "a_key": { # Reference to a linked resource tracked by this Subscription. "linkedDataset": "A String", # Output only. Name of the linked dataset, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/datasets/linked_dataset "linkedPubsubSubscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Pub/Sub subscription, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/subscriptions/subscriptions/sub_id @@ -521,9 +533,9 @@

Method Details

"listing": "A String", # Output only. Listing for which linked resource is created. }, ], - "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 + "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Output only. By default, false. If true, the Subscriber agreed to the email sharing mandate that is enabled for DataExchange/Listing. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`. "organizationDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the project of this subscription. "organizationId": "A String", # Output only. Organization of the project this subscription belongs to. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Listing shared asset type. @@ -567,7 +579,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing listing.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -606,7 +618,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the Listing has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -672,7 +684,7 @@

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Optional. By default, false. If true, the Listing has an email sharing mandate enabled. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -785,7 +797,7 @@

Method Details

Subscribes to a listing. Currently, with Analytics Hub, you can create listings that reference only BigQuery datasets. Upon subscription to a listing for a BigQuery dataset, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -801,9 +813,6 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "location": "A String", # Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. - "replicaLocations": [ # Optional. The geographic locations where the dataset should be replicated. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. - "A String", - ], }, "destinationPubsubSubscription": { # Defines the destination Pub/Sub subscription. # Input only. Destination Pub/Sub subscription to create for the subscriber. "pubsubSubscription": { # Defines the destination Pub/Sub subscription. If none of `push_config`, `bigquery_config`, `cloud_storage_config`, `pubsub_export_config`, or `pubsublite_export_config` is set, then the subscriber will pull and ack messages using API methods. At most one of these fields may be set. # Required. Destination Pub/Sub subscription resource. @@ -898,9 +907,21 @@

Method Details

}, }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was created. - "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 + "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 + "destinationDataset": { # Defines the destination bigquery dataset. # Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber. + "datasetReference": { # Required. A reference that identifies the destination dataset. + "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this dataset. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly description of the dataset. + "friendlyName": "A String", # Optional. A descriptive name for the dataset. + "labels": { # Optional. The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels for more information. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "location": "A String", # Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. + }, "lastModifyTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was last modified. - "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. + "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. "a_key": { # Reference to a linked resource tracked by this Subscription. "linkedDataset": "A String", # Output only. Name of the linked dataset, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/datasets/linked_dataset "linkedPubsubSubscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Pub/Sub subscription, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/subscriptions/subscriptions/sub_id @@ -914,9 +935,9 @@

Method Details

"listing": "A String", # Output only. Listing for which linked resource is created. }, ], - "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 + "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Output only. By default, false. If true, the Subscriber agreed to the email sharing mandate that is enabled for DataExchange/Listing. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`. "organizationDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the project of this subscription. "organizationId": "A String", # Output only. Organization of the project this subscription belongs to. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Listing shared asset type. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.subscriptions.html index dd014f07a6..8d41798fdd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.subscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.subscriptions.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes a subscription.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription to delete. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/subscriptions/456 (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription to delete. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/subscriptions/456 (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the details of a Subscription.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/subscriptions/456 (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/subscriptions/456 (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -163,9 +163,21 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was created. - "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 + "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 + "destinationDataset": { # Defines the destination bigquery dataset. # Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber. + "datasetReference": { # Required. A reference that identifies the destination dataset. + "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this dataset. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly description of the dataset. + "friendlyName": "A String", # Optional. A descriptive name for the dataset. + "labels": { # Optional. The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels for more information. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "location": "A String", # Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. + }, "lastModifyTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was last modified. - "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. + "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. "a_key": { # Reference to a linked resource tracked by this Subscription. "linkedDataset": "A String", # Output only. Name of the linked dataset, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/datasets/linked_dataset "linkedPubsubSubscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Pub/Sub subscription, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/subscriptions/subscriptions/sub_id @@ -179,9 +191,9 @@

Method Details

"listing": "A String", # Output only. Listing for which linked resource is created. }, ], - "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 + "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Output only. By default, false. If true, the Subscriber agreed to the email sharing mandate that is enabled for DataExchange/Listing. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`. "organizationDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the project of this subscription. "organizationId": "A String", # Output only. Organization of the project this subscription belongs to. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Listing shared asset type. @@ -251,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all subscriptions in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the subscription. e.g. projects/myproject/locations/US (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the subscription. e.g. projects/myproject/locations/us (required)
   filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. Eligible fields for filtering are: + `listing` + `data_exchange` Alternatively, a literal wrapped in double quotes may be provided. This will be checked for an exact match against both fields above. In all cases, the full Data Exchange or Listing resource name must be provided. Some example of using filters: + data_exchange="projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123" + listing="projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789" + "projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123"
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call.
@@ -273,9 +285,21 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was created. - "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 + "dataExchange": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 + "destinationDataset": { # Defines the destination bigquery dataset. # Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber. + "datasetReference": { # Required. A reference that identifies the destination dataset. + "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this dataset. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly description of the dataset. + "friendlyName": "A String", # Optional. A descriptive name for the dataset. + "labels": { # Optional. The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels for more information. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "location": "A String", # Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations. + }, "lastModifyTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was last modified. - "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. + "linkedDatasetMap": { # Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE. "a_key": { # Reference to a linked resource tracked by this Subscription. "linkedDataset": "A String", # Output only. Name of the linked dataset, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/datasets/linked_dataset "linkedPubsubSubscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Pub/Sub subscription, e.g. projects/subscriberproject/subscriptions/subscriptions/sub_id @@ -289,9 +313,9 @@

Method Details

"listing": "A String", # Output only. Listing for which linked resource is created. }, ], - "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 + "listing": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 "logLinkedDatasetQueryUserEmail": True or False, # Output only. By default, false. If true, the Subscriber agreed to the email sharing mandate that is enabled for DataExchange/Listing. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`. "organizationDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the project of this subscription. "organizationId": "A String", # Output only. Organization of the project this subscription belongs to. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Listing shared asset type. @@ -321,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

Refreshes a Subscription to a Data Exchange. A Data Exchange can become stale when a publisher adds or removes data. This is a long-running operation as it may create many linked datasets.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Subscription to refresh. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Subscription to refresh. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -362,7 +386,7 @@ 

Method Details

Revokes a given subscription.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription to revoke. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/subscriptions/456 (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription to revoke. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/subscriptions/456 (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html
index 63ef285470..fdcf5dd59a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.organizations.locations.dataExchanges.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all data exchanges from projects in a given organization and location.
 
 Args:
-  organization: string, Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/US`. (required)
+  organization: string, Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/us`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page. Leverage the page tokens to iterate through the entire collection.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call, to request the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the data exchange. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html index 7ea887131d..caf8846f7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a new data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the data exchange. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. } @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the data exchange. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. }
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes an existing data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the details of a data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the data exchange. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. }
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all data exchanges in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page. Leverage the page tokens to iterate through the entire collection.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call, to request the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the data exchange. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. }, ], @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing data exchange.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the data exchange. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. } @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the data exchange. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the data exchange. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the content of the fields are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. "listingCount": 42, # Output only. Number of listings contained in the data exchange. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the data exchange. Max Length: 1000 bytes. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html index 6525fae672..ecea55eee7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a new listing.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name of the listing. The display name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), ampersands (&) and can't start or end with spaces. Default value is an empty string. Max length: 63 bytes. "documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name of the listing. The display name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), ampersands (&) and can't start or end with spaces. Default value is an empty string. Max length: 63 bytes. "documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes a listing.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets the details of a listing.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name of the listing. The display name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), ampersands (&) and can't start or end with spaces. Default value is an empty string. Max length: 63 bytes. "documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all listings in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response page. Leverage the page tokens to iterate through the entire collection.
   pageToken: string, Page token, returned by a previous call, to request the next page of results.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name of the listing. The display name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), ampersands (&) and can't start or end with spaces. Default value is an empty string. Max length: 63 bytes. "documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing listing.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name of the listing. The display name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), ampersands (&) and can't start or end with spaces. Default value is an empty string. Max length: 63 bytes. "documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name of the listing. The display name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), ampersands (&) and can't start or end with spaces. Default value is an empty string. Max length: 63 bytes. "documentation": "A String", # Optional. Documentation describing the listing. "icon": "A String", # Optional. Base64 encoded image representing the listing. Max Size: 3.0MiB Expected image dimensions are 512x512 pixels, however the API only performs validation on size of the encoded data. Note: For byte fields, the contents of the field are base64-encoded (which increases the size of the data by 33-36%) when using JSON on the wire. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456` "primaryContact": "A String", # Optional. Email or URL of the primary point of contact of the listing. Max Length: 1000 bytes. "publisher": { # Contains details of the listing publisher. # Optional. Details of the publisher who owns the listing and who can share the source data. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the listing publisher. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@

Method Details

Subscribes to a listing. Currently, with Analytics Hub, you can create listings that reference only BigQuery datasets. Upon subscription to a listing for a BigQuery dataset, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html
index 587ddcbc21..3d9df17fbd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

delete(name, wipeDataFlags=None, wipeReasonMessage=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a device. This operation wipes the device. Deleted devices do not show up in enterprises.devices.list calls and a 404 is returned from enterprises.devices.get.

+

Deletes a device. This operation attempts to wipe the device but this is not guaranteed to succeed if the device is offline for an extended period. Deleted devices do not show up in enterprises.devices.list calls and a 404 is returned from enterprises.devices.get.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a device. Deleted devices will respond with a 404 error.

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Method Details

delete(name, wipeDataFlags=None, wipeReasonMessage=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a device. This operation wipes the device. Deleted devices do not show up in enterprises.devices.list calls and a 404 is returned from enterprises.devices.get.
+  
Deletes a device. This operation attempts to wipe the device but this is not guaranteed to succeed if the device is offline for an extended period. Deleted devices do not show up in enterprises.devices.list calls and a 404 is returned from enterprises.devices.get.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the device in the form enterprises/{enterpriseId}/devices/{deviceId}. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html
index d15891b564..41bbfb5883 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "regionVersion": { # The version of the available regions being used for the specified resource. # The region version at which the prices were generated. - "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html index 4e0d0b7f0e..5af7396e62 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "regionsVersion": { # The version of the available regions being used for the specified resource. # Required. The version of the available regions being used for the regional_price_migrations. - "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. }, }, ], @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "regionsVersion": { # The version of the available regions being used for the specified resource. # Required. The version of the available regions being used for the regional_price_migrations. - "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.offers.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.offers.html index a242073f53..fb122531e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.offers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.offers.html @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

Method Details

"allowMissing": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, and the subscription offer with the given package_name, product_id, base_plan_id and offer_id doesn't exist, an offer will be created. If a new offer is created, update_mask is ignored. "latencyTolerance": "A String", # Optional. The latency tolerance for the propagation of this product update. Defaults to latency-sensitive. "regionsVersion": { # The version of the available regions being used for the specified resource. # Required. The version of the available regions being used for the subscription_offer. - "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. }, "subscriptionOffer": { # A single, temporary offer # Required. The subscription offer to update. "basePlanId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The ID of the base plan to which this offer is an extension. @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@

Method Details

} offerId: string, Required. The ID to use for the offer. For the requirements on this format, see the documentation of the offer_id field on the SubscriptionOffer resource. - regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@

Method Details

PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_UNSPECIFIED - Defaults to PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_LATENCY_SENSITIVE. PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_LATENCY_SENSITIVE - The update will propagate to clients within several minutes on average and up to a few hours in rare cases. Throughput is limited to 7,200 updates per app per hour. PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_LATENCY_TOLERANT - The update will propagate to clients within 24 hours. Supports high throughput of up to 720,000 updates per app per hour using batch modification methods. - regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html index d36ad777df..3b00bc153d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

"allowMissing": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, and the subscription with the given package_name and product_id doesn't exist, the subscription will be created. If a new subscription is created, update_mask is ignored. "latencyTolerance": "A String", # Optional. The latency tolerance for the propagation of this product update. Defaults to latency-sensitive. "regionsVersion": { # The version of the available regions being used for the specified resource. # Required. The version of the available regions being used for the subscription. - "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + "version": "A String", # Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. }, "subscription": { # A single subscription for an app. # Required. The subscription to update. "archived": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: subscription archiving is not supported. @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@

Method Details

} productId: string, Required. The ID to use for the subscription. For the requirements on this format, see the documentation of the product_id field on the Subscription resource. - regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@

Method Details

PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_UNSPECIFIED - Defaults to PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_LATENCY_SENSITIVE. PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_LATENCY_SENSITIVE - The update will propagate to clients within several minutes on average and up to a few hours in rare cases. Throughput is limited to 7,200 updates per app per hour. PRODUCT_UPDATE_LATENCY_TOLERANCE_LATENCY_TOLERANT - The update will propagate to clients within 24 hours. Supports high throughput of up to 720,000 updates per app per hour using batch modification methods. - regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02. + regionsVersion_version: string, Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html index 7852b4bf53..972b76882b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html @@ -74,18 +74,296 @@

Google Play Android Developer API . orders

Instance Methods

+

+ batchget(packageName, orderIds=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get order details for a list of orders.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(packageName, orderId, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get order details for a single order.

refund(packageName, orderId, revoke=None, x__xgafv=None)

Refunds a user's subscription or in-app purchase order. Orders older than 3 years cannot be refunded.

Method Details

+
+ batchget(packageName, orderIds=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get order details for a list of orders.
+
+Args:
+  packageName: string, Required. The package name of the application for which this subscription or in-app item was purchased (for example, 'com.some.thing'). (required)
+  orderIds: string, Required. The list of order IDs to retrieve order details for. There must be between 1 and 1000 (inclusive) order IDs per request. If any order ID is not found or does not match the provided package, the entire request will fail with an error. The order IDs must be distinct. (repeated)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the orders.batchGet API.
+  "orders": [ # Details for the requested order IDs.
+    { # Details of an order.
+      "buyerAddress": { # Address information for the customer, for use in tax computation. # Address information for the customer, for use in tax computation. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, only country is shown.
+        "buyerCountry": "A String", # Two letter country code based on ISO-3166-1 Alpha-2 (UN country codes).
+        "buyerPostcode": "A String", # Postal code of an address. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, this information is not included.
+        "buyerState": "A String", # Top-level administrative subdivision of the buyer address country. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, this information is not included.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time when the order was created.
+      "developerRevenueInBuyerCurrency": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Your revenue for this order in the buyer's currency, including deductions of partial refunds, taxes and fees. Google deducts standard transaction and third party fees from each sale, including VAT in some regions.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      "lastEventTime": "A String", # The time of the last event that occurred on the order.
+      "lineItems": [ # The individual line items making up this order.
+        { # Details of a line item.
+          "listingPrice": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Item's listed price on Play Store, this may or may not include tax. Excludes any discounts or promotions.
+            "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          "oneTimePurchaseDetails": { # Details of a one-time purchase. # Details of a one-time purchase.
+            "offerId": "A String", # The offer ID of the one-time purchase offer.
+            "quantity": 42, # The number of items purchased (for multi-quantity item purchases).
+          },
+          "paidAppDetails": { # Details of a paid app purchase. # Details of a paid app purchase.
+          },
+          "productId": "A String", # The purchased product ID or in-app SKU (for example, 'monthly001' or 'com.some.thing.inapp1').
+          "productTitle": "A String", # Developer-specified name of the product. Displayed in buyer's locale. Example: coins, monthly subscription, etc.
+          "subscriptionDetails": { # Details of a subscription purchase. # Details of a subscription purchase.
+            "basePlanId": "A String", # The base plan ID of the subscription.
+            "offerId": "A String", # The offer ID for the current subscription offer.
+            "offerPhase": "A String", # The pricing phase for the billing period funded by this order.
+            "servicePeriodEndTime": "A String", # The end of the billing period funded by this order. This is a snapshot of the billing/service period end time at the moment the order was processed, and should be used only for accounting. To get the current end time of the subscription service period, use purchases.subscriptionsv2.get.
+            "servicePeriodStartTime": "A String", # The start of the billing period funded by this order. This is a snapshot of the billing/service period start time at the moment the order was processed, and should be used only for accounting.
+          },
+          "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The tax paid for this line item.
+            "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total amount paid by the user for this line item, taking into account discounts and tax.
+            "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "orderDetails": { # Detailed information about the order at creation time. # Detailed information about the order at creation time.
+        "taxInclusive": True or False, # Indicates whether the listed price was tax inclusive or not.
+      },
+      "orderHistory": { # Details about events which modified the order. # Details about events which modified the order.
+        "cancellationEvent": { # Details of when the order was canceled. # Details of when the order was canceled.
+          "eventTime": "A String", # The time when the order was canceled.
+        },
+        "partialRefundEvents": [ # Details of the partial refund events for this order.
+          { # Details of the partial refund events for this order.
+            "createTime": "A String", # The time when the partial refund was created.
+            "processTime": "A String", # The time when the partial refund was processed.
+            "refundDetails": { # Details for a partial or full refund. # Details for the partial refund.
+              "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The amount of tax refunded.
+                "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+                "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+                "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+              },
+              "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total amount refunded, including tax.
+                "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+                "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+                "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+              },
+            },
+            "state": "A String", # The state of the partial refund.
+          },
+        ],
+        "processedEvent": { # Details of when the order was processed. # Details of when the order was processed.
+          "eventTime": "A String", # The time when the order was processed.
+        },
+        "refundEvent": { # Details of when the order was fully refunded. # Details of when the order was fully refunded.
+          "eventTime": "A String", # The time when the order was fully refunded.
+          "refundDetails": { # Details for a partial or full refund. # Details for the full refund.
+            "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The amount of tax refunded.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total amount refunded, including tax.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+          },
+          "refundReason": "A String", # The reason the order was refunded.
+        },
+      },
+      "orderId": "A String", # The order ID.
+      "pointsDetails": { # Details relating to any Play Points applied to an order. # Play points applied to the order, including offer information, discount rate and point values.
+        "pointsCouponValue": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The monetary value of a Play Points coupon. This is the discount the coupon provides, which may not be the total amount. Only set when Play Points coupons have been used. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is $2.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "pointsDiscountRateMicros": "A String", # The percentage rate which the Play Points promotion reduces the cost by. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is 500,000. Since $2 has an estimate of 200 points, but the actual Points required, 100, is 50% of this, and 50% in micros is 500,000. Between 0 and 1,000,000.
+        "pointsOfferId": "A String", # ID unique to the play points offer in use for this order.
+        "pointsSpent": "A String", # The number of Play Points applied in this order. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is 100. For coupon stacked with base offer, this is the total points spent across both.
+      },
+      "purchaseToken": "A String", # The token provided to the user's device when the subscription or item was purchased.
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the order.
+      "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total tax paid as a part of this order.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The final amount paid by the customer, taking into account discounts and taxes.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ get(packageName, orderId, x__xgafv=None) +
Get order details for a single order.
+
+Args:
+  packageName: string, Required. The package name of the application for which this subscription or in-app item was purchased (for example, 'com.some.thing'). (required)
+  orderId: string, Required. The order ID provided to the user when the subscription or in-app order was purchased. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of an order.
+  "buyerAddress": { # Address information for the customer, for use in tax computation. # Address information for the customer, for use in tax computation. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, only country is shown.
+    "buyerCountry": "A String", # Two letter country code based on ISO-3166-1 Alpha-2 (UN country codes).
+    "buyerPostcode": "A String", # Postal code of an address. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, this information is not included.
+    "buyerState": "A String", # Top-level administrative subdivision of the buyer address country. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, this information is not included.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the order was created.
+  "developerRevenueInBuyerCurrency": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Your revenue for this order in the buyer's currency, including deductions of partial refunds, taxes and fees. Google deducts standard transaction and third party fees from each sale, including VAT in some regions.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+  "lastEventTime": "A String", # The time of the last event that occurred on the order.
+  "lineItems": [ # The individual line items making up this order.
+    { # Details of a line item.
+      "listingPrice": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Item's listed price on Play Store, this may or may not include tax. Excludes any discounts or promotions.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      "oneTimePurchaseDetails": { # Details of a one-time purchase. # Details of a one-time purchase.
+        "offerId": "A String", # The offer ID of the one-time purchase offer.
+        "quantity": 42, # The number of items purchased (for multi-quantity item purchases).
+      },
+      "paidAppDetails": { # Details of a paid app purchase. # Details of a paid app purchase.
+      },
+      "productId": "A String", # The purchased product ID or in-app SKU (for example, 'monthly001' or 'com.some.thing.inapp1').
+      "productTitle": "A String", # Developer-specified name of the product. Displayed in buyer's locale. Example: coins, monthly subscription, etc.
+      "subscriptionDetails": { # Details of a subscription purchase. # Details of a subscription purchase.
+        "basePlanId": "A String", # The base plan ID of the subscription.
+        "offerId": "A String", # The offer ID for the current subscription offer.
+        "offerPhase": "A String", # The pricing phase for the billing period funded by this order.
+        "servicePeriodEndTime": "A String", # The end of the billing period funded by this order. This is a snapshot of the billing/service period end time at the moment the order was processed, and should be used only for accounting. To get the current end time of the subscription service period, use purchases.subscriptionsv2.get.
+        "servicePeriodStartTime": "A String", # The start of the billing period funded by this order. This is a snapshot of the billing/service period start time at the moment the order was processed, and should be used only for accounting.
+      },
+      "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The tax paid for this line item.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total amount paid by the user for this line item, taking into account discounts and tax.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "orderDetails": { # Detailed information about the order at creation time. # Detailed information about the order at creation time.
+    "taxInclusive": True or False, # Indicates whether the listed price was tax inclusive or not.
+  },
+  "orderHistory": { # Details about events which modified the order. # Details about events which modified the order.
+    "cancellationEvent": { # Details of when the order was canceled. # Details of when the order was canceled.
+      "eventTime": "A String", # The time when the order was canceled.
+    },
+    "partialRefundEvents": [ # Details of the partial refund events for this order.
+      { # Details of the partial refund events for this order.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The time when the partial refund was created.
+        "processTime": "A String", # The time when the partial refund was processed.
+        "refundDetails": { # Details for a partial or full refund. # Details for the partial refund.
+          "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The amount of tax refunded.
+            "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total amount refunded, including tax.
+            "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the partial refund.
+      },
+    ],
+    "processedEvent": { # Details of when the order was processed. # Details of when the order was processed.
+      "eventTime": "A String", # The time when the order was processed.
+    },
+    "refundEvent": { # Details of when the order was fully refunded. # Details of when the order was fully refunded.
+      "eventTime": "A String", # The time when the order was fully refunded.
+      "refundDetails": { # Details for a partial or full refund. # Details for the full refund.
+        "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The amount of tax refunded.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total amount refunded, including tax.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+      },
+      "refundReason": "A String", # The reason the order was refunded.
+    },
+  },
+  "orderId": "A String", # The order ID.
+  "pointsDetails": { # Details relating to any Play Points applied to an order. # Play points applied to the order, including offer information, discount rate and point values.
+    "pointsCouponValue": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The monetary value of a Play Points coupon. This is the discount the coupon provides, which may not be the total amount. Only set when Play Points coupons have been used. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is $2.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    "pointsDiscountRateMicros": "A String", # The percentage rate which the Play Points promotion reduces the cost by. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is 500,000. Since $2 has an estimate of 200 points, but the actual Points required, 100, is 50% of this, and 50% in micros is 500,000. Between 0 and 1,000,000.
+    "pointsOfferId": "A String", # ID unique to the play points offer in use for this order.
+    "pointsSpent": "A String", # The number of Play Points applied in this order. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is 100. For coupon stacked with base offer, this is the total points spent across both.
+  },
+  "purchaseToken": "A String", # The token provided to the user's device when the subscription or item was purchased.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the order.
+  "tax": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The total tax paid as a part of this order.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+  "total": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The final amount paid by the customer, taking into account discounts and taxes.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+}
+
+
refund(packageName, orderId, revoke=None, x__xgafv=None)
Refunds a user's subscription or in-app purchase order. Orders older than 3 years cannot be refunded.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html
index 3ef5c15310..79439a930f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html
@@ -212,6 +212,9 @@ 

Method Details

"revocationContext": { # Revocation context of the purchases.subscriptionsv2.revoke API. # Required. Additional details around the subscription revocation. "fullRefund": { # Used to determine if the refund type in the RevocationContext is a full refund. # Optional. Used when users should be refunded the full amount of the latest order of the subscription. }, + "itemBasedRefund": { # Used to determine what specific item to revoke in a subscription with multiple items. # Optional. Used when a specific item should be refunded in a subscription with multiple items. + "productId": "A String", # Required. If the subscription is a subscription bundle, the product id of the subscription to revoke. + }, "proratedRefund": { # Used to determine if the refund type in the RevocationContext is a prorated refund. # Optional. Used when users should be refunded a prorated amount they paid for their subscription based on the amount of time remaining in a subscription. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91014d65f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

API hub API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06929e4bb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apiHubInstances.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apiHubInstances.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..918a0b2894 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apiHubInstances.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . apiHubInstances

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, apiHubInstanceId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Provisions instance resources for the API Hub.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the API hub instance.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single API Hub instance.

+

+ lookup(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+

Looks up an Api Hub instance in a given GCP project. There will always be only one Api Hub instance for a GCP project across all locations.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, apiHubInstanceId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Provisions instance resources for the API Hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the Api Hub instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An ApiHubInstance represents the instance resources of the API Hub. Currently, only one ApiHub instance is allowed for each project.
+  "config": { # Available configurations to provision an ApiHub Instance. # Required. Config of the ApiHub instance.
+    "cmekKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Customer Managed Encryption Key (CMEK) used for data encryption. The CMEK name should follow the format of `projects/([^/]+)/locations/([^/]+)/keyRings/([^/]+)/cryptoKeys/([^/]+)`, where the location must match the instance location. If the CMEK is not provided, a GMEK will be created for the instance.
+    "disableSearch": True or False, # Optional. If true, the search will be disabled for the instance. The default value is false.
+    "encryptionType": "A String", # Optional. Encryption type for the region. If the encryption type is CMEK, the cmek_key_name must be provided. If no encryption type is provided, GMEK will be used.
+    "vertexLocation": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Vertex AI location where the data store is stored.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the ApiHub instance.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Instance labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the ApiHub instance.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Extra information about ApiHub instance state. Currently the message would be populated when state is `FAILED`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+}
+
+  apiHubInstanceId: string, Optional. Identifier to assign to the Api Hub instance. Must be unique within scope of the parent resource. If the field is not provided, system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-40 characters, and valid characters are `/a-z[0-9]-_/`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the API hub instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Api Hub instance to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single API Hub instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Api Hub instance to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An ApiHubInstance represents the instance resources of the API Hub. Currently, only one ApiHub instance is allowed for each project.
+  "config": { # Available configurations to provision an ApiHub Instance. # Required. Config of the ApiHub instance.
+    "cmekKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Customer Managed Encryption Key (CMEK) used for data encryption. The CMEK name should follow the format of `projects/([^/]+)/locations/([^/]+)/keyRings/([^/]+)/cryptoKeys/([^/]+)`, where the location must match the instance location. If the CMEK is not provided, a GMEK will be created for the instance.
+    "disableSearch": True or False, # Optional. If true, the search will be disabled for the instance. The default value is false.
+    "encryptionType": "A String", # Optional. Encryption type for the region. If the encryption type is CMEK, the cmek_key_name must be provided. If no encryption type is provided, GMEK will be used.
+    "vertexLocation": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Vertex AI location where the data store is stored.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the ApiHub instance.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Instance labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the ApiHub instance.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Extra information about ApiHub instance state. Currently the message would be populated when state is `FAILED`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+}
+
+ +
+ lookup(parent, x__xgafv=None) +
Looks up an Api Hub instance in a given GCP project. There will always be only one Api Hub instance for a GCP project across all locations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. There will always be only one Api Hub instance for a GCP project across all locations. The parent resource for the Api Hub instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The LookupApiHubInstance method's response.`
+  "apiHubInstance": { # An ApiHubInstance represents the instance resources of the API Hub. Currently, only one ApiHub instance is allowed for each project. # API Hub instance for a project if it exists, empty otherwise.
+    "config": { # Available configurations to provision an ApiHub Instance. # Required. Config of the ApiHub instance.
+      "cmekKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Customer Managed Encryption Key (CMEK) used for data encryption. The CMEK name should follow the format of `projects/([^/]+)/locations/([^/]+)/keyRings/([^/]+)/cryptoKeys/([^/]+)`, where the location must match the instance location. If the CMEK is not provided, a GMEK will be created for the instance.
+      "disableSearch": True or False, # Optional. If true, the search will be disabled for the instance. The default value is false.
+      "encryptionType": "A String", # Optional. Encryption type for the region. If the encryption type is CMEK, the cmek_key_name must be provided. If no encryption type is provided, GMEK will be used.
+      "vertexLocation": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Vertex AI location where the data store is stored.
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the ApiHub instance.
+    "labels": { # Optional. Instance labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the ApiHub instance.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Extra information about ApiHub instance state. Currently the message would be populated when state is `FAILED`.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..626ec23778 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.html @@ -0,0 +1,1934 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . apis

+

Instance Methods

+

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, apiId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an API resource in the API hub. Once an API resource is created, versions can be added to it.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete an API resource in the API hub. API can only be deleted if all underlying versions are deleted.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get API resource details including the API versions contained in it.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List API resources in the API hub.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update an API resource in the API hub. The following fields in the API can be updated: * display_name * description * owner * documentation * target_user * team * business_unit * maturity_level * api_style * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated. Updating the owner field requires complete owner message and updates both owner and email fields.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, apiId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an API resource in the API hub. Once an API resource is created, versions can be added to it.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the API resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An API resource in the API Hub.
+  "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+  "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+  "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+    "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+  },
+  "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+  "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  apiId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the API resource, which will become the final component of the API's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another API resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An API resource in the API Hub.
+  "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+  "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+  "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+    "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+  },
+  "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+  "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete an API resource in the API hub. API can only be deleted if all underlying versions are deleted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the API resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}` (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any versions from this API will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the API has no versions.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get API resource details including the API versions contained in it.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the API resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An API resource in the API Hub.
+  "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+  "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+  "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+    "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+  },
+  "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+  "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List API resources in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of API resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of ApiResources. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `:` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `ApiResource` are eligible for filtering: * `owner.email` - The email of the team which owns the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the ApiResource was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `display_name` - The display name of the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `target_user.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the target users attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `target_user.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the target users attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `team.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the team attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `team.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the team attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `business_unit.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the business unit attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `business_unit.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the business unit attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `maturity_level.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the maturity level attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `maturity_level.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the maturity level attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `api_style.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the api style attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `api_style.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the api style attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `owner.email = \"apihub@google.com\"` - - The owner team email is _apihub@google.com_. * `owner.email = \"apihub@google.com\" AND create_time < \"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\" AND create_time > \"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\"` - The owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ and the api was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `owner.email = \"apihub@google.com\" OR team.enum_values.values.id: apihub-team-id` - The filter string specifies the APIs where the owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ or the id of the allowed value associated with the team attribute is _apihub-team-id_. * `owner.email = \"apihub@google.com\" OR team.enum_values.values.display_name: ApiHub Team` - The filter string specifies the APIs where the owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ or the display name of the allowed value associated with the team attribute is `ApiHub Team`. * `owner.email = \"apihub@google.com\" AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.enum_values.values.id: test_enum_id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/1765\0f90-4a29-5431-b3d0-d5532da3764c.string_values.values: test_string_value` - The filter string specifies the APIs where the owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ and the id of the allowed value associated with the user defined attribute of type enum is _test_enum_id_ and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_..
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of API resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 Apis will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListApis` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListApis` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListApis method's response.
+  "apis": [ # The API resources present in the API hub.
+    { # An API resource in the API Hub.
+      "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+        "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+          "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+          "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+              { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+      "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+        "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+      },
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+      "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+      "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+        "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+      },
+      "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+      "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+        { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+          "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+          "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+            "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+            "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+          },
+          "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+        },
+      ],
+      "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+      "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update an API resource in the API hub. The following fields in the API can be updated: * display_name * description * owner * documentation * target_user * team * business_unit * maturity_level * api_style * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated. Updating the owner field requires complete owner message and updates both owner and email fields.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An API resource in the API Hub.
+  "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+  "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+  "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+    "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+  },
+  "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+  "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An API resource in the API Hub.
+  "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+  "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+  "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+    "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+  },
+  "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+  "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.definitions.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.definitions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8983379e50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.definitions.html @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . apis . versions . definitions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about a definition in an API version.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about a definition in an API version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the definition to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a definition for example schema, request, response definitions contained in an API version. A definition is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, definition will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Also, within OpenAPI spec, only `schema` object is supported.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the definition resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the definition was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the definition. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+  "schema": { # The schema details derived from the spec. Currently, this entity is supported for OpenAPI spec only. For OpenAPI spec, this maps to the schema defined in the `definitions` section for OpenAPI 2.0 version and in `components.schemas` section for OpenAPI 3.0 and 3.1 version. # Output only. The value of a schema definition.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the schema. This will map to the name of the schema in the spec.
+    "rawValue": "A String", # Output only. The raw value of the schema definition corresponding to the schema name in the spec.
+  },
+  "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec from where the definition was parsed. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+  "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the definition.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the definition was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64beb75415 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,1128 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . apis . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ definitions() +

+

Returns the definitions Resource.

+ +

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ specs() +

+

Returns the specs Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, versionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an API version for an API resource in the API hub.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete an API version. Version can only be deleted if all underlying specs, operations, definitions and linked deployments are deleted.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about the API version of an API resource. This will include information about the specs and operations present in the API version as well as the deployments linked to it.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List API versions of an API resource in the API hub.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update API version. The following fields in the version can be updated currently: * display_name * description * documentation * deployments * lifecycle * compliance * accreditation * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, versionId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an API version for an API resource in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for API version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version.
+  "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+  "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+}
+
+  versionId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the API version, which will become the final component of the version's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another version in the API resource. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`, its length is limited to 700 characters and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version.
+  "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+  "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete an API version. Version can only be deleted if all underlying specs, operations, definitions and linked deployments are deleted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any specs from this version will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the version has no specs.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about the API version of an API resource. This will include information about the specs and operations present in the API version as well as the deployments linked to it.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the API version to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version.
+  "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+  "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List API versions of an API resource in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns this collection of API versions i.e., the API resource Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of Versions. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Version` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Version was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the lifecycle attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the lifecycle attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `compliance.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the compliances attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `compliance.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the compliances attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `accreditation.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the accreditations attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `accreditation.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the accreditations attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id: preview-id` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is _preview-id_. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.display_name: \"Preview Display Name\"` - The filter string specifies that the display name of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is `Preview Display Name`. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id: preview-id AND create_time < \"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\" AND create_time > \"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\"` - The id of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is _preview-id_ and it was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `compliance.enum_values.values.id: gdpr-id OR compliance.enum_values.values.id: pci-dss-id` - The id of the allowed value associated with the compliance attribute is _gdpr-id_ or _pci-dss-id_. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id: preview-id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.string_values.values: test` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is _preview-id_ and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of versions to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 versions will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListVersions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListVersions` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListVersions method's response.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "versions": [ # The versions corresponding to an API.
+    { # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version.
+      "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+        "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+          "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+          "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+              { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+      "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+      "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+        "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+      },
+      "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+      "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+      "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+        { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+          "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+          "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+            "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+            "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+          },
+          "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+        },
+      ],
+      "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update API version. The following fields in the version can be updated currently: * display_name * description * documentation * deployments * lifecycle * compliance * accreditation * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version.
+  "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+  "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version.
+  "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+  "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+  "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57c2e4d090 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,590 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . apis . versions . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, apiOperationId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an apiOperation in an API version. An apiOperation can be created only if the version has no apiOperations which were created by parsing a spec.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete an operation in an API version and we can delete only the operations created via create API. If the operation was created by parsing the spec, then it can be deleted by editing or deleting the spec.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about a particular operation in API version.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List operations in an API version.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update an operation in an API version. The following fields in the ApiOperation resource can be updated: * details.description * details.documentation * details.http_operation.path * details.http_operation.method * details.deprecated * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated. An operation can be updated only if the operation was created via CreateApiOperation API. If the operation was created by parsing the spec, then it can be edited by updating the spec.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, apiOperationId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an apiOperation in an API version. An apiOperation can be created only if the version has no apiOperations which were created by parsing a spec.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the operation resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was created.
+  "details": { # The operation details parsed from the spec. # Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+    "deprecated": True or False, # Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.
+    "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec.
+      "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+    },
+    "httpOperation": { # The HTTP Operation. # The HTTP Operation.
+      "method": "A String", # Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      "path": { # The path details derived from the spec. # Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.
+        "path": "A String", # Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.
+}
+
+  apiOperationId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the operation resource, which will become the final component of the operation's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another operation resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`, its length is limited to 700 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was created.
+  "details": { # The operation details parsed from the spec. # Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+    "deprecated": True or False, # Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.
+    "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec.
+      "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+    },
+    "httpOperation": { # The HTTP Operation. # The HTTP Operation.
+      "method": "A String", # Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      "path": { # The path details derived from the spec. # Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.
+        "path": "A String", # Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete an operation in an API version and we can delete only the operations created via create API. If the operation was created by parsing the spec, then it can be deleted by editing or deleting the spec.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the operation resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about a particular operation in API version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the operation to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was created.
+  "details": { # The operation details parsed from the spec. # Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+    "deprecated": True or False, # Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.
+    "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec.
+      "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+    },
+    "httpOperation": { # The HTTP Operation. # The HTTP Operation.
+      "method": "A String", # Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      "path": { # The path details derived from the spec. # Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.
+        "path": "A String", # Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List operations in an API version.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns this collection of operations i.e., the API version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of ApiOperations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `ApiOperation` are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The ApiOperation resource name. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `details.http_operation.path.path` - The http operation's complete path relative to server endpoint. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `details.http_operation.method` - The http operation method type. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `details.deprecated` - Indicates if the ApiOperation is deprecated. Allowed values are True / False indicating the deprycation status of the ApiOperation. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the ApiOperation was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `details.deprecated = True` - The ApiOperation is deprecated. * `details.http_operation.method = GET AND create_time < \"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\" AND create_time > \"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\"` - The method of the http operation of the ApiOperation is _GET_ and the spec was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `details.http_operation.method = GET OR details.http_operation.method = POST`. - The http operation of the method of ApiOperation is _GET_ or _POST_. * `details.deprecated = True AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.string_values.values: test` - The filter string specifies that the ApiOperation is deprecated and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of operations to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 operations will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListApiOperations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListApiOperations` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListApiOperations method's response.
+  "apiOperations": [ # The operations corresponding to an API version.
+    { # Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+        "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+          "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+          "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+              { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was created.
+      "details": { # The operation details parsed from the spec. # Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+        "deprecated": True or False, # Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.
+        "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec.
+          "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+        },
+        "httpOperation": { # The HTTP Operation. # The HTTP Operation.
+          "method": "A String", # Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+          "path": { # The path details derived from the spec. # Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.
+            "path": "A String", # Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+      "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.
+        { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+          "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+          "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+            "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+            "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+          },
+          "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+        },
+      ],
+      "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update an operation in an API version. The following fields in the ApiOperation resource can be updated: * details.description * details.documentation * details.http_operation.path * details.http_operation.method * details.deprecated * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated. An operation can be updated only if the operation was created via CreateApiOperation API. If the operation was created by parsing the spec, then it can be edited by updating the spec.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was created.
+  "details": { # The operation details parsed from the spec. # Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+    "deprecated": True or False, # Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.
+    "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec.
+      "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+    },
+    "httpOperation": { # The HTTP Operation. # The HTTP Operation.
+      "method": "A String", # Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      "path": { # The path details derived from the spec. # Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.
+        "path": "A String", # Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was created.
+  "details": { # The operation details parsed from the spec. # Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+    "deprecated": True or False, # Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.
+    "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec.
+      "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+    },
+    "httpOperation": { # The HTTP Operation. # The HTTP Operation.
+      "method": "A String", # Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      "path": { # The path details derived from the spec. # Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.
+        "path": "A String", # Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dec86150e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.html @@ -0,0 +1,1036 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . apis . versions . specs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, specId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Add a spec to an API version in the API hub. Multiple specs can be added to an API version. Note, while adding a spec, at least one of `contents` or `source_uri` must be provided. If `contents` is provided, then `spec_type` must also be provided. On adding a spec with contents to the version, the operations present in it will be added to the version.Note that the file contents in the spec should be of the same type as defined in the `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute associated with spec resource. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently. In order to access the information parsed from the spec, use the GetSpec method. In order to access the raw contents for a particular spec, use the GetSpecContents method. In order to access the operations parsed from the spec, use the ListAPIOperations method.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a spec. Deleting a spec will also delete the associated operations from the version.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about the information parsed from a spec. Note that this method does not return the raw spec contents. Use GetSpecContents method to retrieve the same.

+

+ getContents(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get spec contents.

+

+ lint(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lints the requested spec and updates the corresponding API Spec with the lint response. This lint response will be available in all subsequent Get and List Spec calls to Core service.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List specs corresponding to a particular API resource.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update spec. The following fields in the spec can be updated: * display_name * source_uri * lint_response * attributes * contents * spec_type In case of an OAS spec, updating spec contents can lead to: 1. Creation, deletion and update of operations. 2. Creation, deletion and update of definitions. 3. Update of other info parsed out from the new spec. In case of contents or source_uri being present in update mask, spec_type must also be present. Also, spec_type can not be present in update mask if contents or source_uri is not present. The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, specId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Add a spec to an API version in the API hub. Multiple specs can be added to an API version. Note, while adding a spec, at least one of `contents` or `source_uri` must be provided. If `contents` is provided, then `spec_type` must also be provided. On adding a spec with contents to the version, the operations present in it will be added to the version.Note that the file contents in the spec should be of the same type as defined in the `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute associated with spec resource. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently. In order to access the information parsed from the spec, use the GetSpec method. In order to access the raw contents for a particular spec, use the GetSpecContents method. In order to access the operations parsed from the spec, use the ListAPIOperations method.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for Spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+  "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+    "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+      "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+      "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+        "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+      },
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+    },
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+    "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+      { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+        "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+        "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+        "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+          "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+          "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+        },
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+      },
+    ],
+    "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+    "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+    "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+    "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+      { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+  "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+  "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+}
+
+  specId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the spec, which will become the final component of the spec's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another spec in the API resource. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`, its length is limited to 1000 characters and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+  "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+    "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+      "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+      "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+        "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+      },
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+    },
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+    "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+      { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+        "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+        "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+        "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+          "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+          "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+        },
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+      },
+    ],
+    "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+    "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+    "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+    "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+      { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+  "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+  "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a spec. Deleting a spec will also delete the associated operations from the version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the spec to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about the information parsed from a spec. Note that this method does not return the raw spec contents. Use GetSpecContents method to retrieve the same.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the spec to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+  "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+    "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+      "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+      "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+        "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+      },
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+    },
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+    "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+      { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+        "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+        "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+        "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+          "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+          "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+        },
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+      },
+    ],
+    "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+    "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+    "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+    "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+      { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+  "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+  "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ getContents(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get spec contents.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the spec whose contents need to be retrieved. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The spec contents.
+  "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+}
+
+ +
+ lint(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lints the requested spec and updates the corresponding API Spec with the lint response. This lint response will be available in all subsequent Get and List Spec calls to Core service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the spec to be linted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The LintSpec method's request.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List specs corresponding to a particular API resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of specs. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of Specs. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `:` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Spec` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Spec was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the spec_type attribute associated with the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the spec_type attribute associated with the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `lint_response.json_values.values` - The json value of the lint_response attribute associated with the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `mime_type` - The MIME type of the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: rest-id` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _rest-id_. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.display_name: \"Rest Display Name\"` - The filter string specifies that the display name of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is `Rest Display Name`. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: grpc-id AND create_time < \"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\" AND create_time > \"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\"` - The id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _grpc-id_ and the spec was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: rest-id OR spec_type.enum_values.values.id: grpc-id` - The id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _rest-id_ or _grpc-id_. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: rest-id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.enum_values.values.id: test` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _rest-id_ and the id of the allowed value associated with the user defined attribute of type enum is _test_.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of specs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 specs will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSpecs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSpecs` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListSpecs method's response.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "specs": [ # The specs corresponding to an API Version.
+    { # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+        "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+          "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+          "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+              { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+        "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+      "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+        "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+        "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+          "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+          "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+            "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+          },
+          "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+        },
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+      "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+        "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+      },
+      "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+        "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+          { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+            "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+            "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+            "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+              "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+                "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+                "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+              },
+              "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+                "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+                "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+              },
+            },
+            "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+          },
+        ],
+        "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+        "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+        "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+        "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+          { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+            "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+            "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+      "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+      "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+        { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+          "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+          "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+            "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+            "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+          },
+          "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+        },
+      ],
+      "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+      "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update spec. The following fields in the spec can be updated: * display_name * source_uri * lint_response * attributes * contents * spec_type In case of an OAS spec, updating spec contents can lead to: 1. Creation, deletion and update of operations. 2. Creation, deletion and update of definitions. 3. Update of other info parsed out from the new spec. In case of contents or source_uri being present in update mask, spec_type must also be present. Also, spec_type can not be present in update mask if contents or source_uri is not present. The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+  "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+    "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+      "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+      "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+        "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+      },
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+    },
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+    "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+      { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+        "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+        "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+        "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+          "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+          "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+        },
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+      },
+    ],
+    "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+    "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+    "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+    "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+      { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+  "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+  "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+  "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+    "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+    "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+      "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+      "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+        "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+      },
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+    },
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+    "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+      { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+        "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+        "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+        "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+          "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+          "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+            "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+            "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+          },
+        },
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+      },
+    ],
+    "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+    "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+    "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+    "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+      { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+  "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+  "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.attributes.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.attributes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd80df4ed8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.attributes.html @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . attributes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, attributeId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a user defined attribute. Certain pre defined attributes are already created by the API hub. These attributes will have type as `SYSTEM_DEFINED` and can be listed via ListAttributes method. Allowed values for the same can be updated via UpdateAttribute method.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete an attribute. Note: System defined attributes cannot be deleted. All associations of the attribute being deleted with any API hub resource will also get deleted.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about the attribute.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all attributes.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update the attribute. The following fields in the Attribute resource can be updated: * display_name The display name can be updated for user defined attributes only. * description The description can be updated for user defined attributes only. * allowed_values To update the list of allowed values, clients need to use the fetched list of allowed values and add or remove values to or from the same list. The mutable allowed values can be updated for both user defined and System defined attributes. The immutable allowed values cannot be updated or deleted. The updated list of allowed values cannot be empty. If an allowed value that is already used by some resource's attribute is deleted, then the association between the resource and the attribute value will also be deleted. * cardinality The cardinality can be updated for user defined attributes only. Cardinality can only be increased during an update. The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, attributeId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a user defined attribute. Certain pre defined attributes are already created by the API hub. These attributes will have type as `SYSTEM_DEFINED` and can be listed via ListAttributes method. Allowed values for the same can be updated via UpdateAttribute method.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for Attribute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An attribute in the API Hub. An attribute is a name value pair which can be attached to different resources in the API hub based on the scope of the attribute. Attributes can either be pre-defined by the API Hub or created by users.
+  "allowedValues": [ # Optional. The list of allowed values when the attribute value is of type enum. This is required when the data_type of the attribute is ENUM. The maximum number of allowed values of an attribute will be 1000.
+    { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+      "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "cardinality": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of values that the attribute can have when associated with an API Hub resource. Cardinality 1 would represent a single-valued attribute. It must not be less than 1 or greater than 20. If not specified, the cardinality would be set to 1 by default and represent a single-valued attribute.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was created.
+  "dataType": "A String", # Required. The type of the data of the attribute.
+  "definitionType": "A String", # Output only. The definition type of the attribute.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the attribute.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the attribute.
+  "mandatory": True or False, # Output only. When mandatory is true, the attribute is mandatory for the resource specified in the scope. Only System defined attributes can be mandatory.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. The scope of the attribute. It represents the resource in the API Hub to which the attribute can be linked.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was last updated.
+}
+
+  attributeId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the attribute, which will become the final component of the attribute's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another attribute resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An attribute in the API Hub. An attribute is a name value pair which can be attached to different resources in the API hub based on the scope of the attribute. Attributes can either be pre-defined by the API Hub or created by users.
+  "allowedValues": [ # Optional. The list of allowed values when the attribute value is of type enum. This is required when the data_type of the attribute is ENUM. The maximum number of allowed values of an attribute will be 1000.
+    { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+      "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "cardinality": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of values that the attribute can have when associated with an API Hub resource. Cardinality 1 would represent a single-valued attribute. It must not be less than 1 or greater than 20. If not specified, the cardinality would be set to 1 by default and represent a single-valued attribute.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was created.
+  "dataType": "A String", # Required. The type of the data of the attribute.
+  "definitionType": "A String", # Output only. The definition type of the attribute.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the attribute.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the attribute.
+  "mandatory": True or False, # Output only. When mandatory is true, the attribute is mandatory for the resource specified in the scope. Only System defined attributes can be mandatory.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. The scope of the attribute. It represents the resource in the API Hub to which the attribute can be linked.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete an attribute. Note: System defined attributes cannot be deleted. All associations of the attribute being deleted with any API hub resource will also get deleted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the attribute to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about the attribute.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the attribute to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An attribute in the API Hub. An attribute is a name value pair which can be attached to different resources in the API hub based on the scope of the attribute. Attributes can either be pre-defined by the API Hub or created by users.
+  "allowedValues": [ # Optional. The list of allowed values when the attribute value is of type enum. This is required when the data_type of the attribute is ENUM. The maximum number of allowed values of an attribute will be 1000.
+    { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+      "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "cardinality": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of values that the attribute can have when associated with an API Hub resource. Cardinality 1 would represent a single-valued attribute. It must not be less than 1 or greater than 20. If not specified, the cardinality would be set to 1 by default and represent a single-valued attribute.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was created.
+  "dataType": "A String", # Required. The type of the data of the attribute.
+  "definitionType": "A String", # Output only. The definition type of the attribute.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the attribute.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the attribute.
+  "mandatory": True or False, # Output only. When mandatory is true, the attribute is mandatory for the resource specified in the scope. Only System defined attributes can be mandatory.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. The scope of the attribute. It represents the resource in the API Hub to which the attribute can be linked.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all attributes.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for Attribute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of Attributes. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Attribute` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `definition_type` - The definition type of the attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `scope` - The scope of the attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `data_type` - The type of the data of the attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `mandatory` - Denotes whether the attribute is mandatory or not. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Attribute was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `display_name = production` - - The display name of the attribute is _production_. * `(display_name = production) AND (create_time < \"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\") AND (create_time > \"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\")` - The display name of the attribute is _production_ and the attribute was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `display_name = production OR scope = api` - The attribute where the display name is _production_ or the scope is _api_.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of attribute resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 attributes will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAttributes` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAttributes` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListAttributes method's response.
+  "attributes": [ # The list of all attributes.
+    { # An attribute in the API Hub. An attribute is a name value pair which can be attached to different resources in the API hub based on the scope of the attribute. Attributes can either be pre-defined by the API Hub or created by users.
+      "allowedValues": [ # Optional. The list of allowed values when the attribute value is of type enum. This is required when the data_type of the attribute is ENUM. The maximum number of allowed values of an attribute will be 1000.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+      "cardinality": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of values that the attribute can have when associated with an API Hub resource. Cardinality 1 would represent a single-valued attribute. It must not be less than 1 or greater than 20. If not specified, the cardinality would be set to 1 by default and represent a single-valued attribute.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was created.
+      "dataType": "A String", # Required. The type of the data of the attribute.
+      "definitionType": "A String", # Output only. The definition type of the attribute.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the attribute.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the attribute.
+      "mandatory": True or False, # Output only. When mandatory is true, the attribute is mandatory for the resource specified in the scope. Only System defined attributes can be mandatory.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`
+      "scope": "A String", # Required. The scope of the attribute. It represents the resource in the API Hub to which the attribute can be linked.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update the attribute. The following fields in the Attribute resource can be updated: * display_name The display name can be updated for user defined attributes only. * description The description can be updated for user defined attributes only. * allowed_values To update the list of allowed values, clients need to use the fetched list of allowed values and add or remove values to or from the same list. The mutable allowed values can be updated for both user defined and System defined attributes. The immutable allowed values cannot be updated or deleted. The updated list of allowed values cannot be empty. If an allowed value that is already used by some resource's attribute is deleted, then the association between the resource and the attribute value will also be deleted. * cardinality The cardinality can be updated for user defined attributes only. Cardinality can only be increased during an update. The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An attribute in the API Hub. An attribute is a name value pair which can be attached to different resources in the API hub based on the scope of the attribute. Attributes can either be pre-defined by the API Hub or created by users.
+  "allowedValues": [ # Optional. The list of allowed values when the attribute value is of type enum. This is required when the data_type of the attribute is ENUM. The maximum number of allowed values of an attribute will be 1000.
+    { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+      "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "cardinality": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of values that the attribute can have when associated with an API Hub resource. Cardinality 1 would represent a single-valued attribute. It must not be less than 1 or greater than 20. If not specified, the cardinality would be set to 1 by default and represent a single-valued attribute.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was created.
+  "dataType": "A String", # Required. The type of the data of the attribute.
+  "definitionType": "A String", # Output only. The definition type of the attribute.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the attribute.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the attribute.
+  "mandatory": True or False, # Output only. When mandatory is true, the attribute is mandatory for the resource specified in the scope. Only System defined attributes can be mandatory.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. The scope of the attribute. It represents the resource in the API Hub to which the attribute can be linked.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An attribute in the API Hub. An attribute is a name value pair which can be attached to different resources in the API hub based on the scope of the attribute. Attributes can either be pre-defined by the API Hub or created by users.
+  "allowedValues": [ # Optional. The list of allowed values when the attribute value is of type enum. This is required when the data_type of the attribute is ENUM. The maximum number of allowed values of an attribute will be 1000.
+    { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+      "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "cardinality": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of values that the attribute can have when associated with an API Hub resource. Cardinality 1 would represent a single-valued attribute. It must not be less than 1 or greater than 20. If not specified, the cardinality would be set to 1 by default and represent a single-valued attribute.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was created.
+  "dataType": "A String", # Required. The type of the data of the attribute.
+  "definitionType": "A String", # Output only. The definition type of the attribute.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the attribute.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the attribute.
+  "mandatory": True or False, # Output only. When mandatory is true, the attribute is mandatory for the resource specified in the scope. Only System defined attributes can be mandatory.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`
+  "scope": "A String", # Required. The scope of the attribute. It represents the resource in the API Hub to which the attribute can be linked.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the attribute was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.curations.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.curations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..026881166d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.curations.html @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . curations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, curationId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a curation resource in the API hub. Once a curation resource is created, plugin instances can start using it.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a curation resource in the API hub. A curation can only be deleted if it's not being used by any plugin instance.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get curation resource details.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List curation resources in the API hub.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a curation resource in the API hub. The following fields in the curation can be updated: * display_name * description The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, curationId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a curation resource in the API hub. Once a curation resource is created, plugin instances can start using it.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the curation resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A curation resource in the API Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the curation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the curation.
+  "endpoint": { # The endpoint to be triggered for curation. The endpoint will be invoked with a request payload containing ApiMetadata. Response should contain curated data in the form of ApiMetadata. # Required. The endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+    "applicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { # The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation. # Required. The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+      "triggerId": "A String", # Required. The API trigger ID of the Application Integration workflow.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The endpoint URI should be a valid REST URI for triggering an Application Integration. Format: `https://integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute` or `https://{location}-integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute`
+    },
+  },
+  "lastExecutionErrorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code of the last execution of the curation. The error code is populated only when the last execution state is failed.
+  "lastExecutionErrorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution of the curation.
+  "lastExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The last execution state of the curation.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+  "pluginInstanceActions": [ # Output only. The plugin instances and associated actions that are using the curation. Note: A particular curation could be used by multiple plugin instances or multiple actions in a plugin instance.
+    { # The plugin instance and associated action that is using the curation.
+      "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The action ID that is using the curation. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.
+      "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. Plugin instance that is using the curation. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was last updated.
+}
+
+  curationId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the curation resource, which will become the final component of the curations's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified ID is already used by another curation resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A curation resource in the API Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the curation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the curation.
+  "endpoint": { # The endpoint to be triggered for curation. The endpoint will be invoked with a request payload containing ApiMetadata. Response should contain curated data in the form of ApiMetadata. # Required. The endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+    "applicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { # The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation. # Required. The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+      "triggerId": "A String", # Required. The API trigger ID of the Application Integration workflow.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The endpoint URI should be a valid REST URI for triggering an Application Integration. Format: `https://integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute` or `https://{location}-integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute`
+    },
+  },
+  "lastExecutionErrorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code of the last execution of the curation. The error code is populated only when the last execution state is failed.
+  "lastExecutionErrorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution of the curation.
+  "lastExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The last execution state of the curation.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+  "pluginInstanceActions": [ # Output only. The plugin instances and associated actions that are using the curation. Note: A particular curation could be used by multiple plugin instances or multiple actions in a plugin instance.
+    { # The plugin instance and associated action that is using the curation.
+      "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The action ID that is using the curation. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.
+      "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. Plugin instance that is using the curation. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a curation resource in the API hub. A curation can only be deleted if it's not being used by any plugin instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the curation resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get curation resource details.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the curation resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A curation resource in the API Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the curation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the curation.
+  "endpoint": { # The endpoint to be triggered for curation. The endpoint will be invoked with a request payload containing ApiMetadata. Response should contain curated data in the form of ApiMetadata. # Required. The endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+    "applicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { # The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation. # Required. The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+      "triggerId": "A String", # Required. The API trigger ID of the Application Integration workflow.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The endpoint URI should be a valid REST URI for triggering an Application Integration. Format: `https://integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute` or `https://{location}-integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute`
+    },
+  },
+  "lastExecutionErrorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code of the last execution of the curation. The error code is populated only when the last execution state is failed.
+  "lastExecutionErrorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution of the curation.
+  "lastExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The last execution state of the curation.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+  "pluginInstanceActions": [ # Output only. The plugin instances and associated actions that are using the curation. Note: A particular curation could be used by multiple plugin instances or multiple actions in a plugin instance.
+    { # The plugin instance and associated action that is using the curation.
+      "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The action ID that is using the curation. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.
+      "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. Plugin instance that is using the curation. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List curation resources in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of curation resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of curation resources. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `:` or `=`. Filters are case insensitive. The following fields in the `curation resource` are eligible for filtering: * `create_time` - The time at which the curation was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `display_name` - The display name of the curation. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `state` - The state of the curation. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `create_time < \"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\" AND create_time > \"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\"` - The curation resource was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of curation resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 curations will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCurations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListCurations` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListCurations method's response.
+  "curations": [ # The curation resources present in the API hub.
+    { # A curation resource in the API Hub.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the curation.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the curation.
+      "endpoint": { # The endpoint to be triggered for curation. The endpoint will be invoked with a request payload containing ApiMetadata. Response should contain curated data in the form of ApiMetadata. # Required. The endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+        "applicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { # The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation. # Required. The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+          "triggerId": "A String", # Required. The API trigger ID of the Application Integration workflow.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The endpoint URI should be a valid REST URI for triggering an Application Integration. Format: `https://integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute` or `https://{location}-integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute`
+        },
+      },
+      "lastExecutionErrorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code of the last execution of the curation. The error code is populated only when the last execution state is failed.
+      "lastExecutionErrorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution of the curation.
+      "lastExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The last execution state of the curation.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+      "pluginInstanceActions": [ # Output only. The plugin instances and associated actions that are using the curation. Note: A particular curation could be used by multiple plugin instances or multiple actions in a plugin instance.
+        { # The plugin instance and associated action that is using the curation.
+          "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The action ID that is using the curation. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.
+          "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. Plugin instance that is using the curation. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a curation resource in the API hub. The following fields in the curation can be updated: * display_name * description The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A curation resource in the API Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the curation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the curation.
+  "endpoint": { # The endpoint to be triggered for curation. The endpoint will be invoked with a request payload containing ApiMetadata. Response should contain curated data in the form of ApiMetadata. # Required. The endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+    "applicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { # The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation. # Required. The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+      "triggerId": "A String", # Required. The API trigger ID of the Application Integration workflow.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The endpoint URI should be a valid REST URI for triggering an Application Integration. Format: `https://integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute` or `https://{location}-integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute`
+    },
+  },
+  "lastExecutionErrorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code of the last execution of the curation. The error code is populated only when the last execution state is failed.
+  "lastExecutionErrorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution of the curation.
+  "lastExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The last execution state of the curation.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+  "pluginInstanceActions": [ # Output only. The plugin instances and associated actions that are using the curation. Note: A particular curation could be used by multiple plugin instances or multiple actions in a plugin instance.
+    { # The plugin instance and associated action that is using the curation.
+      "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The action ID that is using the curation. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.
+      "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. Plugin instance that is using the curation. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A curation resource in the API Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the curation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the curation.
+  "endpoint": { # The endpoint to be triggered for curation. The endpoint will be invoked with a request payload containing ApiMetadata. Response should contain curated data in the form of ApiMetadata. # Required. The endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+    "applicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { # The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation. # Required. The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation.
+      "triggerId": "A String", # Required. The API trigger ID of the Application Integration workflow.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The endpoint URI should be a valid REST URI for triggering an Application Integration. Format: `https://integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute` or `https://{location}-integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute`
+    },
+  },
+  "lastExecutionErrorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code of the last execution of the curation. The error code is populated only when the last execution state is failed.
+  "lastExecutionErrorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution of the curation.
+  "lastExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The last execution state of the curation.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+  "pluginInstanceActions": [ # Output only. The plugin instances and associated actions that are using the curation. Note: A particular curation could be used by multiple plugin instances or multiple actions in a plugin instance.
+    { # The plugin instance and associated action that is using the curation.
+      "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The action ID that is using the curation. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.
+      "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. Plugin instance that is using the curation. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the curation was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.dependencies.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.dependencies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..444aaa6acc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.dependencies.html @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . dependencies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, dependencyId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a dependency between two entities in the API hub.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete the dependency resource.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about a dependency resource in the API hub.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List dependencies based on the provided filter and pagination parameters.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a dependency based on the update_mask provided in the request. The following fields in the dependency can be updated: * description

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, dependencyId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a dependency between two entities in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the dependency resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A dependency resource defined in the API hub describes a dependency directed from a consumer to a supplier entity. A dependency can be defined between two Operations or between an Operation and External API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the dependency resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "consumer": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the consumer in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Human readable description corresponding of the dependency.
+  "discoveryMode": "A String", # Output only. Discovery mode of the dependency.
+  "errorDetail": { # Details describing error condition of a dependency. # Output only. Error details of a dependency if the system has detected it internally.
+    "error": "A String", # Optional. Error in the dependency.
+    "errorTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp at which the error was found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the dependency.
+  "supplier": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the supplier in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was last updated.
+}
+
+  dependencyId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the dependency resource, which will become the final component of the dependency's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if duplicate id is provided by the client. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are `a-z[0-9]-_`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A dependency resource defined in the API hub describes a dependency directed from a consumer to a supplier entity. A dependency can be defined between two Operations or between an Operation and External API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the dependency resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "consumer": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the consumer in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Human readable description corresponding of the dependency.
+  "discoveryMode": "A String", # Output only. Discovery mode of the dependency.
+  "errorDetail": { # Details describing error condition of a dependency. # Output only. Error details of a dependency if the system has detected it internally.
+    "error": "A String", # Optional. Error in the dependency.
+    "errorTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp at which the error was found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the dependency.
+  "supplier": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the supplier in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete the dependency resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the dependency resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about a dependency resource in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the dependency resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A dependency resource defined in the API hub describes a dependency directed from a consumer to a supplier entity. A dependency can be defined between two Operations or between an Operation and External API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the dependency resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "consumer": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the consumer in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Human readable description corresponding of the dependency.
+  "discoveryMode": "A String", # Output only. Discovery mode of the dependency.
+  "errorDetail": { # Details describing error condition of a dependency. # Output only. Error details of a dependency if the system has detected it internally.
+    "error": "A String", # Optional. Error in the dependency.
+    "errorTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp at which the error was found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the dependency.
+  "supplier": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the supplier in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List dependencies based on the provided filter and pagination parameters.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns this collection of dependency resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of Dependencies. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. Allowed comparison operator is `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Dependency` are eligible for filtering: * `consumer.operation_resource_name` - The operation resource name for the consumer entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `consumer.external_api_resource_name` - The external api resource name for the consumer entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `supplier.operation_resource_name` - The operation resource name for the supplier entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `supplier.external_api_resource_name` - The external api resource name for the supplier entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. For example, `consumer.operation_resource_name = \"projects/p1/locations/global/apis/a1/versions/v1/operations/o1\" OR supplier.operation_resource_name = \"projects/p1/locations/global/apis/a1/versions/v1/operations/o1\"` - The dependencies with either consumer or supplier operation resource name as _projects/p1/locations/global/apis/a1/versions/v1/operations/o1_.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of dependency resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 dependencies will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListDependencies` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListDependencies` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListDependencies method's response.
+  "dependencies": [ # The dependency resources present in the API hub.
+    { # A dependency resource defined in the API hub describes a dependency directed from a consumer to a supplier entity. A dependency can be defined between two Operations or between an Operation and External API.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the dependency resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+        "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+          "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+          "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+              { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "consumer": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the consumer in the dependency.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+        "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+        "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Human readable description corresponding of the dependency.
+      "discoveryMode": "A String", # Output only. Discovery mode of the dependency.
+      "errorDetail": { # Details describing error condition of a dependency. # Output only. Error details of a dependency if the system has detected it internally.
+        "error": "A String", # Optional. Error in the dependency.
+        "errorTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp at which the error was found.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the dependency.
+      "supplier": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the supplier in the dependency.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+        "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+        "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a dependency based on the update_mask provided in the request. The following fields in the dependency can be updated: * description
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A dependency resource defined in the API hub describes a dependency directed from a consumer to a supplier entity. A dependency can be defined between two Operations or between an Operation and External API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the dependency resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "consumer": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the consumer in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Human readable description corresponding of the dependency.
+  "discoveryMode": "A String", # Output only. Discovery mode of the dependency.
+  "errorDetail": { # Details describing error condition of a dependency. # Output only. Error details of a dependency if the system has detected it internally.
+    "error": "A String", # Optional. Error in the dependency.
+    "errorTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp at which the error was found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the dependency.
+  "supplier": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the supplier in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A dependency resource defined in the API hub describes a dependency directed from a consumer to a supplier entity. A dependency can be defined between two Operations or between an Operation and External API.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the dependency resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "consumer": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the consumer in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Human readable description corresponding of the dependency.
+  "discoveryMode": "A String", # Output only. Discovery mode of the dependency.
+  "errorDetail": { # Details describing error condition of a dependency. # Output only. Error details of a dependency if the system has detected it internally.
+    "error": "A String", # Optional. Error in the dependency.
+    "errorTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp at which the error was found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the dependency.
+  "supplier": { # Reference to an entity participating in a dependency. # Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the supplier in the dependency.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the entity.
+    "externalApiResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`
+    "operationResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the dependency was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35df955740 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html @@ -0,0 +1,1076 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . deployments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a deployment resource in the API hub. Once a deployment resource is created, it can be associated with API versions.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a deployment resource in the API hub.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about a deployment and the API versions linked to it.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List deployment resources in the API hub.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a deployment resource in the API hub. The following fields in the deployment resource can be updated: * display_name * description * documentation * deployment_type * resource_uri * endpoints * slo * environment * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a deployment resource in the API hub. Once a deployment resource is created, it can be associated with API versions.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the deployment resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API.
+  "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+  "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+  "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+}
+
+  deploymentId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the deployment resource, which will become the final component of the deployment's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another deployment resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API.
+  "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+  "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+  "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a deployment resource in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about a deployment and the API versions linked to it.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API.
+  "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+  "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+  "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List deployment resources in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of Deployments. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Deployments` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Deployment was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `resource_uri` - A URI to the deployment resource. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `api_versions` - The API versions linked to this deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `deployment_type.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the deployment_type attribute associated with the Deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `deployment_type.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the deployment_type attribute associated with the Deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `slo.string_values.values` -The allowed string value of the slo attribute associated with the deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `environment.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `environment.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the environment attribute associated with the deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `environment.enum_values.values.id: staging-id` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is _staging-id_. * `environment.enum_values.values.display_name: \"Staging Deployment\"` - The allowed value display name of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is `Staging Deployment`. * `environment.enum_values.values.id: production-id AND create_time < \"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\" AND create_time > \"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\"` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is _production-id_ and Deployment was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `environment.enum_values.values.id: production-id OR slo.string_values.values: \"99.99%\"` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute Deployment is _production-id_ or string value of the slo attribute is _99.99%_. * `environment.enum_values.values.id: staging-id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.string_values.values: test` - The filter string specifies that the allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is _staging-id_ and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of deployment resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 deployments will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListDeployments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListDeployments` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListDeployments method's response.
+  "deployments": [ # The deployment resources present in the API hub.
+    { # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API.
+      "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+        "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+          "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+          "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+              { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+      "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+      "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+        "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+      },
+      "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+      "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+      "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+        { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+          "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+          "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+          "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+            "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+            "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+          },
+          "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a deployment resource in the API hub. The following fields in the deployment resource can be updated: * display_name * description * documentation * deployment_type * resource_uri * endpoints * slo * environment * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API.
+  "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+  "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+  "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API.
+  "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+  "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+  "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+  "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+    { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+      "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+      "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+      "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+        "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+        "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      },
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.externalApis.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.externalApis.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee89681153 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.externalApis.html @@ -0,0 +1,493 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . externalApis

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, externalApiId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an External API resource in the API hub.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete an External API resource in the API hub.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get details about an External API resource in the API hub.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List External API resources in the API hub.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update an External API resource in the API hub. The following fields can be updated: * display_name * description * documentation * endpoints * paths The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, externalApiId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an External API resource in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the External API resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An external API represents an API being provided by external sources. This can be used to model third-party APIs and can be used to define dependencies.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the external API. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the external API. Max length is 63 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Documentation of the external API.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Optional. List of endpoints on which this API is accessible.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.
+  "paths": [ # Optional. List of paths served by this API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+}
+
+  externalApiId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the External API resource, which will become the final component of the External API's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another External API resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An external API represents an API being provided by external sources. This can be used to model third-party APIs and can be used to define dependencies.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the external API. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the external API. Max length is 63 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Documentation of the external API.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Optional. List of endpoints on which this API is accessible.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.
+  "paths": [ # Optional. List of paths served by this API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete an External API resource in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the External API resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{externalApi}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get details about an External API resource in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the External API resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{externalApi}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An external API represents an API being provided by external sources. This can be used to model third-party APIs and can be used to define dependencies.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the external API. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the external API. Max length is 63 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Documentation of the external API.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Optional. List of endpoints on which this API is accessible.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.
+  "paths": [ # Optional. List of paths served by this API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List External API resources in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of External API resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of External API resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 ExternalApis will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListExternalApis` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListExternalApis` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListExternalApis method's response.
+  "externalApis": [ # The External API resources present in the API hub.
+    { # An external API represents an API being provided by external sources. This can be used to model third-party APIs and can be used to define dependencies.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+        "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+          "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+          "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+              { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+            "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the external API. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the external API. Max length is 63 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+      "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Documentation of the external API.
+        "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+      },
+      "endpoints": [ # Optional. List of endpoints on which this API is accessible.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.
+      "paths": [ # Optional. List of paths served by this API.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update an External API resource in the API hub. The following fields can be updated: * display_name * description * documentation * endpoints * paths The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An external API represents an API being provided by external sources. This can be used to model third-party APIs and can be used to define dependencies.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the external API. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the external API. Max length is 63 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Documentation of the external API.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Optional. List of endpoints on which this API is accessible.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.
+  "paths": [ # Optional. List of paths served by this API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An external API represents an API being provided by external sources. This can be used to model third-party APIs and can be used to define dependencies.
+  "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+    "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the external API. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the external API. Max length is 63 characters (Unicode Code Points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Documentation of the external API.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Optional. List of endpoints on which this API is accessible.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.
+  "paths": [ # Optional. List of paths served by this API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update timestamp.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.hostProjectRegistrations.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.hostProjectRegistrations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98517b3af8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.hostProjectRegistrations.html @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . hostProjectRegistrations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, hostProjectRegistrationId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a host project registration. A Google cloud project can be registered as a host project if it is not attached as a runtime project to another host project. A project can be registered as a host project only once. Subsequent register calls for the same project will fail.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a host project registration.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists host project registrations.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, hostProjectRegistrationId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a host project registration. A Google cloud project can be registered as a host project if it is not attached as a runtime project to another host project. A project can be registered as a host project only once. Subsequent register calls for the same project will fail.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the host project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Host project registration refers to the registration of a Google cloud project with Api Hub as a host project. This is the project where Api Hub is provisioned. It acts as the consumer project for the Api Hub instance provisioned. Multiple runtime projects can be attached to the host project and these attachments define the scope of Api Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the host project registration was created.
+  "gcpProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the host project registration. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/hostProjectRegistrations/{host_project_registration}".
+}
+
+  hostProjectRegistrationId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Host Project Registration, which will become the final component of the host project registration's resource name. The ID must be the same as the Google cloud project specified in the host_project_registration.gcp_project field.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Host project registration refers to the registration of a Google cloud project with Api Hub as a host project. This is the project where Api Hub is provisioned. It acts as the consumer project for the Api Hub instance provisioned. Multiple runtime projects can be attached to the host project and these attachments define the scope of Api Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the host project registration was created.
+  "gcpProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the host project registration. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/hostProjectRegistrations/{host_project_registration}".
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a host project registration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Host project registration resource name. projects/{project}/locations/{location}/hostProjectRegistrations/{host_project_registration_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Host project registration refers to the registration of a Google cloud project with Api Hub as a host project. This is the project where Api Hub is provisioned. It acts as the consumer project for the Api Hub instance provisioned. Multiple runtime projects can be attached to the host project and these attachments define the scope of Api Hub.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the host project registration was created.
+  "gcpProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the host project registration. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/hostProjectRegistrations/{host_project_registration}".
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists host project registrations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of host projects. Format: `projects/*/locations/*` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of HostProjectRegistrations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. All standard operators as documented at https://google.aip.dev/160 are supported. The following fields in the `HostProjectRegistration` are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the HostProjectRegistration. * `create_time` - The time at which the HostProjectRegistration was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. * `gcp_project` - The Google cloud project associated with the HostProjectRegistration.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of host project registrations to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 host project registrations will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListHostProjectRegistrations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListHostProjectRegistrations` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListHostProjectRegistrations method's response.
+  "hostProjectRegistrations": [ # The list of host project registrations.
+    { # Host project registration refers to the registration of a Google cloud project with Api Hub as a host project. This is the project where Api Hub is provisioned. It acts as the consumer project for the Api Hub instance provisioned. Multiple runtime projects can be attached to the host project and these attachments define the scope of Api Hub.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the host project registration was created.
+      "gcpProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the host project registration. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/hostProjectRegistrations/{host_project_registration}".
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28e37ddf0e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,1900 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ apiHubInstances() +

+

Returns the apiHubInstances Resource.

+ +

+ apis() +

+

Returns the apis Resource.

+ +

+ attributes() +

+

Returns the attributes Resource.

+ +

+ curations() +

+

Returns the curations Resource.

+ +

+ dependencies() +

+

Returns the dependencies Resource.

+ +

+ deployments() +

+

Returns the deployments Resource.

+ +

+ externalApis() +

+

Returns the externalApis Resource.

+ +

+ hostProjectRegistrations() +

+

Returns the hostProjectRegistrations Resource.

+ +

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ plugins() +

+

Returns the plugins Resource.

+ +

+ runtimeProjectAttachments() +

+

Returns the runtimeProjectAttachments Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ collectApiData(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Collect API data from a source and push it to Hub's collect layer.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information about a location.

+

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ lookupRuntimeProjectAttachment(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Look up a runtime project attachment. This API can be called in the context of any project.

+

+ searchResources(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Search across API-Hub resources.

+

+ searchResources_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ collectApiData(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Collect API data from a source and push it to Hub's collect layer.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The regional location of the API hub instance and its resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The CollectApiData method's request.
+  "actionId": "A String", # Required. The action ID to be used for collecting the API data. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.
+  "apiData": { # The API data to be collected. # Required. The API data to be collected.
+    "apiMetadataList": { # The message to hold repeated API metadata. # Optional. The list of API metadata.
+      "apiMetadata": [ # Required. The list of API metadata.
+        { # The API metadata.
+          "api": { # An API resource in the API Hub. # Required. The API resource to be pushed to Hub's collect layer. The ID of the API resource will be generated by Hub to ensure uniqueness across all APIs across systems.
+            "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+              "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+                "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                    { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                      "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                      "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                      "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                  "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+                "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                  "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+                "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                  "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              },
+            },
+            "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+            "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+              "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+            },
+            "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+            "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+            "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+              "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+            },
+            "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+            "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+              { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+                "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+                "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+                "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+                "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                  "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                  "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+                },
+                "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+              },
+            ],
+            "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+            "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "originalCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp indicating when the API was created at the source.
+          "originalId": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the API in the system where it was originally created.
+          "originalUpdateTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp indicating when the API was last updated at the source.
+          "versions": [ # Optional. The list of versions present in an API resource.
+            { # The metadata associated with a version of the API resource.
+              "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc.)
+                { # The metadata associated with a deployment.
+                  "deployment": { # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API. # Required. The deployment resource to be pushed to Hub's collect layer. The ID of the deployment will be generated by Hub.
+                    "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+                      "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+                        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+                    "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+                      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+                    "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+                      "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+                    },
+                    "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+                      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+                    "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+                    "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+                      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+                      { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+                        "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+                        "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+                        "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+                        "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                          "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                          "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+                        },
+                        "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+                  },
+                  "originalCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp indicating when the deployment was created at the source.
+                  "originalId": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the deployment in the system where it was originally created.
+                  "originalUpdateTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp indicating when the deployment was last updated at the source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "originalCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp indicating when the version was created at the source.
+              "originalId": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the version in the system where it was originally created.
+              "originalUpdateTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp indicating when the version was last updated at the source.
+              "specs": [ # Optional. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs.
+                { # The metadata associated with a spec of the API version.
+                  "originalCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp indicating when the spec was created at the source.
+                  "originalId": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the spec in the system where it was originally created.
+                  "originalUpdateTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp indicating when the spec was last updated at the source.
+                  "spec": { # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently. # Required. The spec resource to be pushed to Hub's collect layer. The ID of the spec will be generated by Hub.
+                    "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+                      "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+                        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+                      "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+                    },
+                    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+                    "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+                      "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+                      "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+                        "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+                        "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+                          "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+                        },
+                        "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+                    "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+                      "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+                    },
+                    "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+                      "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+                      "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+                        { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+                          "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+                          "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+                          "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                          "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+                            "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+                              "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+                              "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+                            },
+                            "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+                              "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+                              "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+                      "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+                      "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+                      "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+                        { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+                          "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+                          "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+                    "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+                    "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+                      { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+                        "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+                        "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+                        "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+                        "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                          "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                          "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+                        },
+                        "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+                    "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+                      "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                      "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                          { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                            "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                            "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                        "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "version": { # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version. # Required. Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. The ID of the version will be generated by Hub.
+                "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+                  "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                  "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                      { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                        "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                        "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+                "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+                  "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+                    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+                  "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                  "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                      { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                        "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                        "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+                "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+                "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+                "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+                  "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+                },
+                "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+                  "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+                  "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                      { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                        "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                        "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                    "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+                "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+                "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+                "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+                  { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+                    "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+                    "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+                    "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+                    "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                      "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                      "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+                    },
+                    "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "collectionType": "A String", # Required. The type of collection. Applies to all entries in api_data.
+  "pluginInstance": "A String", # Required. The plugin instance collecting the API data. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ lookupRuntimeProjectAttachment(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Look up a runtime project attachment. This API can be called in the context of any project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Runtime project ID to look up runtime project attachment for. Lookup happens across all regions. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListRuntimeProjectAttachments method's response.
+  "runtimeProjectAttachment": { # Runtime project attachment represents an attachment from the runtime project to the host project. Api Hub looks for deployments in the attached runtime projects and creates corresponding resources in Api Hub for the discovered deployments. # Runtime project attachment for a project if exists, empty otherwise.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of a runtime project attachment. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}".
+    "runtimeProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ searchResources(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Search across API-Hub resources.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The resource name of the location which will be of the type `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}`. This field is used to identify the instance of API-Hub in which resources should be searched. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The SearchResources method's request.
+  "filter": "A String", # Optional. An expression that filters the list of search results. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following field names are eligible for filtering: * `resource_type` - The type of resource in the search results. Must be one of the following: `Api`, `ApiOperation`, `Deployment`, `Definition`, `Spec` or `Version`. This field can only be specified once in the filter. Here are is an example: * `resource_type = Api` - The resource_type is _Api_.
+  "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of search results to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified at most 10 search results will be returned. If value is negative then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The maximum value is 25; values above 25 will be coerced to 25. While paginating, you can specify a new page size parameter for each page of search results to be listed.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. A page token, received from a previous SearchResources call. Specify this parameter to retrieve the next page of transactions. When paginating, you must specify the `page_token` parameter and all the other parameters except page_size should be specified with the same value which was used in the previous call. If the other fields are set with a different value than the previous call then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "query": "A String", # Required. The free text search query. This query can contain keywords which could be related to any detail of the API-Hub resources such display names, descriptions, attributes etc.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the SearchResources method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pass this token in the SearchResourcesRequest to continue to list results. If all results have been returned, this field is an empty string or not present in the response.
+  "searchResults": [ # List of search results according to the filter and search query specified. The order of search results represents the ranking.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "resource": { # ApiHubResource is one of the resources such as Api, Operation, Deployment, Definition, Spec and Version resources stored in API-Hub. # This represents the ApiHubResource. Note: Only selected fields of the resources are populated in response.
+        "api": { # An API resource in the API Hub. # This represents Api resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description and owner fields are populated in search results.
+          "apiFunctionalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "apiRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "apiStyle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "apiTechnicalRequirements": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+            "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "businessUnit": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the API resource.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the API resource.
+          "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation for the API resource.
+            "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+          },
+          "fingerprint": "A String", # Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.
+          "maturityLevel": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`
+          "owner": { # Owner details. # Optional. Owner details for the API resource.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+            "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+          },
+          "selectedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+          "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.
+            { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+              "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+              "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+              },
+              "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+            },
+          ],
+          "targetUser": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "team": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.
+          "versions": [ # Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "definition": { # Represents a definition for example schema, request, response definitions contained in an API version. A definition is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, definition will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Also, within OpenAPI spec, only `schema` object is supported. # This represents Definition resource in search results. Only name field is populated in search results.
+          "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the definition resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+            "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the definition was created.
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the definition. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+          "schema": { # The schema details derived from the spec. Currently, this entity is supported for OpenAPI spec only. For OpenAPI spec, this maps to the schema defined in the `definitions` section for OpenAPI 2.0 version and in `components.schemas` section for OpenAPI 3.0 and 3.1 version. # Output only. The value of a schema definition.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the schema. This will map to the name of the schema in the spec.
+            "rawValue": "A String", # Output only. The raw value of the schema definition corresponding to the schema name in the spec.
+          },
+          "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec from where the definition was parsed. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+          "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the definition.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the definition was last updated.
+        },
+        "deployment": { # Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API. # This represents Deployment resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description, deployment_type and api_versions fields are populated in search results.
+          "apiVersions": [ # Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+            "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.
+          "deploymentType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the deployment.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the deployment.
+          "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the deployment.
+            "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+          },
+          "endpoints": [ # Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "environment": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+          "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.
+          "slo": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.
+            { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+              "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+              "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+              },
+              "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+            },
+          ],
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.
+        },
+        "operation": { # Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API. # This represents ApiOperation resource in search results. Only name, description, spec and details fields are populated in search results.
+          "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+            "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was created.
+          "details": { # The operation details parsed from the spec. # Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+            "deprecated": True or False, # Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.
+            "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec.
+              "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+            },
+            "httpOperation": { # The HTTP Operation. # The HTTP Operation.
+              "method": "A String", # Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+              "path": { # The path details derived from the spec. # Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.
+                "path": "A String", # Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+          "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.
+            { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+              "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+              "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+              },
+              "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+            },
+          ],
+          "spec": "A String", # Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.
+        },
+        "spec": { # Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently. # This represents Spec resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description, spec_type and documentation fields are populated in search results.
+          "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+            "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "contents": { # The spec contents. # Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec.
+            "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the spec.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was created.
+          "details": { # SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types. # Output only. Details parsed from the spec.
+            "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the spec.
+            "openApiSpecDetails": { # OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails. # Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.
+              "format": "A String", # Output only. The format of the spec.
+              "owner": { # Owner details. # Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the owner.
+                "email": "A String", # Required. The email of the owner.
+              },
+              "version": "A String", # Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.
+            },
+          },
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.
+          "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec.
+            "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+          },
+          "lintResponse": { # LintResponse contains the response from the linter. # Optional. The lint response for the spec.
+            "createTime": "A String", # Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.
+            "issues": [ # Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.
+              { # Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.
+                "code": "A String", # Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.
+                "message": "A String", # Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.
+                "path": [ # Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "range": { # Object describing where in the file the issue was found. # Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found.
+                  "end": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. End of the issue.
+                    "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+                    "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+                  },
+                  "start": { # Point within the file (line and character). # Required. Start of the issue.
+                    "character": 42, # Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).
+                    "line": 42, # Required. Line number (zero-indexed).
+                  },
+                },
+                "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level of the rule violation.
+              },
+            ],
+            "linter": "A String", # Required. Name of the linter used.
+            "source": "A String", # Required. Name of the linting application.
+            "state": "A String", # Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.
+            "summary": [ # Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.
+              { # Count of issues with a given severity.
+                "count": 42, # Required. Count of issues with the given severity.
+                "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity of the issue.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+          "parsingMode": "A String", # Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.
+          "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.
+            { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+              "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+              "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+              },
+              "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+            },
+          ],
+          "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.
+          "specType": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.
+        },
+        "version": { # Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version. # This represents Version resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description, lifecycle, compliance and accreditation fields are populated in search results.
+          "accreditation": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "apiOperations": [ # Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "attributes": { # Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.
+            "a_key": { # The attribute values associated with resource.
+              "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+              "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                  { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                    "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                    "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+                "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "compliance": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was created.
+          "definitions": [ # Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "deployments": [ # Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the version.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the version.
+          "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the version.
+            "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+          },
+          "lifecycle": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute.
+            "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+            "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+                { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+                  "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+                  "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+              "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`
+          "selectedDeployment": "A String", # Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+          "sourceMetadata": [ # Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.
+            { # SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.
+              "originalResourceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.
+              "originalResourceUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.
+              "pluginInstanceActionSource": { # PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source. # Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.
+                "actionId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.
+                "pluginInstance": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+              },
+              "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the source.
+            },
+          ],
+          "specs": [ # Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ searchResources_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dc75fe371 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa6e70c7f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.html @@ -0,0 +1,848 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . plugins

+

Instance Methods

+

+ instances() +

+

Returns the instances Resource.

+ +

+ styleGuide() +

+

Returns the styleGuide Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, pluginId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an API Hub plugin resource in the API hub. Once a plugin is created, it can be used to create plugin instances.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a Plugin in API hub. Note, only user owned plugins can be deleted via this method.

+

+ disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Disables a plugin. The `state` of the plugin after disabling is `DISABLED`

+

+ enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Enables a plugin. The `state` of the plugin after enabling is `ENABLED`

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get an API Hub plugin.

+

+ getStyleGuide(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the style guide being used for linting.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all the plugins in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ updateStyleGuide(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update the styleGuide to be used for liniting in by API hub.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, pluginId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an API Hub plugin resource in the API hub. Once a plugin is created, it can be used to create plugin instances.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this plugin will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A plugin resource in the API Hub.
+  "actionsConfig": [ # Optional. The configuration of actions supported by the plugin.
+    { # PluginActionConfig represents the configuration of an action supported by a plugin.
+      "description": "A String", # Required. The description of the operation performed by the action.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the action.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The id of the action.
+      "triggerMode": "A String", # Required. The trigger mode supported by the action.
+    },
+  ],
+  "configTemplate": { # ConfigTemplate represents the configuration template for a plugin. # Optional. The configuration template for the plugin.
+    "additionalConfigTemplate": [ # Optional. The list of additional configuration variables for the plugin's configuration.
+      { # ConfigVariableTemplate represents a configuration variable template present in a Plugin Config.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description.
+        "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the config variable. Must be unique within the configuration.
+        "multiSelectOptions": [ # Optional. Multi select options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `MULTI_SELECT`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a PluginInstance.
+        "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.
+        "valueType": "A String", # Required. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc.
+      },
+    ],
+    "authConfigTemplate": { # AuthConfigTemplate represents the authentication template for a plugin. # Optional. The authentication template for the plugin.
+      "serviceAccount": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Optional. The service account of the plugin hosting service. This service account should be granted the required permissions on the Auth Config parameters provided while creating the plugin instances corresponding to this plugin. For example, if the plugin instance auth config requires a secret manager secret, the service account should be granted the secretmanager.versions.access permission on the corresponding secret, if the plugin instance auth config contains a service account, the service account should be granted the iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on the corresponding service account.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+      },
+      "supportedAuthTypes": [ # Required. The list of authentication types supported by the plugin.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The plugin description. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the plugin. Max length is 50 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the plugin, that explains how to set up and use the plugin.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "hostingService": { # The information related to the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. # Optional. This field is optional. It is used to notify the plugin hosting service for any lifecycle changes of the plugin instance and trigger execution of plugin instance actions in case of API hub managed actions. This field should be provided if the plugin instance lifecycle of the developed plugin needs to be managed from API hub. Also, in this case the plugin hosting service interface needs to be implemented. This field should not be provided if the plugin wants to manage plugin instance lifecycle events outside of hub interface and use plugin framework for only registering of plugin and plugin instances to capture the source of data into hub. Note, in this case the plugin hosting service interface is not required to be implemented. Also, the plugin instance lifecycle actions will be disabled from API hub's UI.
+    "serviceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. This information is only required for user defined plugins.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the plugin. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`
+  "ownershipType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the plugin, indicating whether it is 'SYSTEM_OWNED' or 'USER_OWNED'.
+  "pluginCategory": "A String", # Optional. The category of the plugin, identifying its primary category or purpose. This field is required for all plugins.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Represents the state of the plugin. Note this field will not be set for plugins developed via plugin framework as the state will be managed at plugin instance level.
+  "type": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The type of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-plugin-type` attribute. The number of allowed values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute. Note this field is not required for plugins developed via plugin framework.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was last updated.
+}
+
+  pluginId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the Plugin resource, which will become the final component of the Plugin's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another Plugin resource in the API hub instance. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`, its length is limited to 1000 characters and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A plugin resource in the API Hub.
+  "actionsConfig": [ # Optional. The configuration of actions supported by the plugin.
+    { # PluginActionConfig represents the configuration of an action supported by a plugin.
+      "description": "A String", # Required. The description of the operation performed by the action.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the action.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The id of the action.
+      "triggerMode": "A String", # Required. The trigger mode supported by the action.
+    },
+  ],
+  "configTemplate": { # ConfigTemplate represents the configuration template for a plugin. # Optional. The configuration template for the plugin.
+    "additionalConfigTemplate": [ # Optional. The list of additional configuration variables for the plugin's configuration.
+      { # ConfigVariableTemplate represents a configuration variable template present in a Plugin Config.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description.
+        "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the config variable. Must be unique within the configuration.
+        "multiSelectOptions": [ # Optional. Multi select options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `MULTI_SELECT`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a PluginInstance.
+        "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.
+        "valueType": "A String", # Required. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc.
+      },
+    ],
+    "authConfigTemplate": { # AuthConfigTemplate represents the authentication template for a plugin. # Optional. The authentication template for the plugin.
+      "serviceAccount": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Optional. The service account of the plugin hosting service. This service account should be granted the required permissions on the Auth Config parameters provided while creating the plugin instances corresponding to this plugin. For example, if the plugin instance auth config requires a secret manager secret, the service account should be granted the secretmanager.versions.access permission on the corresponding secret, if the plugin instance auth config contains a service account, the service account should be granted the iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on the corresponding service account.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+      },
+      "supportedAuthTypes": [ # Required. The list of authentication types supported by the plugin.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The plugin description. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the plugin. Max length is 50 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the plugin, that explains how to set up and use the plugin.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "hostingService": { # The information related to the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. # Optional. This field is optional. It is used to notify the plugin hosting service for any lifecycle changes of the plugin instance and trigger execution of plugin instance actions in case of API hub managed actions. This field should be provided if the plugin instance lifecycle of the developed plugin needs to be managed from API hub. Also, in this case the plugin hosting service interface needs to be implemented. This field should not be provided if the plugin wants to manage plugin instance lifecycle events outside of hub interface and use plugin framework for only registering of plugin and plugin instances to capture the source of data into hub. Note, in this case the plugin hosting service interface is not required to be implemented. Also, the plugin instance lifecycle actions will be disabled from API hub's UI.
+    "serviceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. This information is only required for user defined plugins.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the plugin. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`
+  "ownershipType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the plugin, indicating whether it is 'SYSTEM_OWNED' or 'USER_OWNED'.
+  "pluginCategory": "A String", # Optional. The category of the plugin, identifying its primary category or purpose. This field is required for all plugins.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Represents the state of the plugin. Note this field will not be set for plugins developed via plugin framework as the state will be managed at plugin instance level.
+  "type": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The type of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-plugin-type` attribute. The number of allowed values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute. Note this field is not required for plugins developed via plugin framework.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a Plugin in API hub. Note, only user owned plugins can be deleted via this method.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Plugin resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Disables a plugin. The `state` of the plugin after disabling is `DISABLED`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The DisablePlugin method's request.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A plugin resource in the API Hub.
+  "actionsConfig": [ # Optional. The configuration of actions supported by the plugin.
+    { # PluginActionConfig represents the configuration of an action supported by a plugin.
+      "description": "A String", # Required. The description of the operation performed by the action.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the action.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The id of the action.
+      "triggerMode": "A String", # Required. The trigger mode supported by the action.
+    },
+  ],
+  "configTemplate": { # ConfigTemplate represents the configuration template for a plugin. # Optional. The configuration template for the plugin.
+    "additionalConfigTemplate": [ # Optional. The list of additional configuration variables for the plugin's configuration.
+      { # ConfigVariableTemplate represents a configuration variable template present in a Plugin Config.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description.
+        "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the config variable. Must be unique within the configuration.
+        "multiSelectOptions": [ # Optional. Multi select options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `MULTI_SELECT`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a PluginInstance.
+        "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.
+        "valueType": "A String", # Required. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc.
+      },
+    ],
+    "authConfigTemplate": { # AuthConfigTemplate represents the authentication template for a plugin. # Optional. The authentication template for the plugin.
+      "serviceAccount": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Optional. The service account of the plugin hosting service. This service account should be granted the required permissions on the Auth Config parameters provided while creating the plugin instances corresponding to this plugin. For example, if the plugin instance auth config requires a secret manager secret, the service account should be granted the secretmanager.versions.access permission on the corresponding secret, if the plugin instance auth config contains a service account, the service account should be granted the iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on the corresponding service account.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+      },
+      "supportedAuthTypes": [ # Required. The list of authentication types supported by the plugin.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The plugin description. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the plugin. Max length is 50 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the plugin, that explains how to set up and use the plugin.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "hostingService": { # The information related to the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. # Optional. This field is optional. It is used to notify the plugin hosting service for any lifecycle changes of the plugin instance and trigger execution of plugin instance actions in case of API hub managed actions. This field should be provided if the plugin instance lifecycle of the developed plugin needs to be managed from API hub. Also, in this case the plugin hosting service interface needs to be implemented. This field should not be provided if the plugin wants to manage plugin instance lifecycle events outside of hub interface and use plugin framework for only registering of plugin and plugin instances to capture the source of data into hub. Note, in this case the plugin hosting service interface is not required to be implemented. Also, the plugin instance lifecycle actions will be disabled from API hub's UI.
+    "serviceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. This information is only required for user defined plugins.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the plugin. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`
+  "ownershipType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the plugin, indicating whether it is 'SYSTEM_OWNED' or 'USER_OWNED'.
+  "pluginCategory": "A String", # Optional. The category of the plugin, identifying its primary category or purpose. This field is required for all plugins.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Represents the state of the plugin. Note this field will not be set for plugins developed via plugin framework as the state will be managed at plugin instance level.
+  "type": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The type of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-plugin-type` attribute. The number of allowed values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute. Note this field is not required for plugins developed via plugin framework.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Enables a plugin. The `state` of the plugin after enabling is `ENABLED`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The EnablePlugin method's request.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A plugin resource in the API Hub.
+  "actionsConfig": [ # Optional. The configuration of actions supported by the plugin.
+    { # PluginActionConfig represents the configuration of an action supported by a plugin.
+      "description": "A String", # Required. The description of the operation performed by the action.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the action.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The id of the action.
+      "triggerMode": "A String", # Required. The trigger mode supported by the action.
+    },
+  ],
+  "configTemplate": { # ConfigTemplate represents the configuration template for a plugin. # Optional. The configuration template for the plugin.
+    "additionalConfigTemplate": [ # Optional. The list of additional configuration variables for the plugin's configuration.
+      { # ConfigVariableTemplate represents a configuration variable template present in a Plugin Config.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description.
+        "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the config variable. Must be unique within the configuration.
+        "multiSelectOptions": [ # Optional. Multi select options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `MULTI_SELECT`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a PluginInstance.
+        "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.
+        "valueType": "A String", # Required. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc.
+      },
+    ],
+    "authConfigTemplate": { # AuthConfigTemplate represents the authentication template for a plugin. # Optional. The authentication template for the plugin.
+      "serviceAccount": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Optional. The service account of the plugin hosting service. This service account should be granted the required permissions on the Auth Config parameters provided while creating the plugin instances corresponding to this plugin. For example, if the plugin instance auth config requires a secret manager secret, the service account should be granted the secretmanager.versions.access permission on the corresponding secret, if the plugin instance auth config contains a service account, the service account should be granted the iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on the corresponding service account.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+      },
+      "supportedAuthTypes": [ # Required. The list of authentication types supported by the plugin.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The plugin description. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the plugin. Max length is 50 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the plugin, that explains how to set up and use the plugin.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "hostingService": { # The information related to the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. # Optional. This field is optional. It is used to notify the plugin hosting service for any lifecycle changes of the plugin instance and trigger execution of plugin instance actions in case of API hub managed actions. This field should be provided if the plugin instance lifecycle of the developed plugin needs to be managed from API hub. Also, in this case the plugin hosting service interface needs to be implemented. This field should not be provided if the plugin wants to manage plugin instance lifecycle events outside of hub interface and use plugin framework for only registering of plugin and plugin instances to capture the source of data into hub. Note, in this case the plugin hosting service interface is not required to be implemented. Also, the plugin instance lifecycle actions will be disabled from API hub's UI.
+    "serviceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. This information is only required for user defined plugins.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the plugin. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`
+  "ownershipType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the plugin, indicating whether it is 'SYSTEM_OWNED' or 'USER_OWNED'.
+  "pluginCategory": "A String", # Optional. The category of the plugin, identifying its primary category or purpose. This field is required for all plugins.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Represents the state of the plugin. Note this field will not be set for plugins developed via plugin framework as the state will be managed at plugin instance level.
+  "type": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The type of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-plugin-type` attribute. The number of allowed values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute. Note this field is not required for plugins developed via plugin framework.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get an API Hub plugin.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A plugin resource in the API Hub.
+  "actionsConfig": [ # Optional. The configuration of actions supported by the plugin.
+    { # PluginActionConfig represents the configuration of an action supported by a plugin.
+      "description": "A String", # Required. The description of the operation performed by the action.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the action.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. The id of the action.
+      "triggerMode": "A String", # Required. The trigger mode supported by the action.
+    },
+  ],
+  "configTemplate": { # ConfigTemplate represents the configuration template for a plugin. # Optional. The configuration template for the plugin.
+    "additionalConfigTemplate": [ # Optional. The list of additional configuration variables for the plugin's configuration.
+      { # ConfigVariableTemplate represents a configuration variable template present in a Plugin Config.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description.
+        "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the config variable. Must be unique within the configuration.
+        "multiSelectOptions": [ # Optional. Multi select options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `MULTI_SELECT`.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+        "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a PluginInstance.
+        "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.
+        "valueType": "A String", # Required. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc.
+      },
+    ],
+    "authConfigTemplate": { # AuthConfigTemplate represents the authentication template for a plugin. # Optional. The authentication template for the plugin.
+      "serviceAccount": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Optional. The service account of the plugin hosting service. This service account should be granted the required permissions on the Auth Config parameters provided while creating the plugin instances corresponding to this plugin. For example, if the plugin instance auth config requires a secret manager secret, the service account should be granted the secretmanager.versions.access permission on the corresponding secret, if the plugin instance auth config contains a service account, the service account should be granted the iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on the corresponding service account.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+      },
+      "supportedAuthTypes": [ # Required. The list of authentication types supported by the plugin.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The plugin description. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the plugin. Max length is 50 characters (Unicode code points).
+  "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the plugin, that explains how to set up and use the plugin.
+    "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+  },
+  "hostingService": { # The information related to the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. # Optional. This field is optional. It is used to notify the plugin hosting service for any lifecycle changes of the plugin instance and trigger execution of plugin instance actions in case of API hub managed actions. This field should be provided if the plugin instance lifecycle of the developed plugin needs to be managed from API hub. Also, in this case the plugin hosting service interface needs to be implemented. This field should not be provided if the plugin wants to manage plugin instance lifecycle events outside of hub interface and use plugin framework for only registering of plugin and plugin instances to capture the source of data into hub. Note, in this case the plugin hosting service interface is not required to be implemented. Also, the plugin instance lifecycle actions will be disabled from API hub's UI.
+    "serviceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. This information is only required for user defined plugins.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the plugin. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`
+  "ownershipType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the plugin, indicating whether it is 'SYSTEM_OWNED' or 'USER_OWNED'.
+  "pluginCategory": "A String", # Optional. The category of the plugin, identifying its primary category or purpose. This field is required for all plugins.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Represents the state of the plugin. Note this field will not be set for plugins developed via plugin framework as the state will be managed at plugin instance level.
+  "type": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The type of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-plugin-type` attribute. The number of allowed values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute. Note this field is not required for plugins developed via plugin framework.
+    "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+    "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+        { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+          "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+      "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ getStyleGuide(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the style guide being used for linting.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the spec to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a singleton style guide resource to be used for linting Open API specs.
+  "contents": { # The style guide contents. # Required. Input only. The contents of the uploaded style guide.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the style guide.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content.
+  },
+  "linter": "A String", # Required. Target linter for the style guide.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the style guide. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all the plugins in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this plugin will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of plugins. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Plugins` are eligible for filtering: * `plugin_category` - The category of the Plugin. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `plugin_category = ON_RAMP` - The plugin is of category on ramp.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of hub plugins to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 hub plugins will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListPlugins` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListPlugins` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListPlugins method's response.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "plugins": [ # The plugins from the specified parent resource.
+    { # A plugin resource in the API Hub.
+      "actionsConfig": [ # Optional. The configuration of actions supported by the plugin.
+        { # PluginActionConfig represents the configuration of an action supported by a plugin.
+          "description": "A String", # Required. The description of the operation performed by the action.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the action.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. The id of the action.
+          "triggerMode": "A String", # Required. The trigger mode supported by the action.
+        },
+      ],
+      "configTemplate": { # ConfigTemplate represents the configuration template for a plugin. # Optional. The configuration template for the plugin.
+        "additionalConfigTemplate": [ # Optional. The list of additional configuration variables for the plugin's configuration.
+          { # ConfigVariableTemplate represents a configuration variable template present in a Plugin Config.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description.
+            "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`.
+              { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+              },
+            ],
+            "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the config variable. Must be unique within the configuration.
+            "multiSelectOptions": [ # Optional. Multi select options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `MULTI_SELECT`.
+              { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+              },
+            ],
+            "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a PluginInstance.
+            "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.
+            "valueType": "A String", # Required. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc.
+          },
+        ],
+        "authConfigTemplate": { # AuthConfigTemplate represents the authentication template for a plugin. # Optional. The authentication template for the plugin.
+          "serviceAccount": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Optional. The service account of the plugin hosting service. This service account should be granted the required permissions on the Auth Config parameters provided while creating the plugin instances corresponding to this plugin. For example, if the plugin instance auth config requires a secret manager secret, the service account should be granted the secretmanager.versions.access permission on the corresponding secret, if the plugin instance auth config contains a service account, the service account should be granted the iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on the corresponding service account.
+            "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+          },
+          "supportedAuthTypes": [ # Required. The list of authentication types supported by the plugin.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The plugin description. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode code points).
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the plugin. Max length is 50 characters (Unicode code points).
+      "documentation": { # Documentation details. # Optional. The documentation of the plugin, that explains how to set up and use the plugin.
+        "externalUri": "A String", # Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.
+      },
+      "hostingService": { # The information related to the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. # Optional. This field is optional. It is used to notify the plugin hosting service for any lifecycle changes of the plugin instance and trigger execution of plugin instance actions in case of API hub managed actions. This field should be provided if the plugin instance lifecycle of the developed plugin needs to be managed from API hub. Also, in this case the plugin hosting service interface needs to be implemented. This field should not be provided if the plugin wants to manage plugin instance lifecycle events outside of hub interface and use plugin framework for only registering of plugin and plugin instances to capture the source of data into hub. Note, in this case the plugin hosting service interface is not required to be implemented. Also, the plugin instance lifecycle actions will be disabled from API hub's UI.
+        "serviceUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. This information is only required for user defined plugins.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the plugin. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`
+      "ownershipType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the plugin, indicating whether it is 'SYSTEM_OWNED' or 'USER_OWNED'.
+      "pluginCategory": "A String", # Optional. The category of the plugin, identifying its primary category or purpose. This field is required for all plugins.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Represents the state of the plugin. Note this field will not be set for plugins developed via plugin framework as the state will be managed at plugin instance level.
+      "type": { # The attribute values associated with resource. # Optional. The type of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-plugin-type` attribute. The number of allowed values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute. Note this field is not required for plugins developed via plugin framework.
+        "attribute": "A String", # Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}
+        "enumValues": { # The attribute values of data type enum. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.
+            { # The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the allowed value.
+              "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
+              "immutable": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "uriValues": { # The attribute values of data type string or JSON. # The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name.
+          "values": [ # Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ updateStyleGuide(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update the styleGuide to be used for liniting in by API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the style guide. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a singleton style guide resource to be used for linting Open API specs.
+  "contents": { # The style guide contents. # Required. Input only. The contents of the uploaded style guide.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the style guide.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content.
+  },
+  "linter": "A String", # Required. Target linter for the style guide.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the style guide. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a singleton style guide resource to be used for linting Open API specs.
+  "contents": { # The style guide contents. # Required. Input only. The contents of the uploaded style guide.
+    "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the style guide.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content.
+  },
+  "linter": "A String", # Required. Target linter for the style guide.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the style guide. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.instances.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.instances.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..265dd74b59 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.instances.html @@ -0,0 +1,640 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . plugins . instances

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, pluginInstanceId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Plugin instance in the API hub.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a plugin instance in the API hub.

+

+ disableAction(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Disables a plugin instance in the API hub.

+

+ enableAction(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Enables a plugin instance in the API hub.

+

+ executeAction(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Executes a plugin instance in the API hub.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get an API Hub plugin instance.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all the plugins in a given project and location. `-` can be used as wildcard value for {plugin_id}

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, pluginInstanceId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Plugin instance in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the plugin instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a plugin instance resource in the API Hub. A PluginInstance is a specific instance of a hub plugin with its own configuration, state, and execution details.
+  "actions": [ # Required. The action status for the plugin instance.
+    { # PluginInstanceAction represents an action which can be executed in the plugin instance.
+      "actionId": "A String", # Required. This should map to one of the action id specified in actions_config in the plugin.
+      "curationConfig": { # The curation information for this plugin instance. # Optional. This configuration should be provided if the plugin action is publishing data to API hub curate layer.
+        "curationType": "A String", # Required. The curation type for this plugin instance.
+        "customCuration": { # Custom curation information for this plugin instance. # Optional. Custom curation information for this plugin instance.
+          "curation": "A String", # Required. The unique name of the curation resource. This will be the name of the curation resource in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+        },
+      },
+      "hubInstanceAction": { # The execution status for the plugin instance. # Optional. The execution information for the plugin instance action done corresponding to an API hub instance.
+        "currentExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the execution.
+        "lastExecution": { # The result of the last execution of the plugin instance. # Output only. The last execution of the plugin instance.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The last execution end time of the plugin instance.
+          "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution.
+          "result": "A String", # Output only. The result of the last execution of the plugin instance.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The last execution start time of the plugin instance.
+        },
+      },
+      "scheduleCronExpression": "A String", # Optional. The schedule for this plugin instance action. This can only be set if the plugin supports API_HUB_SCHEDULE_TRIGGER mode for this action.
+      "scheduleTimeZone": "A String", # Optional. The time zone for the schedule cron expression. If not provided, UTC will be used.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the plugin action in the plugin instance.
+    },
+  ],
+  "additionalConfig": { # Optional. The additional information for this plugin instance corresponding to the additional config template of the plugin. This information will be sent to plugin hosting service on each call to plugin hosted service. The key will be the config_variable_template.display_name to uniquely identify the config variable.
+    "a_key": { # ConfigVariable represents a additional configuration variable present in a PluginInstance Config or AuthConfig, based on a ConfigVariableTemplate.
+      "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type boolean.
+      "enumValue": { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type enum.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+        "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+      },
+      "intValue": "A String", # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type integer.
+      "key": "A String", # Output only. Key will be the id to uniquely identify the config variable.
+      "multiIntValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi int. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi integer.
+        "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi int.
+          42,
+        ],
+      },
+      "multiSelectValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi select. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi select.
+        "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi select.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "multiStringValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi string. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi string.
+        "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi string.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type string.
+    },
+  },
+  "authConfig": { # AuthConfig represents the authentication information. # Optional. The authentication information for this plugin instance.
+    "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Api Key Config.
+      "apiKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key. The default value is QUERY.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+    },
+    "authType": "A String", # Required. The authentication type.
+    "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Google Service Account.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+    },
+    "oauth2ClientCredentialsConfig": { # Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 client credentials grant authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3.4 for more details. # Oauth2.0 Client Credentials.
+      "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client identifier.
+      "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. Secret version reference containing the client secret. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userPasswordConfig": { # Parameters to support Username and Password Authentication. # User Password.
+      "password": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. Secret version reference containing the password. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Username.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for this plugin instance. Max length is 255 characters.
+  "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during Create, Delete or ApplyConfig operation corresponding to the plugin instance.This field will only be populated if the plugin instance is in the ERROR or FAILED state.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The unique name of the plugin instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the plugin instance (e.g., enabled, disabled, provisioning).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was last updated.
+}
+
+  pluginInstanceId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the plugin instance, which will become the final component of the plugin instance's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another plugin instance in the plugin resource. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a plugin instance in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin instance to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ disableAction(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Disables a plugin instance in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin instance to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The DisablePluginInstanceAction method's request.
+  "actionId": "A String", # Required. The action id to disable.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ enableAction(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Enables a plugin instance in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin instance to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The EnablePluginInstanceAction method's request.
+  "actionId": "A String", # Required. The action id to enable.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ executeAction(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Executes a plugin instance in the API hub.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin instance to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ExecutePluginInstanceAction method's request.
+  "actionExecutionDetail": { # The details for the action to execute. # Required. The execution details for the action to execute.
+    "actionId": "A String", # Required. The action id of the plugin to execute.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get an API Hub plugin instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the plugin instance to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a plugin instance resource in the API Hub. A PluginInstance is a specific instance of a hub plugin with its own configuration, state, and execution details.
+  "actions": [ # Required. The action status for the plugin instance.
+    { # PluginInstanceAction represents an action which can be executed in the plugin instance.
+      "actionId": "A String", # Required. This should map to one of the action id specified in actions_config in the plugin.
+      "curationConfig": { # The curation information for this plugin instance. # Optional. This configuration should be provided if the plugin action is publishing data to API hub curate layer.
+        "curationType": "A String", # Required. The curation type for this plugin instance.
+        "customCuration": { # Custom curation information for this plugin instance. # Optional. Custom curation information for this plugin instance.
+          "curation": "A String", # Required. The unique name of the curation resource. This will be the name of the curation resource in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+        },
+      },
+      "hubInstanceAction": { # The execution status for the plugin instance. # Optional. The execution information for the plugin instance action done corresponding to an API hub instance.
+        "currentExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the execution.
+        "lastExecution": { # The result of the last execution of the plugin instance. # Output only. The last execution of the plugin instance.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The last execution end time of the plugin instance.
+          "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution.
+          "result": "A String", # Output only. The result of the last execution of the plugin instance.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The last execution start time of the plugin instance.
+        },
+      },
+      "scheduleCronExpression": "A String", # Optional. The schedule for this plugin instance action. This can only be set if the plugin supports API_HUB_SCHEDULE_TRIGGER mode for this action.
+      "scheduleTimeZone": "A String", # Optional. The time zone for the schedule cron expression. If not provided, UTC will be used.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the plugin action in the plugin instance.
+    },
+  ],
+  "additionalConfig": { # Optional. The additional information for this plugin instance corresponding to the additional config template of the plugin. This information will be sent to plugin hosting service on each call to plugin hosted service. The key will be the config_variable_template.display_name to uniquely identify the config variable.
+    "a_key": { # ConfigVariable represents a additional configuration variable present in a PluginInstance Config or AuthConfig, based on a ConfigVariableTemplate.
+      "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type boolean.
+      "enumValue": { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type enum.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+        "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+      },
+      "intValue": "A String", # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type integer.
+      "key": "A String", # Output only. Key will be the id to uniquely identify the config variable.
+      "multiIntValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi int. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi integer.
+        "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi int.
+          42,
+        ],
+      },
+      "multiSelectValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi select. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi select.
+        "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi select.
+          { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "multiStringValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi string. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi string.
+        "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi string.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type string.
+    },
+  },
+  "authConfig": { # AuthConfig represents the authentication information. # Optional. The authentication information for this plugin instance.
+    "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Api Key Config.
+      "apiKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key. The default value is QUERY.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+    },
+    "authType": "A String", # Required. The authentication type.
+    "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Google Service Account.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+    },
+    "oauth2ClientCredentialsConfig": { # Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 client credentials grant authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3.4 for more details. # Oauth2.0 Client Credentials.
+      "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client identifier.
+      "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. Secret version reference containing the client secret. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userPasswordConfig": { # Parameters to support Username and Password Authentication. # User Password.
+      "password": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. Secret version reference containing the password. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+        "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Username.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for this plugin instance. Max length is 255 characters.
+  "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during Create, Delete or ApplyConfig operation corresponding to the plugin instance.This field will only be populated if the plugin instance is in the ERROR or FAILED state.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The unique name of the plugin instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the plugin instance (e.g., enabled, disabled, provisioning).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all the plugins in a given project and location. `-` can be used as wildcard value for {plugin_id}
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this plugin will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`. To list plugin instances for multiple plugins, use the - character instead of the plugin ID. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of plugin instances. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `PluginInstances` are eligible for filtering: * `state` - The state of the Plugin Instance. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `state = ENABLED` - The plugin instance is in enabled state.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of hub plugins to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 hub plugins will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListPluginInstances` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPluginInstances` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListPluginInstances method's response.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "pluginInstances": [ # The plugin instances from the specified parent resource.
+    { # Represents a plugin instance resource in the API Hub. A PluginInstance is a specific instance of a hub plugin with its own configuration, state, and execution details.
+      "actions": [ # Required. The action status for the plugin instance.
+        { # PluginInstanceAction represents an action which can be executed in the plugin instance.
+          "actionId": "A String", # Required. This should map to one of the action id specified in actions_config in the plugin.
+          "curationConfig": { # The curation information for this plugin instance. # Optional. This configuration should be provided if the plugin action is publishing data to API hub curate layer.
+            "curationType": "A String", # Required. The curation type for this plugin instance.
+            "customCuration": { # Custom curation information for this plugin instance. # Optional. Custom curation information for this plugin instance.
+              "curation": "A String", # Required. The unique name of the curation resource. This will be the name of the curation resource in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`
+            },
+          },
+          "hubInstanceAction": { # The execution status for the plugin instance. # Optional. The execution information for the plugin instance action done corresponding to an API hub instance.
+            "currentExecutionState": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the execution.
+            "lastExecution": { # The result of the last execution of the plugin instance. # Output only. The last execution of the plugin instance.
+              "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The last execution end time of the plugin instance.
+              "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution.
+              "result": "A String", # Output only. The result of the last execution of the plugin instance.
+              "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The last execution start time of the plugin instance.
+            },
+          },
+          "scheduleCronExpression": "A String", # Optional. The schedule for this plugin instance action. This can only be set if the plugin supports API_HUB_SCHEDULE_TRIGGER mode for this action.
+          "scheduleTimeZone": "A String", # Optional. The time zone for the schedule cron expression. If not provided, UTC will be used.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the plugin action in the plugin instance.
+        },
+      ],
+      "additionalConfig": { # Optional. The additional information for this plugin instance corresponding to the additional config template of the plugin. This information will be sent to plugin hosting service on each call to plugin hosted service. The key will be the config_variable_template.display_name to uniquely identify the config variable.
+        "a_key": { # ConfigVariable represents a additional configuration variable present in a PluginInstance Config or AuthConfig, based on a ConfigVariableTemplate.
+          "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type boolean.
+          "enumValue": { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type enum.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+            "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+          },
+          "intValue": "A String", # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type integer.
+          "key": "A String", # Output only. Key will be the id to uniquely identify the config variable.
+          "multiIntValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi int. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi integer.
+            "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi int.
+              42,
+            ],
+          },
+          "multiSelectValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi select. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi select.
+            "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi select.
+              { # ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the option.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option.
+                "id": "A String", # Required. Id of the option.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "multiStringValues": { # The config variable value of data type multi string. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi string.
+            "values": [ # Optional. The config variable value of data type multi string.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type secret.
+            "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type string.
+        },
+      },
+      "authConfig": { # AuthConfig represents the authentication information. # Optional. The authentication information for this plugin instance.
+        "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Api Key Config.
+          "apiKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+            "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key. The default value is QUERY.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+        },
+        "authType": "A String", # Required. The authentication type.
+        "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google service account authentication. # Google Service Account.
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.
+        },
+        "oauth2ClientCredentialsConfig": { # Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 client credentials grant authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3.4 for more details. # Oauth2.0 Client Credentials.
+          "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client identifier.
+          "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. Secret version reference containing the client secret. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+            "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+        },
+        "userPasswordConfig": { # Parameters to support Username and Password Authentication. # User Password.
+          "password": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Required. Secret version reference containing the password. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret.
+            "secretVersion": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "username": "A String", # Required. Username.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for this plugin instance. Max length is 255 characters.
+      "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during Create, Delete or ApplyConfig operation corresponding to the plugin instance.This field will only be populated if the plugin instance is in the ERROR or FAILED state.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The unique name of the plugin instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the plugin instance (e.g., enabled, disabled, provisioning).
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.styleGuide.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.styleGuide.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30896bb4a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.plugins.styleGuide.html @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . plugins . styleGuide

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getContents(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the contents of the style guide.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getContents(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the contents of the style guide.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the StyleGuide whose contents need to be retrieved. There is exactly one style guide resource per project per location. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The style guide contents.
+  "contents": "A String", # Required. The contents of the style guide.
+  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The mime type of the content.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.runtimeProjectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.runtimeProjectAttachments.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc1457d085 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.runtimeProjectAttachments.html @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ + + + +

API hub API . projects . locations . runtimeProjectAttachments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, runtimeProjectAttachmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Attaches a runtime project to the host project.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a runtime project attachment in the API Hub. This call will detach the runtime project from the host project.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a runtime project attachment.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List runtime projects attached to the host project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, runtimeProjectAttachmentId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Attaches a runtime project to the host project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for the Runtime Project Attachment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Runtime project attachment represents an attachment from the runtime project to the host project. Api Hub looks for deployments in the attached runtime projects and creates corresponding resources in Api Hub for the discovered deployments.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of a runtime project attachment. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}".
+  "runtimeProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+}
+
+  runtimeProjectAttachmentId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Runtime Project Attachment, which will become the final component of the Runtime Project Attachment's name. The ID must be the same as the project ID of the Google cloud project specified in the runtime_project_attachment.runtime_project field.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Runtime project attachment represents an attachment from the runtime project to the host project. Api Hub looks for deployments in the attached runtime projects and creates corresponding resources in Api Hub for the discovered deployments.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of a runtime project attachment. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}".
+  "runtimeProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a runtime project attachment in the API Hub. This call will detach the runtime project from the host project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Runtime Project Attachment to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a runtime project attachment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the API resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Runtime project attachment represents an attachment from the runtime project to the host project. Api Hub looks for deployments in the attached runtime projects and creates corresponding resources in Api Hub for the discovered deployments.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of a runtime project attachment. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}".
+  "runtimeProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List runtime projects attached to the host project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of runtime project attachments. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of RuntimeProjectAttachments. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. All standard operators as documented at https://google.aip.dev/160 are supported. The following fields in the `RuntimeProjectAttachment` are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the RuntimeProjectAttachment. * `create_time` - The time at which the RuntimeProjectAttachment was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. * `runtime_project` - The Google cloud project associated with the RuntimeProjectAttachment.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of runtime project attachments to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 runtime project attachments will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListRuntimeProjectAttachments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListRuntimeProjectAttachments` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ListRuntimeProjectAttachments method's response.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "runtimeProjectAttachments": [ # List of runtime project attachments.
+    { # Runtime project attachment represents an attachment from the runtime project to the host project. Api Hub looks for deployments in the attached runtime projects and creates corresponding resources in Api Hub for the discovered deployments.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of a runtime project attachment. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}".
+      "runtimeProject": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: "projects/abc" or "projects/123". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8b26cf40e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + + +

App Engine Admin API . projects . locations . applications . domainMappings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, domainMappingsId, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the specified domain mapping.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, domainMappingsId, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the specified domain mapping.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/domainMappings/example.com. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  domainMappingsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A domain serving an App Engine application.
+  "id": "A String", # Relative name of the domain serving the application. Example: example.com.
+  "name": "A String", # Full path to the DomainMapping resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp/domainMapping/example.com.@OutputOnly
+  "resourceRecords": [ # The resource records required to configure this domain mapping. These records must be added to the domain's DNS configuration in order to serve the application via this domain mapping.@OutputOnly
+    { # A DNS resource record.
+      "name": "A String", # Relative name of the object affected by this record. Only applicable for CNAME records. Example: 'www'.
+      "rrdata": "A String", # Data for this record. Values vary by record type, as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1).
+      "type": "A String", # Resource record type. Example: AAAA.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sslSettings": { # SSL configuration for a DomainMapping resource. # SSL configuration for this domain. If unconfigured, this domain will not serve with SSL.
+    "certificateId": "A String", # ID of the AuthorizedCertificate resource configuring SSL for the application. Clearing this field will remove SSL support.By default, a managed certificate is automatically created for every domain mapping. To omit SSL support or to configure SSL manually, specify SslManagementType.MANUAL on a CREATE or UPDATE request. You must be authorized to administer the AuthorizedCertificate resource to manually map it to a DomainMapping resource. Example: 12345.
+    "pendingManagedCertificateId": "A String", # ID of the managed AuthorizedCertificate resource currently being provisioned, if applicable. Until the new managed certificate has been successfully provisioned, the previous SSL state will be preserved. Once the provisioning process completes, the certificate_id field will reflect the new managed certificate and this field will be left empty. To remove SSL support while there is still a pending managed certificate, clear the certificate_id field with an UpdateDomainMappingRequest.@OutputOnly
+    "sslManagementType": "A String", # SSL management type for this domain. If AUTOMATIC, a managed certificate is automatically provisioned. If MANUAL, certificate_id must be manually specified in order to configure SSL for this domain.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.html index 4745db824d..2635e648eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the authorizedDomains Resource.

+

+ domainMappings() +

+

Returns the domainMappings Resource.

+

services()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html index 57fe9d4a23..150da95c79 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html @@ -85,6 +85,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.

+

+ patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, body=None, migrateTraffic=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the configuration of the specified service.

Method Details

close() @@ -129,4 +132,67 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, body=None, migrateTraffic=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the configuration of the specified service.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Name of the resource to update. Example: apps/myapp/services/default. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Service resource is a logical component of an application that can share state and communicate in a secure fashion with other services. For example, an application that handles customer requests might include separate services to handle tasks such as backend data analysis or API requests from mobile devices. Each service has a collection of versions that define a specific set of code used to implement the functionality of that service.
+  "generatedCustomerMetadata": { # Additional Google Generated Customer Metadata, this field won't be provided by default and can be requested by setting the IncludeExtraData field in GetServiceRequest
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. Relative name of the service within the application. Example: default.@OutputOnly
+  "labels": { # A set of labels to apply to this service. Labels are key/value pairs that describe the service and all resources that belong to it (e.g., versions). The labels can be used to search and group resources, and are propagated to the usage and billing reports, enabling fine-grain analysis of costs. An example of using labels is to tag resources belonging to different environments (e.g., "env=prod", "env=qa"). Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, dashes, and international characters. Label keys must start with a lowercase letter or an international character. Each service can have at most 32 labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Full path to the Service resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp/services/default.@OutputOnly
+  "networkSettings": { # A NetworkSettings resource is a container for ingress settings for a version or service. # Ingress settings for this service. Will apply to all versions.
+    "ingressTrafficAllowed": "A String", # The ingress settings for version or service.
+  },
+  "split": { # Traffic routing configuration for versions within a single service. Traffic splits define how traffic directed to the service is assigned to versions. # Mapping that defines fractional HTTP traffic diversion to different versions within the service.
+    "allocations": { # Mapping from version IDs within the service to fractional (0.000, 1] allocations of traffic for that version. Each version can be specified only once, but some versions in the service may not have any traffic allocation. Services that have traffic allocated cannot be deleted until either the service is deleted or their traffic allocation is removed. Allocations must sum to 1. Up to two decimal place precision is supported for IP-based splits and up to three decimal places is supported for cookie-based splits.
+      "a_key": 3.14,
+    },
+    "shardBy": "A String", # Mechanism used to determine which version a request is sent to. The traffic selection algorithm will be stable for either type until allocations are changed.
+  },
+}
+
+  migrateTraffic: boolean, Set to true to gradually shift traffic to one or more versions that you specify. By default, traffic is shifted immediately. For gradual traffic migration, the target versions must be located within instances that are configured for both warmup requests (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#InboundServiceType) and automatic scaling (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#AutomaticScaling). You must specify the shardBy (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services#ShardBy) field in the Service resource. Gradual traffic migration is not supported in the App Engine flexible environment. For examples, see Migrating and Splitting Traffic (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/migrating-splitting-traffic).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0eb12fa9c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ + + + +

App Engine Admin API . projects . locations . applications . domainMappings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, domainMappingsId, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the specified domain mapping.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, domainMappingsId, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the specified domain mapping.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/domainMappings/example.com. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  domainMappingsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A domain serving an App Engine application.
+  "id": "A String", # Relative name of the domain serving the application. Example: example.com.
+  "name": "A String", # Full path to the DomainMapping resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp/domainMapping/example.com.@OutputOnly
+  "resourceRecords": [ # The resource records required to configure this domain mapping. These records must be added to the domain's DNS configuration in order to serve the application via this domain mapping.@OutputOnly
+    { # A DNS resource record.
+      "name": "A String", # Relative name of the object affected by this record. Only applicable for CNAME records. Example: 'www'.
+      "rrdata": "A String", # Data for this record. Values vary by record type, as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1).
+      "type": "A String", # Resource record type. Example: AAAA.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sslSettings": { # SSL configuration for a DomainMapping resource. # SSL configuration for this domain. If unconfigured, this domain will not serve with SSL.
+    "certificateId": "A String", # ID of the AuthorizedCertificate resource configuring SSL for the application. Clearing this field will remove SSL support.By default, a managed certificate is automatically created for every domain mapping. To omit SSL support or to configure SSL manually, specify no_managed_certificate on a CREATE or UPDATE request. You must be authorized to administer the AuthorizedCertificate resource to manually map it to a DomainMapping resource. Example: 12345.
+    "isManagedCertificate": True or False, # Whether the mapped certificate is an App Engine managed certificate. Managed certificates are created by default with a domain mapping. To opt out, specify no_managed_certificate on a CREATE or UPDATE request.@OutputOnly
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html index 3096e26b10..d138ba69ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the authorizedDomains Resource.

+

+ domainMappings() +

+

Returns the domainMappings Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e47184092e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + + +

App Engine Admin API . projects . locations . applications . domainMappings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, domainMappingsId, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the specified domain mapping.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, domainMappingsId, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the specified domain mapping.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/domainMappings/example.com. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  domainMappingsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A domain serving an App Engine application.
+  "id": "A String", # Relative name of the domain serving the application. Example: example.com.
+  "name": "A String", # Full path to the DomainMapping resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp/domainMapping/example.com.@OutputOnly
+  "resourceRecords": [ # The resource records required to configure this domain mapping. These records must be added to the domain's DNS configuration in order to serve the application via this domain mapping.@OutputOnly
+    { # A DNS resource record.
+      "name": "A String", # Relative name of the object affected by this record. Only applicable for CNAME records. Example: 'www'.
+      "rrdata": "A String", # Data for this record. Values vary by record type, as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1).
+      "type": "A String", # Resource record type. Example: AAAA.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sslSettings": { # SSL configuration for a DomainMapping resource. # SSL configuration for this domain. If unconfigured, this domain will not serve with SSL.
+    "certificateId": "A String", # ID of the AuthorizedCertificate resource configuring SSL for the application. Clearing this field will remove SSL support.By default, a managed certificate is automatically created for every domain mapping. To omit SSL support or to configure SSL manually, specify SslManagementType.MANUAL on a CREATE or UPDATE request. You must be authorized to administer the AuthorizedCertificate resource to manually map it to a DomainMapping resource. Example: 12345.
+    "pendingManagedCertificateId": "A String", # ID of the managed AuthorizedCertificate resource currently being provisioned, if applicable. Until the new managed certificate has been successfully provisioned, the previous SSL state will be preserved. Once the provisioning process completes, the certificate_id field will reflect the new managed certificate and this field will be left empty. To remove SSL support while there is still a pending managed certificate, clear the certificate_id field with an UpdateDomainMappingRequest.@OutputOnly
+    "sslManagementType": "A String", # SSL management type for this domain. If AUTOMATIC, a managed certificate is automatically provisioned. If MANUAL, certificate_id must be manually specified in order to configure SSL for this domain.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.html index 926f1f4bc1..09e8377b03 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the authorizedDomains Resource.

+

+ domainMappings() +

+

Returns the domainMappings Resource.

+

services()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html index e9b614eafd..287475baa0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html @@ -85,6 +85,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.

+

+ patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, body=None, migrateTraffic=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the configuration of the specified service.

Method Details

close() @@ -129,4 +132,67 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, body=None, migrateTraffic=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the configuration of the specified service.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Name of the resource to update. Example: apps/myapp/services/default. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Service resource is a logical component of an application that can share state and communicate in a secure fashion with other services. For example, an application that handles customer requests might include separate services to handle tasks such as backend data analysis or API requests from mobile devices. Each service has a collection of versions that define a specific set of code used to implement the functionality of that service.
+  "generatedCustomerMetadata": { # Additional Google Generated Customer Metadata, this field won't be provided by default and can be requested by setting the IncludeExtraData field in GetServiceRequest
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. Relative name of the service within the application. Example: default.@OutputOnly
+  "labels": { # A set of labels to apply to this service. Labels are key/value pairs that describe the service and all resources that belong to it (e.g., versions). The labels can be used to search and group resources, and are propagated to the usage and billing reports, enabling fine-grain analysis of costs. An example of using labels is to tag resources belonging to different environments (e.g., "env=prod", "env=qa"). Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, dashes, and international characters. Label keys must start with a lowercase letter or an international character. Each service can have at most 32 labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Full path to the Service resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp/services/default.@OutputOnly
+  "networkSettings": { # A NetworkSettings resource is a container for ingress settings for a version or service. # Ingress settings for this service. Will apply to all versions.
+    "ingressTrafficAllowed": "A String", # The ingress settings for version or service.
+  },
+  "split": { # Traffic routing configuration for versions within a single service. Traffic splits define how traffic directed to the service is assigned to versions. # Mapping that defines fractional HTTP traffic diversion to different versions within the service.
+    "allocations": { # Mapping from version IDs within the service to fractional (0.000, 1] allocations of traffic for that version. Each version can be specified only once, but some versions in the service may not have any traffic allocation. Services that have traffic allocated cannot be deleted until either the service is deleted or their traffic allocation is removed. Allocations must sum to 1. Up to two decimal place precision is supported for IP-based splits and up to three decimal places is supported for cookie-based splits.
+      "a_key": 3.14,
+    },
+    "shardBy": "A String", # Mechanism used to determine which version a request is sent to. The traffic selection algorithm will be stable for either type until allocations are changed.
+  },
+}
+
+  migrateTraffic: boolean, Set to true to gradually shift traffic to one or more versions that you specify. By default, traffic is shifted immediately. For gradual traffic migration, the target versions must be located within instances that are configured for both warmup requests (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#InboundServiceType) and automatic scaling (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#AutomaticScaling). You must specify the shardBy (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services#ShardBy) field in the Service resource. Gradual traffic migration is not supported in the App Engine flexible environment. For examples, see Migrating and Splitting Traffic (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/migrating-splitting-traffic).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html index acd89bafc0..ee1e865f19 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a BackupPlanAssociation

triggerBackup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Triggers a new Backup.

@@ -313,6 +316,73 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a BackupPlanAssociation
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc
+  "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId}
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+  "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId}
+  "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which backupplan is applied
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable.
+  "rulesConfigInfo": [ # Output only. The config info related to backup rules.
+    { # Message for rules config info.
+      "lastBackupError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "lastBackupState": "A String", # Output only. The last backup state for rule.
+      "lastSuccessfulBackupConsistencyTime": "A String", # Output only. The point in time when the last successful backup was captured from the source.
+      "ruleId": "A String", # Output only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupPlanAssociation resource state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the BackupPlanAssociation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then the request will fail. Currently backup_plan_association.backup_plan is the only supported field.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
triggerBackup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Triggers a new Backup.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html
index 147fc1806b..d1f7d5f215 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ 

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. "state": "A String", # Output only. The `State` for the `BackupPlan`. + "supportedResourceTypes": [ # Output only. All resource types to which backupPlan can be applied. + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was last updated. } @@ -271,6 +274,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. "state": "A String", # Output only. The `State` for the `BackupPlan`. + "supportedResourceTypes": [ # Output only. All resource types to which backupPlan can be applied. + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was last updated. }
@@ -335,6 +341,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. "state": "A String", # Output only. The `State` for the `BackupPlan`. + "supportedResourceTypes": [ # Output only. All resource types to which backupPlan can be applied. + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was last updated. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html index f82c0107ae..de4580ae25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html @@ -324,6 +324,26 @@

Method Details

"consistencyTime": "A String", # Output only. The point in time when this backup was captured from the source. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Backup instance (2048 characters or less). + "diskBackupProperties": { # DiskBackupProperties represents the properties of a Disk backup. # Output only. Disk specific backup properties. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the source disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "description": "A String", # A description of the source disk. + "guestOsFeature": [ # A list of guest OS features that are applicable to this backup. + { # Feature type of the Guest OS. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. + }, + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly available licenses that are applicable to this backup. This is applicable if the original image had licenses attached, e.g. Windows image. + "A String", + ], + "region": "A String", # Region and zone are mutually exclusive fields. The URL of the region of the source disk. + "replicaZones": [ # The URL of the Zones where the source disk should be replicated. + "A String", + ], + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size(in GB) of the source disk. + "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this backup. + "type": "A String", # The URL of the type of the disk. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the Zone where the source disk. + }, "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. @@ -552,6 +572,26 @@

Method Details

"consistencyTime": "A String", # Output only. The point in time when this backup was captured from the source. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Backup instance (2048 characters or less). + "diskBackupProperties": { # DiskBackupProperties represents the properties of a Disk backup. # Output only. Disk specific backup properties. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the source disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "description": "A String", # A description of the source disk. + "guestOsFeature": [ # A list of guest OS features that are applicable to this backup. + { # Feature type of the Guest OS. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. + }, + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly available licenses that are applicable to this backup. This is applicable if the original image had licenses attached, e.g. Windows image. + "A String", + ], + "region": "A String", # Region and zone are mutually exclusive fields. The URL of the region of the source disk. + "replicaZones": [ # The URL of the Zones where the source disk should be replicated. + "A String", + ], + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size(in GB) of the source disk. + "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this backup. + "type": "A String", # The URL of the type of the disk. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the Zone where the source disk. + }, "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. @@ -784,6 +824,26 @@

Method Details

"consistencyTime": "A String", # Output only. The point in time when this backup was captured from the source. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Backup instance (2048 characters or less). + "diskBackupProperties": { # DiskBackupProperties represents the properties of a Disk backup. # Output only. Disk specific backup properties. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the source disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "description": "A String", # A description of the source disk. + "guestOsFeature": [ # A list of guest OS features that are applicable to this backup. + { # Feature type of the Guest OS. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. + }, + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly available licenses that are applicable to this backup. This is applicable if the original image had licenses attached, e.g. Windows image. + "A String", + ], + "region": "A String", # Region and zone are mutually exclusive fields. The URL of the region of the source disk. + "replicaZones": [ # The URL of the Zones where the source disk should be replicated. + "A String", + ], + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size(in GB) of the source disk. + "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this backup. + "type": "A String", # The URL of the type of the disk. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the Zone where the source disk. + }, "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. @@ -1043,6 +1103,53 @@

Method Details

"project": "A String", # Required. Target project for the Compute Engine instance. "zone": "A String", # Required. The zone of the Compute Engine instance. }, + "diskRestoreProperties": { # DiskRestoreProperties represents the properties of a Disk restore. # Disk properties to be overridden during restore. + "accessMode": "A String", # Optional. The access mode of the disk. + "architecture": "A String", # Optional. The architecture of the source disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # A customer-supplied encryption key. # Optional. Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. + "rawKey": "A String", # Optional. Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key. + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Optional. RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. Encryption with a Cloud KMS key is required to enable this option. + "guestOsFeature": [ # Optional. A list of features to enable in the guest operating system. This is applicable only for bootable images. + { # Feature type of the Guest OS. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. + }, + ], + "labels": { # Optional. Labels to apply to this disk. These can be modified later using setLabels method. Label values can be empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "licenses": [ # Optional. A list of publicly available licenses that are applicable to this backup. This is applicable if the original image had licenses attached, e.g. Windows image + "A String", + ], + "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the disk.. + "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. Currently, the supported size is 4096. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Optional. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicy": [ # Optional. Resource policies applied to this disk. + "A String", + ], + "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. The size of the disk in GB. + "storagePool": "A String", # Optional. The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. + "type": "A String", # Required. URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. + }, + "diskTargetEnvironment": { # DiskTargetEnvironment represents the target environment for the disk. # Disk target environment to be used during restore. + "project": "A String", # Required. Target project for the disk. + "zone": "A String", # Required. Target zone for the disk. + }, + "regionDiskTargetEnvironment": { # RegionDiskTargetEnvironment represents the target environment for the disk. # Region disk target environment to be used during restore. + "project": "A String", # Required. Target project for the disk. + "region": "A String", # Required. Target region for the disk. + "replicaZones": [ # Required. Target URLs of the replica zones for the disk. + "A String", + ], + }, "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html index d0fffc23cd..60e7754c02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html @@ -252,6 +252,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Message describing a DataSource object. Datasource object used to represent Datasource details for both admin and basic view. + "backupBlockedByVaultAccessRestriction": True or False, # Output only. This field is set to true if the backup is blocked by vault access restriction. "backupConfigInfo": { # BackupConfigInfo has information about how the resource is configured for Backup and about the most recent backup to this vault. # Output only. Details of how the resource is configured for backup. "backupApplianceBackupConfig": { # BackupApplianceBackupConfig captures the backup configuration for applications that are protected by Backup Appliances. # Configuration for an application backed up by a Backup Appliance. "applicationName": "A String", # The name of the application. @@ -303,6 +304,12 @@

Method Details

"totalDiskCount": "A String", # The total number of disks attached to the Instance. "totalDiskSizeGb": "A String", # The sum of all the disk sizes. }, + "diskDatasourceProperties": { # DiskDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Disk resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # DiskDataSourceProperties has a subset of Disk properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "description": "A String", # The description of the disk. + "name": "A String", # Name of the disk backed up by the datasource. + "sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. @@ -368,6 +375,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for listing DataSources. "dataSources": [ # The list of DataSource instances in the project for the specified location. If the '{location}' value in the request is "-", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. In case any location is unreachable, the response will only return data sources in reachable locations and the 'unreachable' field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations. { # Message describing a DataSource object. Datasource object used to represent Datasource details for both admin and basic view. + "backupBlockedByVaultAccessRestriction": True or False, # Output only. This field is set to true if the backup is blocked by vault access restriction. "backupConfigInfo": { # BackupConfigInfo has information about how the resource is configured for Backup and about the most recent backup to this vault. # Output only. Details of how the resource is configured for backup. "backupApplianceBackupConfig": { # BackupApplianceBackupConfig captures the backup configuration for applications that are protected by Backup Appliances. # Configuration for an application backed up by a Backup Appliance. "applicationName": "A String", # The name of the application. @@ -419,6 +427,12 @@

Method Details

"totalDiskCount": "A String", # The total number of disks attached to the Instance. "totalDiskSizeGb": "A String", # The sum of all the disk sizes. }, + "diskDatasourceProperties": { # DiskDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Disk resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # DiskDataSourceProperties has a subset of Disk properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "description": "A String", # The description of the disk. + "name": "A String", # Name of the disk backed up by the datasource. + "sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. @@ -464,6 +478,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Message describing a DataSource object. Datasource object used to represent Datasource details for both admin and basic view. + "backupBlockedByVaultAccessRestriction": True or False, # Output only. This field is set to true if the backup is blocked by vault access restriction. "backupConfigInfo": { # BackupConfigInfo has information about how the resource is configured for Backup and about the most recent backup to this vault. # Output only. Details of how the resource is configured for backup. "backupApplianceBackupConfig": { # BackupApplianceBackupConfig captures the backup configuration for applications that are protected by Backup Appliances. # Configuration for an application backed up by a Backup Appliance. "applicationName": "A String", # The name of the application. @@ -515,6 +530,12 @@

Method Details

"totalDiskCount": "A String", # The total number of disks attached to the Instance. "totalDiskSizeGb": "A String", # The sum of all the disk sizes. }, + "diskDatasourceProperties": { # DiskDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Disk resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # DiskDataSourceProperties has a subset of Disk properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "description": "A String", # The description of the disk. + "name": "A String", # Name of the disk backed up by the datasource. + "sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html index 1f3b168e14..65f784384c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, force=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, force=None, forceUpdateAccessRestriction=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the settings of a BackupVault.

testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, force=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, force=None, forceUpdateAccessRestriction=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the settings of a BackupVault.
 
 Args:
@@ -429,6 +429,7 @@ 

Method Details

} force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, will not check plan duration against backup vault enforcement duration. + forceUpdateAccessRestriction: boolean, Optional. If set to true, we will force update access restriction even if some non compliant data sources are present. The default is 'false'. requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the BackupVault resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then the request will fail. validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is 'false'. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html index c8a8118b85..12b407bdfd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html @@ -483,6 +483,10 @@

Method Details

"datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the project containing this dataset. }, + "externalDatasetReference": { # Configures the access a dataset defined in an external metadata storage. # Output only. Reference to a read-only external dataset defined in data catalogs outside of BigQuery. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # Required. The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # Required. External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # An alternate name for the dataset. The friendly name is purely decorative in nature. "id": "A String", # The fully-qualified, unique, opaque ID of the dataset. "kind": "A String", # The resource type. This property always returns the value "bigquery#dataset" diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index 2b38452cca..a5fb420b18 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@

Method Details

"timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. }, "query": { # JobConfigurationQuery configures a BigQuery query job. # [Pick one] Configures a query job. "allowLargeResults": false, # Optional. If true and query uses legacy SQL dialect, allows the query to produce arbitrarily large result tables at a slight cost in performance. Requires destinationTable to be set. For GoogleSQL queries, this flag is ignored and large results are always allowed. However, you must still set destinationTable when result size exceeds the allowed maximum response size. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUri": "A String", # [Pick one] A code resource to load from a Google Cloud Storage URI (gs://bucket/path). }, ], - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@

Method Details

"timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. }, "query": { # JobConfigurationQuery configures a BigQuery query job. # [Pick one] Configures a query job. "allowLargeResults": false, # Optional. If true and query uses legacy SQL dialect, allows the query to produce arbitrarily large result tables at a slight cost in performance. Requires destinationTable to be set. For GoogleSQL queries, this flag is ignored and large results are always allowed. However, you must still set destinationTable when result size exceeds the allowed maximum response size. @@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUri": "A String", # [Pick one] A code resource to load from a Google Cloud Storage URI (gs://bucket/path). }, ], - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. @@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@

Method Details

"timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. }, "query": { # JobConfigurationQuery configures a BigQuery query job. # [Pick one] Configures a query job. "allowLargeResults": false, # Optional. If true and query uses legacy SQL dialect, allows the query to produce arbitrarily large result tables at a slight cost in performance. Requires destinationTable to be set. For GoogleSQL queries, this flag is ignored and large results are always allowed. However, you must still set destinationTable when result size exceeds the allowed maximum response size. @@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUri": "A String", # [Pick one] A code resource to load from a Google Cloud Storage URI (gs://bucket/path). }, ], - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. @@ -4763,7 +4763,7 @@

Method Details

"timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. }, "query": { # JobConfigurationQuery configures a BigQuery query job. # [Pick one] Configures a query job. "allowLargeResults": false, # Optional. If true and query uses legacy SQL dialect, allows the query to produce arbitrarily large result tables at a slight cost in performance. Requires destinationTable to be set. For GoogleSQL queries, this flag is ignored and large results are always allowed. However, you must still set destinationTable when result size exceeds the allowed maximum response size. @@ -5007,7 +5007,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUri": "A String", # [Pick one] A code resource to load from a Google Cloud Storage URI (gs://bucket/path). }, ], - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. @@ -6221,7 +6221,7 @@

Method Details

"timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. }, "query": { # JobConfigurationQuery configures a BigQuery query job. # [Pick one] Configures a query job. "allowLargeResults": false, # Optional. If true and query uses legacy SQL dialect, allows the query to produce arbitrarily large result tables at a slight cost in performance. Requires destinationTable to be set. For GoogleSQL queries, this flag is ignored and large results are always allowed. However, you must still set destinationTable when result size exceeds the allowed maximum response size. @@ -6465,7 +6465,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUri": "A String", # [Pick one] A code resource to load from a Google Cloud Storage URI (gs://bucket/path). }, ], - "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. + "writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion. "writeIncrementalResults": True or False, # Optional. This is only supported for a SELECT query using a temporary table. If set, the query is allowed to write results incrementally to the temporary result table. This may incur a performance penalty. This option cannot be used with Legacy SQL. This feature is not yet available. }, "reservation": "A String", # Optional. The reservation that job would use. User can specify a reservation to execute the job. If reservation is not set, reservation is determined based on the rules defined by the reservation assignments. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reservations/{reservation}`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.customEmojis.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.customEmojis.html index 0507e0d6ac..e6a4bfe4b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.customEmojis.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.customEmojis.html @@ -79,16 +79,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Creates a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a custom emoji. By default, users can only delete custom emoji they created. [Emoji managers](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085) assigned by the administrator can delete any custom emoji in the organization. See [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149). Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Deletes a custom emoji. By default, users can only delete custom emoji they created. [Emoji managers](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085) assigned by the administrator can delete any custom emoji in the organization. See [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149). Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Returns details about a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`

list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists custom emojis visible to the authenticated user. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Lists custom emojis visible to the authenticated user. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Creates a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a custom emoji. By default, users can only delete custom emoji they created. [Emoji managers](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085) assigned by the administrator can delete any custom emoji in the organization. See [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149). Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Deletes a custom emoji. By default, users can only delete custom emoji they created. [Emoji managers](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085) assigned by the administrator can delete any custom emoji in the organization. See [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149). Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the custom emoji to delete. Format: `customEmojis/{customEmoji}` You can use the emoji name as an alias for `{customEmoji}`. For example, `customEmojis/:example-emoji:` where `:example-emoji:` is the emoji name for a custom emoji. (required)
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Returns details about a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the custom emoji. Format: `customEmojis/{customEmoji}` You can use the emoji name as an alias for `{customEmoji}`. For example, `customEmojis/:example-emoji:` where `:example-emoji:` is the emoji name for a custom emoji. (required)
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists custom emojis visible to the authenticated user. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Lists custom emojis visible to the authenticated user. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`
 
 Args:
   filter: string, Optional. A query filter. Supports filtering by creator. To filter by creator, you must specify a valid value. Currently only `creator("users/me")` and `NOT creator("users/me")` are accepted to filter custom emojis by whether they were created by the calling user or not. For example, the following query returns custom emojis created by the caller: ``` creator("users/me") ``` Invalid queries are rejected with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.media.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.media.html
index a58ace2c50..cdfdda251c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.media.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.media.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Downloads media. Download is supported on the URI `/v1/media/{+name}?alt=media`.

upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Uploads an attachment. For an example, see [Upload media as a file attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/upload-media-attachments). Requires user [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). You can upload attachments up to 200 MB. Certain file types aren't supported. For details, see [File types blocked by Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7651457?&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop#File%20types%20blocked%20in%20Google%20Chat).

+

Uploads an attachment. For an example, see [Upload media as a file attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/upload-media-attachments). Requires user [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) You can upload attachments up to 200 MB. Certain file types aren't supported. For details, see [File types blocked by Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7651457?&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop#File%20types%20blocked%20in%20Google%20Chat).

Method Details

close() @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Uploads an attachment. For an example, see [Upload media as a file attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/upload-media-attachments). Requires user [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). You can upload attachments up to 200 MB. Certain file types aren't supported. For details, see [File types blocked by Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7651457?&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop#File%20types%20blocked%20in%20Google%20Chat).
+  
Uploads an attachment. For an example, see [Upload media as a file attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/upload-media-attachments). Requires user [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) You can upload attachments up to 200 MB. Certain file types aren't supported. For details, see [File types blocked by Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7651457?&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop#File%20types%20blocked%20in%20Google%20Chat).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Resource name of the Chat space in which the attachment is uploaded. Format "spaces/{space}". (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
index 8ff8456826..4992c538a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
@@ -94,37 +94,37 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

completeImport(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Completes the [import process](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data) for the specified space and makes it visible to users. Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and domain-wide delegation. For more information, see [Authorize Google Chat apps to import data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import).

+

Completes the [import process](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data) for the specified space and makes it visible to users. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) and domain-wide delegation with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` For more information, see [Authorize Google Chat apps to import data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import).

create(body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.

+

Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.

delete(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+

Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.delete` (only in spaces the app created) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.delete` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.delete`

findDirectMessage(name=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the existing direct message with the specified user. If no direct message space is found, returns a `404 NOT_FOUND` error. For an example, see [Find a direct message](/chat/api/guides/v1/spaces/find-direct-message). With [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the calling Chat app. With [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the authenticated user. // Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user)

+

Returns the existing direct message with the specified user. If no direct message space is found, returns a `404 NOT_FOUND` error. For an example, see [Find a direct message](/chat/api/guides/v1/spaces/find-direct-message). With [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the calling Chat app. With [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the authenticated user. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces`

get(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a space. For an example, see [Get details about a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+

Returns details about a space. For an example, see [Get details about a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces`

list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists spaces the caller is a member of. Group chats and DMs aren't listed until the first message is sent. For an example, see [List spaces](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) To list all named spaces by Google Workspace organization, use the [`spaces.search()`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/search) method using Workspace administrator privileges instead.

+

Lists spaces the caller is a member of. Group chats and DMs aren't listed until the first message is sent. For an example, see [List spaces](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` To list all named spaces by Google Workspace organization, use the [`spaces.search()`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/search) method using Workspace administrator privileges instead.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a space. For an example, see [Update a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-spaces). If you're updating the `displayName` field and receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different display name.. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+

Updates a space. For an example, see [Update a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-spaces). If you're updating the `displayName` field and receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different display name.. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces`

search(orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns a list of spaces in a Google Workspace organization based on an administrator's search. Requires [user authentication with administrator privileges](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user#admin-privileges). In the request, set `use_admin_access` to `true`.

+

Returns a list of spaces in a Google Workspace organization based on an administrator's search. Requires [user authentication with administrator privileges](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user#admin-privileges) and one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces` In the request, set `use_admin_access` to `true`.

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

setup(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a space and adds specified users to it. The calling user is automatically added to the space, and shouldn't be specified as a membership in the request. For an example, see [Set up a space with initial members](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/set-up-spaces). To specify the human members to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.member.name`. To add a human user, use `users/{user}`, where `{user}` can be the email address for the user. For users in the same Workspace organization `{user}` can also be the `id` for the person from the People API, or the `id` for the user in the Directory API. For example, if the People API Person profile ID for `user@example.com` is `123456789`, you can add the user to the space by setting the `membership.member.name` to `users/user@example.com` or `users/123456789`. To specify the Google groups to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.group_member.name`. To add or invite a Google group, use `groups/{group}`, where `{group}` is the `id` for the group from the Cloud Identity Groups API. For example, you can use [Cloud Identity Groups lookup API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/reference/rest/v1/groups/lookup) to retrieve the ID `123456789` for group email `group@example.com`, then you can add the group to the space by setting the `membership.group_member.name` to `groups/123456789`. Group email is not supported, and Google groups can only be added as members in named spaces. For a named space or group chat, if the caller blocks, or is blocked by some members, or doesn't have permission to add some members, then those members aren't added to the created space. To create a direct message (DM) between the calling user and another human user, specify exactly one membership to represent the human user. If one user blocks the other, the request fails and the DM isn't created. To create a DM between the calling user and the calling app, set `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true` and don't specify any memberships. You can only use this method to set up a DM with the calling app. To add the calling app as a member of a space or an existing DM between two human users, see [Invite or add a user or app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members). If a DM already exists between two users, even when one user blocks the other at the time a request is made, then the existing DM is returned. Spaces with threaded replies aren't supported. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when setting up a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Creates a space and adds specified users to it. The calling user is automatically added to the space, and shouldn't be specified as a membership in the request. For an example, see [Set up a space with initial members](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/set-up-spaces). To specify the human members to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.member.name`. To add a human user, use `users/{user}`, where `{user}` can be the email address for the user. For users in the same Workspace organization `{user}` can also be the `id` for the person from the People API, or the `id` for the user in the Directory API. For example, if the People API Person profile ID for `user@example.com` is `123456789`, you can add the user to the space by setting the `membership.member.name` to `users/user@example.com` or `users/123456789`. To specify the Google groups to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.group_member.name`. To add or invite a Google group, use `groups/{group}`, where `{group}` is the `id` for the group from the Cloud Identity Groups API. For example, you can use [Cloud Identity Groups lookup API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/reference/rest/v1/groups/lookup) to retrieve the ID `123456789` for group email `group@example.com`, then you can add the group to the space by setting the `membership.group_member.name` to `groups/123456789`. Group email is not supported, and Google groups can only be added as members in named spaces. For a named space or group chat, if the caller blocks, or is blocked by some members, or doesn't have permission to add some members, then those members aren't added to the created space. To create a direct message (DM) between the calling user and another human user, specify exactly one membership to represent the human user. If one user blocks the other, the request fails and the DM isn't created. To create a DM between the calling user and the calling app, set `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true` and don't specify any memberships. You can only use this method to set up a DM with the calling app. To add the calling app as a member of a space or an existing DM between two human users, see [Invite or add a user or app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members). If a DM already exists between two users, even when one user blocks the other at the time a request is made, then the existing DM is returned. Spaces with threaded replies aren't supported. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when setting up a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces`

Method Details

close() @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Method Details

completeImport(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Completes the [import process](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data) for the specified space and makes it visible to users. Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and domain-wide delegation. For more information, see [Authorize Google Chat apps to import data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import).
+  
Completes the [import process](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data) for the specified space and makes it visible to users. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) and domain-wide delegation with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` For more information, see [Authorize Google Chat apps to import data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the import mode space. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ 

Method Details

create(body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.
+  
Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.delete` (only in spaces the app created) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.delete` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.delete`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the space to delete. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ 

Method Details

findDirectMessage(name=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the existing direct message with the specified user. If no direct message space is found, returns a `404 NOT_FOUND` error. For an example, see [Find a direct message](/chat/api/guides/v1/spaces/find-direct-message). With [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the calling Chat app. With [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the authenticated user. // Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user)
+  
Returns the existing direct message with the specified user. If no direct message space is found, returns a `404 NOT_FOUND` error. For an example, see [Find a direct message](/chat/api/guides/v1/spaces/find-direct-message). With [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the calling Chat app. With [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the authenticated user. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the user to find direct message with. Format: `users/{user}`, where `{user}` is either the `id` for the [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people) from the People API, or the `id` for the [user](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/users) in the Directory API. For example, if the People API profile ID is `123456789`, you can find a direct message with that person by using `users/123456789` as the `name`. When [authenticated as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), you can use the email as an alias for `{user}`. For example, `users/example@gmail.com` where `example@gmail.com` is the email of the Google Chat user.
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a space. For an example, see [Get details about a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Returns details about a space. For an example, see [Get details about a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the space, in the form `spaces/{space}`. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists spaces the caller is a member of. Group chats and DMs aren't listed until the first message is sent. For an example, see [List spaces](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) To list all named spaces by Google Workspace organization, use the [`spaces.search()`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/search) method using Workspace administrator privileges instead.
+  
Lists spaces the caller is a member of. Group chats and DMs aren't listed until the first message is sent. For an example, see [List spaces](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` To list all named spaces by Google Workspace organization, use the [`spaces.search()`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/search) method using Workspace administrator privileges instead.
 
 Args:
   filter: string, Optional. A query filter. You can filter spaces by the space type ([`space_type`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces#spacetype)). To filter by space type, you must specify valid enum value, such as `SPACE` or `GROUP_CHAT` (the `space_type` can't be `SPACE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED`). To query for multiple space types, use the `OR` operator. For example, the following queries are valid: ``` space_type = "SPACE" spaceType = "GROUP_CHAT" OR spaceType = "DIRECT_MESSAGE" ``` Invalid queries are rejected by the server with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ 

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a space. For an example, see [Update a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-spaces). If you're updating the `displayName` field and receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different display name.. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Updates a space. For an example, see [Update a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-spaces). If you're updating the `displayName` field and receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different display name.. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` Where `{space}` represents the system-assigned ID for the space. You can obtain the space ID by calling the [`spaces.list()`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/list) method or from the space URL. For example, if the space URL is `https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/#chat/space/AAAAAAAAA`, the space ID is `AAAAAAAAA`. (required)
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ 

Method Details

search(orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns a list of spaces in a Google Workspace organization based on an administrator's search. Requires [user authentication with administrator privileges](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user#admin-privileges). In the request, set `use_admin_access` to `true`.
+  
Returns a list of spaces in a Google Workspace organization based on an administrator's search. Requires [user authentication with administrator privileges](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user#admin-privileges) and one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces` In the request, set `use_admin_access` to `true`.
 
 Args:
   orderBy: string, Optional. How the list of spaces is ordered. Supported attributes to order by are: - `membership_count.joined_direct_human_user_count` — Denotes the count of human users that have directly joined a space. - `last_active_time` — Denotes the time when last eligible item is added to any topic of this space. - `create_time` — Denotes the time of the space creation. Valid ordering operation values are: - `ASC` for ascending. Default value. - `DESC` for descending. The supported syntax are: - `membership_count.joined_direct_human_user_count DESC` - `membership_count.joined_direct_human_user_count ASC` - `last_active_time DESC` - `last_active_time ASC` - `create_time DESC` - `create_time ASC`
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ 

Method Details

setup(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a space and adds specified users to it. The calling user is automatically added to the space, and shouldn't be specified as a membership in the request. For an example, see [Set up a space with initial members](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/set-up-spaces). To specify the human members to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.member.name`. To add a human user, use `users/{user}`, where `{user}` can be the email address for the user. For users in the same Workspace organization `{user}` can also be the `id` for the person from the People API, or the `id` for the user in the Directory API. For example, if the People API Person profile ID for `user@example.com` is `123456789`, you can add the user to the space by setting the `membership.member.name` to `users/user@example.com` or `users/123456789`. To specify the Google groups to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.group_member.name`. To add or invite a Google group, use `groups/{group}`, where `{group}` is the `id` for the group from the Cloud Identity Groups API. For example, you can use [Cloud Identity Groups lookup API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/reference/rest/v1/groups/lookup) to retrieve the ID `123456789` for group email `group@example.com`, then you can add the group to the space by setting the `membership.group_member.name` to `groups/123456789`. Group email is not supported, and Google groups can only be added as members in named spaces. For a named space or group chat, if the caller blocks, or is blocked by some members, or doesn't have permission to add some members, then those members aren't added to the created space. To create a direct message (DM) between the calling user and another human user, specify exactly one membership to represent the human user. If one user blocks the other, the request fails and the DM isn't created. To create a DM between the calling user and the calling app, set `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true` and don't specify any memberships. You can only use this method to set up a DM with the calling app. To add the calling app as a member of a space or an existing DM between two human users, see [Invite or add a user or app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members). If a DM already exists between two users, even when one user blocks the other at the time a request is made, then the existing DM is returned. Spaces with threaded replies aren't supported. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when setting up a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Creates a space and adds specified users to it. The calling user is automatically added to the space, and shouldn't be specified as a membership in the request. For an example, see [Set up a space with initial members](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/set-up-spaces). To specify the human members to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.member.name`. To add a human user, use `users/{user}`, where `{user}` can be the email address for the user. For users in the same Workspace organization `{user}` can also be the `id` for the person from the People API, or the `id` for the user in the Directory API. For example, if the People API Person profile ID for `user@example.com` is `123456789`, you can add the user to the space by setting the `membership.member.name` to `users/user@example.com` or `users/123456789`. To specify the Google groups to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.group_member.name`. To add or invite a Google group, use `groups/{group}`, where `{group}` is the `id` for the group from the Cloud Identity Groups API. For example, you can use [Cloud Identity Groups lookup API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/reference/rest/v1/groups/lookup) to retrieve the ID `123456789` for group email `group@example.com`, then you can add the group to the space by setting the `membership.group_member.name` to `groups/123456789`. Group email is not supported, and Google groups can only be added as members in named spaces. For a named space or group chat, if the caller blocks, or is blocked by some members, or doesn't have permission to add some members, then those members aren't added to the created space. To create a direct message (DM) between the calling user and another human user, specify exactly one membership to represent the human user. If one user blocks the other, the request fails and the DM isn't created. To create a DM between the calling user and the calling app, set `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true` and don't specify any memberships. You can only use this method to set up a DM with the calling app. To add the calling app as a member of a space or an existing DM between two human users, see [Invite or add a user or app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members). If a DM already exists between two users, even when one user blocks the other at the time a request is made, then the existing DM is returned. Spaces with threaded replies aren't supported. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when setting up a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces`
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
index c5fc3b33be..3282b17f58 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html
@@ -79,22 +79,22 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a membership for the calling Chat app, a user, or a Google Group. Creating memberships for other Chat apps isn't supported. When creating a membership, if the specified member has their auto-accept policy turned off, then they're invited, and must accept the space invitation before joining. Otherwise, creating a membership adds the member directly to the specified space. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request. For example usage, see: - [Invite or add a user to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-user-membership). - [Invite or add a Google Group to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-group-membership). - [Add the Chat app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-membership-calling-api).

+

Creates a membership for the calling Chat app, a user, or a Google Group. Creating memberships for other Chat apps isn't supported. When creating a membership, if the specified member has their auto-accept policy turned off, then they're invited, and must accept the space invitation before joining. Otherwise, creating a membership adds the member directly to the specified space. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.app` (to add the calling app to the space) - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships` For example usage, see: - [Invite or add a user to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-user-membership). - [Invite or add a Google Group to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-group-membership). - [Add the Chat app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-membership-calling-api).

delete(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a membership. For an example, see [Remove a user or a Google Chat app from a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request. To delete memberships for space managers, the requester must be a space manager. If you're using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) the application must be the space creator.

+

Deletes a membership. For an example, see [Remove a user or a Google Chat app from a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.app` (to remove the calling app from the space) - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships` To delete memberships for space managers, the requester must be a space manager. If you're using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) the application must be the space creator.

get(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get details about a user's or Google Chat app's membership](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+

Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get details about a user's or Google Chat app's membership](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showGroups=None, showInvited=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List users and Google Chat apps in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-members). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+

Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List users and Google Chat apps in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-members). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

+

Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` (only in spaces the app created) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`

Method Details

close() @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a membership for the calling Chat app, a user, or a Google Group. Creating memberships for other Chat apps isn't supported. When creating a membership, if the specified member has their auto-accept policy turned off, then they're invited, and must accept the space invitation before joining. Otherwise, creating a membership adds the member directly to the specified space. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request. For example usage, see: - [Invite or add a user to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-user-membership). - [Invite or add a Google Group to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-group-membership). - [Add the Chat app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-membership-calling-api).
+  
Creates a membership for the calling Chat app, a user, or a Google Group. Creating memberships for other Chat apps isn't supported. When creating a membership, if the specified member has their auto-accept policy turned off, then they're invited, and must accept the space invitation before joining. Otherwise, creating a membership adds the member directly to the specified space. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.app` (to add the calling app to the space) - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships` For example usage, see: - [Invite or add a user to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-user-membership). - [Invite or add a Google Group to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-group-membership). - [Add the Chat app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-membership-calling-api).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space for which to create the membership. Format: spaces/{space} (required)
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a membership. For an example, see [Remove a user or a Google Chat app from a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request. To delete memberships for space managers, the requester must be a space manager. If you're using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) the application must be the space creator.
+  
Deletes a membership. For an example, see [Remove a user or a Google Chat app from a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.app` (to remove the calling app from the space) - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships` To delete memberships for space managers, the requester must be a space manager. If you're using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) the application must be the space creator.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the membership to delete. Chat apps can delete human users' or their own memberships. Chat apps can't delete other apps' memberships. When deleting a human membership, requires the `chat.memberships` scope with [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) or the `chat.memberships.app` scope with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and the `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` format. You can use the email as an alias for `{member}`. For example, `spaces/{space}/members/example@gmail.com` where `example@gmail.com` is the email of the Google Chat user. When deleting an app membership, requires the `chat.memberships.app` scope and `spaces/{space}/members/app` format. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` or `spaces/{space}/members/app`. (required)
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get details about a user's or Google Chat app's membership](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get details about a user's or Google Chat app's membership](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the membership to retrieve. To get the app's own membership [by using user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), you can optionally use `spaces/{space}/members/app`. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` or `spaces/{space}/members/app` You can use the user's email as an alias for `{member}`. For example, `spaces/{space}/members/example@gmail.com` where `example@gmail.com` is the email of the Google Chat user. (required)
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showGroups=None, showInvited=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List users and Google Chat apps in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-members). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List users and Google Chat apps in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-members). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space for which to fetch a membership list. Format: spaces/{space} (required)
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ 

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.
+  
Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` (only in spaces the app created) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the membership, assigned by the server. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html
index a4fdb9e866..1931bcd785 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.attachments.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the metadata of a message attachment. The attachment data is fetched using the [media API](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/media/download). For an example, see [Get metadata about a message attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-media-attachments). Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app).

+

Gets the metadata of a message attachment. The attachment data is fetched using the [media API](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/media/download). For an example, see [Get metadata about a message attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-media-attachments). Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot`

Method Details

close() @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the metadata of a message attachment. The attachment data is fetched using the [media API](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/media/download). For an example, see [Get metadata about a message attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-media-attachments). Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app).
+  
Gets the metadata of a message attachment. The attachment data is fetched using the [media API](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/media/download). For an example, see [Get metadata about a message attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-media-attachments). Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the attachment, in the form `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}/attachments/{attachment}`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index ae5633a1f7..f5040e0bb2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -89,25 +89,25 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, messageId=None, messageReplyOption=None, requestId=None, threadKey=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a message in a Google Chat space. For an example, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). The `create()` method requires either [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) or [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import). Chat attributes the message sender differently depending on the type of authentication that you use in your request. The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use app authentication. Chat displays the Chat app as the message sender. The content of the message can contain text (`text`), cards (`cardsV2`), and accessory widgets (`accessoryWidgets`). ![Message sent with app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-app-auth.svg) The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use user authentication. Chat displays the user as the message sender and attributes the Chat app to the message by displaying its name. The content of message can only contain text (`text`). ![Message sent with user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-user-auth.svg) The maximum message size, including the message contents, is 32,000 bytes. For [webhook](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/quickstart/webhooks) requests, the response doesn't contain the full message. The response only populates the `name` and `thread.name` fields in addition to the information that was in the request.

+

Creates a message in a Google Chat space. For an example, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) Chat attributes the message sender differently depending on the type of authentication that you use in your request. The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use app authentication. Chat displays the Chat app as the message sender. The content of the message can contain text (`text`), cards (`cardsV2`), and accessory widgets (`accessoryWidgets`). ![Message sent with app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-app-auth.svg) The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use user authentication. Chat displays the user as the message sender and attributes the Chat app to the message by displaying its name. The content of message can only contain text (`text`). ![Message sent with user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-user-auth.svg) The maximum message size, including the message contents, is 32,000 bytes. For [webhook](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/quickstart/webhooks) requests, the response doesn't contain the full message. The response only populates the `name` and `thread.name` fields in addition to the information that was in the request.

delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.

+

Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Get details about a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.

+

Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Get details about a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists messages in a space that the caller is a member of, including messages from blocked members and spaces. If you list messages from a space with no messages, the response is an empty object. When using a REST/HTTP interface, the response contains an empty JSON object, `{}`. For an example, see [List messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/list). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Lists messages in a space that the caller is a member of, including messages from blocked members and spaces. If you list messages from a space with no messages, the response is an empty object. When using a REST/HTTP interface, the response contains an empty JSON object, `{}`. For an example, see [List messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/list). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

+

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

update(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

+

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

Method Details

close() @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, messageId=None, messageReplyOption=None, requestId=None, threadKey=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a message in a Google Chat space. For an example, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). The `create()` method requires either [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) or [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import). Chat attributes the message sender differently depending on the type of authentication that you use in your request. The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use app authentication. Chat displays the Chat app as the message sender. The content of the message can contain text (`text`), cards (`cardsV2`), and accessory widgets (`accessoryWidgets`). ![Message sent with app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-app-auth.svg) The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use user authentication. Chat displays the user as the message sender and attributes the Chat app to the message by displaying its name. The content of message can only contain text (`text`). ![Message sent with user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-user-auth.svg) The maximum message size, including the message contents, is 32,000 bytes. For [webhook](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/quickstart/webhooks) requests, the response doesn't contain the full message. The response only populates the `name` and `thread.name` fields in addition to the information that was in the request.
+  
Creates a message in a Google Chat space. For an example, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) Chat attributes the message sender differently depending on the type of authentication that you use in your request. The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use app authentication. Chat displays the Chat app as the message sender. The content of the message can contain text (`text`), cards (`cardsV2`), and accessory widgets (`accessoryWidgets`). ![Message sent with app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-app-auth.svg) The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use user authentication. Chat displays the user as the message sender and attributes the Chat app to the message by displaying its name. The content of message can only contain text (`text`). ![Message sent with user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-user-auth.svg) The maximum message size, including the message contents, is 32,000 bytes. For [webhook](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/quickstart/webhooks) requests, the response doesn't contain the full message. The response only populates the `name` and `thread.name` fields in addition to the information that was in the request.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space in which to create a message. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
@@ -4802,7 +4802,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.
+  
Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` If you've set a custom ID for your message, you can use the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field for `{message}`. For details, see [Name a message] (https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). (required)
@@ -4821,7 +4821,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Get details about a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.
+  
Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Get details about a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` If you've set a custom ID for your message, you can use the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field for `{message}`. For details, see [Name a message] (https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). (required)
@@ -7166,7 +7166,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists messages in a space that the caller is a member of, including messages from blocked members and spaces. If you list messages from a space with no messages, the response is an empty object. When using a REST/HTTP interface, the response contains an empty JSON object, `{}`. For an example, see [List messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/list). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Lists messages in a space that the caller is a member of, including messages from blocked members and spaces. If you list messages from a space with no messages, the response is an empty object. When using a REST/HTTP interface, the response contains an empty JSON object, `{}`. For an example, see [List messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/list). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space to list messages from. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
@@ -9535,7 +9535,7 @@ 

Method Details

patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
+  
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). (required)
@@ -14215,7 +14215,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
+  
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.reactions.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.reactions.html
index 34d6e7b833..255e9e2c52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.reactions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.reactions.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a reaction and adds it to a message. For an example, see [Add a reaction to a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Creates a reaction and adds it to a message. For an example, see [Add a reaction to a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a reaction to a message. For an example, see [Delete a reaction](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Deletes a reaction to a message. For an example, see [Delete a reaction](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists reactions to a message. For an example, see [List reactions for a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Lists reactions to a message. For an example, see [List reactions for a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages`

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a reaction and adds it to a message. For an example, see [Add a reaction to a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Creates a reaction and adds it to a message. For an example, see [Add a reaction to a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The message where the reaction is created. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` (required)
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a reaction to a message. For an example, see [Delete a reaction](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Deletes a reaction to a message. For an example, see [Delete a reaction](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the reaction to delete. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}/reactions/{reaction}` (required)
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists reactions to a message. For an example, see [List reactions for a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Lists reactions to a message. For an example, see [List reactions for a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages`
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The message users reacted to. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
index 91256e58c3..a41bb93e4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns an event from a Google Chat space. The [event payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the resource that changed. For example, if you request an event about a new message but the message was later updated, the server returns the updated `Message` resource in the event payload. Note: The `permissionSettings` field is not returned in the Space object of the Space event data for this request. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). To get an event, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [Get details about an event from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-event).

+

Returns an event from a Google Chat space. The [event payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the resource that changed. For example, if you request an event about a new message but the message was later updated, the server returns the updated `Message` resource in the event payload. Note: The `permissionSettings` field is not returned in the Space object of the Space event data for this request. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with an [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes) appropriate for reading the requested data: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` To get an event, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [Get details about an event from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-event).

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists events from a Google Chat space. For each event, the [payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the Chat resource. For example, if you list events about new space members, the server returns `Membership` resources that contain the latest membership details. If new members were removed during the requested period, the event payload contains an empty `Membership` resource. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). To list events, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [List events from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-space-events).

+

Lists events from a Google Chat space. For each event, the [payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the Chat resource. For example, if you list events about new space members, the server returns `Membership` resources that contain the latest membership details. If new members were removed during the requested period, the event payload contains an empty `Membership` resource. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with an [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes) appropriate for reading the requested data: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` To list events, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [List events from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-space-events).

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns an event from a Google Chat space. The [event payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the resource that changed. For example, if you request an event about a new message but the message was later updated, the server returns the updated `Message` resource in the event payload. Note: The `permissionSettings` field is not returned in the Space object of the Space event data for this request. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). To get an event, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [Get details about an event from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-event).
+  
Returns an event from a Google Chat space. The [event payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the resource that changed. For example, if you request an event about a new message but the message was later updated, the server returns the updated `Message` resource in the event payload. Note: The `permissionSettings` field is not returned in the Space object of the Space event data for this request. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with an [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes) appropriate for reading the requested data: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` To get an event, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [Get details about an event from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-event).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the space event. Format: `spaces/{space}/spaceEvents/{spaceEvent}` (required)
@@ -14483,7 +14483,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists events from a Google Chat space. For each event, the [payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the Chat resource. For example, if you list events about new space members, the server returns `Membership` resources that contain the latest membership details. If new members were removed during the requested period, the event payload contains an empty `Membership` resource. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). To list events, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [List events from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-space-events).
+  
Lists events from a Google Chat space. For each event, the [payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the Chat resource. For example, if you list events about new space members, the server returns `Membership` resources that contain the latest membership details. If new members were removed during the requested period, the event payload contains an empty `Membership` resource. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with an [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes) appropriate for reading the requested data: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` To list events, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [List events from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-space-events).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Resource name of the [Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) where the events occurred. Format: `spaces/{space}`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.html
index 69cd2caff0..2811be21ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.html
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

getSpaceReadState(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Returns details about a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`

updateSpaceReadState(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Update a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Updates a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Update a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`

Method Details

close() @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Method Details

getSpaceReadState(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Returns details about a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the space read state to retrieve. Only supports getting read state for the calling user. To refer to the calling user, set one of the following: - The `me` alias. For example, `users/me/spaces/{space}/spaceReadState`. - Their Workspace email address. For example, `users/user@example.com/spaces/{space}/spaceReadState`. - Their user id. For example, `users/123456789/spaces/{space}/spaceReadState`. Format: users/{user}/spaces/{space}/spaceReadState (required)
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ 

Method Details

updateSpaceReadState(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Update a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Updates a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Update a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Resource name of the space read state. Format: `users/{user}/spaces/{space}/spaceReadState` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.spaceNotificationSetting.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.spaceNotificationSetting.html
index c94fc2954e..caaa651932 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.spaceNotificationSetting.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.spaceNotificationSetting.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the space notification setting. For an example, see [Get the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Gets the space notification setting. For an example, see [Get the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings`

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates the space notification setting. For an example, see [Update the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Updates the space notification setting. For an example, see [Update the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings`

Method Details

close() @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the space notification setting. For an example, see [Get the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Gets the space notification setting. For an example, see [Get the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Format: users/{user}/spaces/{space}/spaceNotificationSetting - `users/me/spaces/{space}/spaceNotificationSetting`, OR - `users/user@example.com/spaces/{space}/spaceNotificationSetting`, OR - `users/123456789/spaces/{space}/spaceNotificationSetting`. Note: Only the caller's user id or email is allowed in the path. (required)
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ 

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the space notification setting. For an example, see [Update the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Updates the space notification setting. For an example, see [Update the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the space notification setting. Format: `users/{user}/spaces/{space}/spaceNotificationSetting`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.threads.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.threads.html
index f3c09a2d27..7d4db878a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.threads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.spaces.threads.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

getThreadReadState(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a user's read state within a thread, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's thread read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-thread-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).

+

Returns details about a user's read state within a thread, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's thread read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-thread-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`

Method Details

close() @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@

Method Details

getThreadReadState(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a user's read state within a thread, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's thread read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-thread-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  
Returns details about a user's read state within a thread, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's thread read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-thread-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the thread read state to retrieve. Only supports getting read state for the calling user. To refer to the calling user, set one of the following: - The `me` alias. For example, `users/me/spaces/{space}/threads/{thread}/threadReadState`. - Their Workspace email address. For example, `users/user@example.com/spaces/{space}/threads/{thread}/threadReadState`. - Their user id. For example, `users/123456789/spaces/{space}/threads/{thread}/threadReadState`. Format: users/{user}/spaces/{space}/threads/{thread}/threadReadState (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
index 212b6dfa91..a1a8675f1f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html index b6d8dd8cba..541f323ff4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index 9732336971..658342aa15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -559,6 +559,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -774,7 +788,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1142,6 +1156,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -1385,7 +1413,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1753,6 +1781,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -1980,7 +2022,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -2348,6 +2390,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -2580,7 +2636,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -2948,6 +3004,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -3165,7 +3235,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -3533,6 +3603,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html index dbd9952cab..21d07ed5f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # A user-specified, human-readable name for the `WorkerPool`. If provided, this value must be 1-63 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the `WorkerPool`, with format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{worker_pool}`. The value of `{worker_pool}` is provided by `worker_pool_id` in `CreateWorkerPool` request and the value of `{location}` is determined by the endpoint accessed. - "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Legacy Private Pool configuration. + "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool configuration. "networkConfig": { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool. "egressOption": "A String", # Option to configure network egress for the workers. "peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # A user-specified, human-readable name for the `WorkerPool`. If provided, this value must be 1-63 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the `WorkerPool`, with format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{worker_pool}`. The value of `{worker_pool}` is provided by `worker_pool_id` in `CreateWorkerPool` request and the value of `{location}` is determined by the endpoint accessed. - "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Legacy Private Pool configuration. + "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool configuration. "networkConfig": { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool. "egressOption": "A String", # Option to configure network egress for the workers. "peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # A user-specified, human-readable name for the `WorkerPool`. If provided, this value must be 1-63 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the `WorkerPool`, with format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{worker_pool}`. The value of `{worker_pool}` is provided by `worker_pool_id` in `CreateWorkerPool` request and the value of `{location}` is determined by the endpoint accessed. - "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Legacy Private Pool configuration. + "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool configuration. "networkConfig": { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool. "egressOption": "A String", # Option to configure network egress for the workers. "peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # A user-specified, human-readable name for the `WorkerPool`. If provided, this value must be 1-63 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the `WorkerPool`, with format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{worker_pool}`. The value of `{worker_pool}` is provided by `worker_pool_id` in `CreateWorkerPool` request and the value of `{location}` is determined by the endpoint accessed. - "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Legacy Private Pool configuration. + "privatePoolV1Config": { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool configuration. "networkConfig": { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool. "egressOption": "A String", # Option to configure network egress for the workers. "peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html index 40fd37ef5d..f3ed40438e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -559,6 +559,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -774,7 +788,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1142,6 +1156,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -1385,7 +1413,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -1753,6 +1781,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -1980,7 +2022,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -2348,6 +2390,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -2581,7 +2637,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -2949,6 +3005,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). @@ -3164,7 +3234,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. "artifactId": "A String", # Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. "groupId": "A String", # Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. - "path": "A String", # Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. + "path": "A String", # Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar. "repository": "A String", # Artifact Registry repository, in the form "https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix. "version": "A String", # Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry. }, @@ -3532,6 +3602,20 @@

Method Details

}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created. "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger. + "developerConnectEventConfig": { # The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. # Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received. + "gitRepositoryLink": "A String", # Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`. + "gitRepositoryLinkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink. + "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # Filter to match changes in pull requests. + "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "commentControl": "A String", # If CommentControl is enabled, depending on the setting, builds may not fire until a repository writer comments `/gcbrun` on a pull request or `/gcbrun` is in the pull request description. Only PR comments that contain `/gcbrun` will trigger builds. If CommentControl is set to disabled, comments with `/gcbrun` from a user with repository write permission or above will still trigger builds to run. + "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build. + }, + "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags. + "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex. + "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax + }, + }, "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build. "eventType": "A String", # EventType allows the user to explicitly set the type of event to which this BuildTrigger should respond. This field will be validated against the rest of the configuration if it is set. "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html index 92b8270d8c..0cab156397 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a folder, changing its `display_name`. Changes to the folder `display_name` will be rejected if they violate either the `display_name` formatting rules or the naming constraints described in the CreateFolder documentation. The folder's `display_name` must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be between 3 and 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `\p{L}\p{N}{1,28}[\p{L}\p{N}]`. The caller must have `resourcemanager.folders.update` permission on the identified folder. If the update fails due to the unique name constraint then a `PreconditionFailure` explaining this violation will be returned in the Status.details field.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html index 76f7579613..d80e0b206c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html @@ -87,15 +87,196 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, authorizedViewId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create AuthorizedView

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an AuthorizedView.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get AuthorizedView

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List AuthorizedViewSets

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an AuthorizedView.

queryMetrics(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Query metrics.

+

+ search(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

SearchAuthorizedViewSets

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, authorizedViewId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create AuthorizedView
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedView. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.
+  "conversationFilter": "A String", # A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.
+}
+
+  authorizedViewId: string, Optional. A unique ID for the new AuthorizedView. This ID will become the final component of the AuthorizedView's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. See go/aip/122#resource-id-segments
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.
+  "conversationFilter": "A String", # A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an AuthorizedView.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the AuthorizedView to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get AuthorizedView
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the AuthorizedView to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.
+  "conversationFilter": "A String", # A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List AuthorizedViewSets
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViews. If the parent is set to `-`, all AuthorizedViews under the location will be returned. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression to filter authorized views listed in the response.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. The order by expression to order authorized views listed in the response.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of view to return in the response. If the value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAuthorizedViewsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAuthorizedViews` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from a ListAuthorizedViews request.
+  "authorizedViews": [ # The AuthorizedViews under the parent.
+    { # An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.
+      "conversationFilter": "A String", # A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an AuthorizedView.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.
+  "conversationFilter": "A String", # A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `conversation_filter` * `display_name`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.
+  "conversationFilter": "A String", # A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.
+}
+
+
queryMetrics(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Query metrics.
@@ -166,4 +347,50 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ search(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None) +
SearchAuthorizedViewSets
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViews. If the parent is set to `-`, all AuthorizedViews under the location will be returned. (required)
+  orderBy: string, Optional. The order by expression to order authorized views listed in the response.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of view to return in the response. If the value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAuthorizedViewsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAuthorizedViews` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  query: string, Optional. The query expression to search authorized views.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from a ListAuthorizedViews request.
+  "authorizedViews": [ # The AuthorizedViews under the parent.
+    { # An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.
+      "conversationFilter": "A String", # A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.html index ff33b09787..f73565228e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.html @@ -82,10 +82,180 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, authorizedViewSetId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create AuthorizedViewSet

+

+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an AuthorizedViewSet.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get AuthorizedViewSet

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List AuthorizedViewSets

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an AuthorizedViewSet.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, authorizedViewSetId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create AuthorizedViewSet
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViewSet. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An AuthorizedViewSet contains a set of AuthorizedView resources.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+  authorizedViewSetId: string, Optional. A unique ID for the new AuthorizedViewSet. This ID will become the final component of the AuthorizedViewSet's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. See go/aip/122#resource-id-segments
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An AuthorizedViewSet contains a set of AuthorizedView resources.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an AuthorizedViewSet.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the AuthorizedViewSet to delete. (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, all of this AuthorizedViewSet's child resources will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if it has none.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get AuthorizedViewSet
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the AuthorizedViewSet to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An AuthorizedViewSet contains a set of AuthorizedView resources.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List AuthorizedViewSets
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViewSets. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression to filter authorized view sets listed in the response.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. The order by expression to order authorized view sets listed in the response.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of view sets to return in the response. If the value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAuthorizedViewSetsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAuthorizedViewSets` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from a ListAuthorizedViewSet request.
+  "authorizedViewSets": [ # The AuthorizedViewSets under the parent.
+    { # An AuthorizedViewSet contains a set of AuthorizedView resources.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an AuthorizedViewSet.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An AuthorizedViewSet contains a set of AuthorizedView resources.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `display_name`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An AuthorizedViewSet contains a set of AuthorizedView resources.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display Name. Limit 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.analyses.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.analyses.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd77c26ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.analyses.html @@ -0,0 +1,824 @@ + + + +

Contact Center AI Insights API . projects . locations . datasets . conversations . analyses

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an analysis. The long running operation is done when the analysis has completed.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an analysis.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets an analysis.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists analyses.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an analysis. The long running operation is done when the analysis has completed.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the analysis. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The analysis resource.
+  "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+    "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+      "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+        { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+          "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+            "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+            "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+          "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+            "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
+          },
+          "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+          },
+          "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+            "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+          },
+          "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+          },
+          "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
+            "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analysis and immutable since then.
+              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+            },
+          },
+          "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+          "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
+        "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+          "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
+          "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+          "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+            "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # The entity type.
+        },
+      },
+      "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
+        "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+          "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
+          "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
+        },
+      },
+      "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+        "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+        "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
+          { # Information about the issue.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analysis and immutable since then.
+            "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+            "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+        "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+          "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+          "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+        },
+      },
+      "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
+        { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
+          "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
+          "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
+          "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
+          "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
+          "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
+            { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
+              "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
+                { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
+                  "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
+                    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+                    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+                    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+                    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+                    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+                    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+                  },
+                  "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
+                },
+              ],
+              "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+                "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+                "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+                "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+                "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+                "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+                "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+              },
+              "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
+              "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
+              "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
+              "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
+          "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
+            { # Tags and their corresponding results.
+              "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
+              "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
+              "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
+              "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
+            },
+          ],
+          "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
+          "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
+            { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
+              "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
+              "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
+              "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
+                { # Tags and their corresponding results.
+                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
+                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
+                  "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
+                  "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
+                },
+              ],
+              "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
+              "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+        { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+          "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+          "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
+        "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
+        "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
+      },
+    },
+    "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
+  },
+  "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
+    "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
+      "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
+        "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
+    "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
+    "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
+    "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
+    "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
+    "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
+    "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
+    "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
+    "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
+    "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
+      "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
+      "generator": "A String", # The resource name of the existing created generator. Format: projects//locations//generators/
+      "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+  "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an analysis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the analysis to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets an analysis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the analysis to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The analysis resource.
+  "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+    "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+      "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+        { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+          "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+            "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+            "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+          "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+            "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
+          },
+          "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+          },
+          "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+            "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+          },
+          "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+          },
+          "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
+            "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analysis and immutable since then.
+              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+            },
+          },
+          "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+          "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
+        "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+          "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
+          "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+          "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+            "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # The entity type.
+        },
+      },
+      "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
+        "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+          "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
+          "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
+        },
+      },
+      "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+        "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+        "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
+          { # Information about the issue.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analysis and immutable since then.
+            "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+            "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+        "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+          "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+          "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+        },
+      },
+      "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
+        { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
+          "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
+          "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
+          "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
+          "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
+          "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
+            { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
+              "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
+                { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
+                  "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
+                    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+                    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+                    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+                    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+                    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+                    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+                  },
+                  "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
+                },
+              ],
+              "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+                "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+                "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+                "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+                "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+                "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+                "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+              },
+              "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
+              "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
+              "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
+              "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
+          "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
+            { # Tags and their corresponding results.
+              "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
+              "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
+              "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
+              "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
+            },
+          ],
+          "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
+          "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
+            { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
+              "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
+              "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
+              "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
+                { # Tags and their corresponding results.
+                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
+                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
+                  "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
+                  "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
+                },
+              ],
+              "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
+              "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+        { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+          "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+          "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
+        "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
+        "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
+      },
+    },
+    "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
+  },
+  "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
+    "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
+      "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
+        "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
+    "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
+    "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
+    "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
+    "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
+    "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
+    "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
+    "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
+    "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
+    "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
+      "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
+      "generator": "A String", # The resource name of the existing created generator. Format: projects//locations//generators/
+      "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+  "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists analyses.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the analyses. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying conversations with specific properties.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of analyses to return in the response. If this value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListAnalysesResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAnalyses` call and the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response to list analyses.
+  "analyses": [ # The analyses that match the request.
+    { # The analysis resource.
+      "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+        "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+          "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+            { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+              "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+                "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+                "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+              },
+              "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+                "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+                "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+              },
+              "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+              "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+                "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+                "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                  "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                  "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+                },
+                "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
+              },
+              "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+              },
+              "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+                "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+              },
+              "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+              },
+              "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
+                "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analysis and immutable since then.
+                  "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+                  "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+                },
+              },
+              "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+                "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+                "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+              },
+              "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
+            "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+              "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
+              "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+              "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              "type": "A String", # The entity type.
+            },
+          },
+          "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
+            "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
+              "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
+            },
+          },
+          "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+            "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+            "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
+              { # Information about the issue.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analysis and immutable since then.
+                "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+                "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+            "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+              "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+            },
+          },
+          "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
+            { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
+              "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
+              "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
+              "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
+              "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
+              "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
+              "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
+              "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
+                { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
+                  "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
+                    { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
+                      "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
+                        "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+                        "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+                        "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+                        "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+                        "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+                        "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+                        "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+                        "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+                      },
+                      "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
+                    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+                    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+                    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+                    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+                    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+                    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+                  },
+                  "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
+                  "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
+                  "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
+                  "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
+              "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
+                { # Tags and their corresponding results.
+                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
+                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
+                  "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
+                  "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
+                },
+              ],
+              "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
+              "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
+                { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
+                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
+                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
+                  "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
+                    { # Tags and their corresponding results.
+                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
+                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
+                      "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
+                      "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
+                  "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+            { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+              "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+              "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
+            "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
+            "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
+          },
+        },
+        "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
+      },
+      "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
+        "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
+          "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
+            "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
+        "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
+        "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
+        "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
+        "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
+        "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
+        "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
+        "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
+        "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
+        "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
+          "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
+          "generator": "A String", # The resource name of the existing created generator. Format: projects//locations//generators/
+          "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+      "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a57e460110 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.html @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ + + + +

Contact Center AI Insights API . projects . locations . datasets . conversations . feedbackLabels

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, feedbackLabelId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create feedback label.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete feedback label.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get feedback label.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List feedback labels.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update feedback label.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, feedbackLabelId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create feedback label.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the feedback label. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a conversation, resource, and label provided by the user. Can take the form of a string label or a QaAnswer label. QaAnswer labels are used for Quality AI example conversations. String labels are used for Topic Modeling. AgentAssistSummary labels are used for Agent Assist Summarization.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the label.
+  "label": "A String", # String label used for Topic Modeling.
+  "labeledResource": "A String", # Name of the resource to be labeled. Supported resources are: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{question}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/generators/{generator_id}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}
+  "qaAnswerLabel": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # QaAnswer label used for Quality AI example conversations.
+    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the label.
+}
+
+  feedbackLabelId: string, Optional. The ID of the feedback label to create. If one is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a conversation, resource, and label provided by the user. Can take the form of a string label or a QaAnswer label. QaAnswer labels are used for Quality AI example conversations. String labels are used for Topic Modeling. AgentAssistSummary labels are used for Agent Assist Summarization.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the label.
+  "label": "A String", # String label used for Topic Modeling.
+  "labeledResource": "A String", # Name of the resource to be labeled. Supported resources are: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{question}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/generators/{generator_id}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}
+  "qaAnswerLabel": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # QaAnswer label used for Quality AI example conversations.
+    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the label.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete feedback label.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the feedback label to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get feedback label.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the feedback label to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a conversation, resource, and label provided by the user. Can take the form of a string label or a QaAnswer label. QaAnswer labels are used for Quality AI example conversations. String labels are used for Topic Modeling. AgentAssistSummary labels are used for Agent Assist Summarization.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the label.
+  "label": "A String", # String label used for Topic Modeling.
+  "labeledResource": "A String", # Name of the resource to be labeled. Supported resources are: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{question}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/generators/{generator_id}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}
+  "qaAnswerLabel": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # QaAnswer label used for Quality AI example conversations.
+    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the label.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List feedback labels.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the feedback labels. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Automatically sorts by conversation ID. To sort by all feedback labels in a project see ListAllFeedbackLabels. Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `qa_scorecard_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of feedback labels to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The value returned by the last `ListFeedbackLabelsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListFeedbackLabels` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for listing feedback labels.
+  "feedbackLabels": [ # The feedback labels that match the request.
+    { # Represents a conversation, resource, and label provided by the user. Can take the form of a string label or a QaAnswer label. QaAnswer labels are used for Quality AI example conversations. String labels are used for Topic Modeling. AgentAssistSummary labels are used for Agent Assist Summarization.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the label.
+      "label": "A String", # String label used for Topic Modeling.
+      "labeledResource": "A String", # Name of the resource to be labeled. Supported resources are: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{question}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/generators/{generator_id}`
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}
+      "qaAnswerLabel": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # QaAnswer label used for Quality AI example conversations.
+        "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+        "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+        "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+        "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+        "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+        "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+        "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+        "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the label.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next page token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update feedback label.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a conversation, resource, and label provided by the user. Can take the form of a string label or a QaAnswer label. QaAnswer labels are used for Quality AI example conversations. String labels are used for Topic Modeling. AgentAssistSummary labels are used for Agent Assist Summarization.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the label.
+  "label": "A String", # String label used for Topic Modeling.
+  "labeledResource": "A String", # Name of the resource to be labeled. Supported resources are: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{question}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/generators/{generator_id}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}
+  "qaAnswerLabel": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # QaAnswer label used for Quality AI example conversations.
+    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the label.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a conversation, resource, and label provided by the user. Can take the form of a string label or a QaAnswer label. QaAnswer labels are used for Quality AI example conversations. String labels are used for Topic Modeling. AgentAssistSummary labels are used for Agent Assist Summarization.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the label.
+  "label": "A String", # String label used for Topic Modeling.
+  "labeledResource": "A String", # Name of the resource to be labeled. Supported resources are: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{question}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/generators/{generator_id}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}
+  "qaAnswerLabel": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # QaAnswer label used for Quality AI example conversations.
+    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+    "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+    "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+    "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+    "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+    "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+    "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the label.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html index 972c94f49a..75bdc753ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html @@ -74,6 +74,22 @@

Contact Center AI Insights API . projects . locations . datasets . conversations

Instance Methods

+

+ analyses() +

+

Returns the analyses Resource.

+ +

+ feedbackLabels() +

+

Returns the feedbackLabels Resource.

+ +

+ bulkAnalyze(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Analyzes multiple conversations in a single request.

+

+ bulkDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes multiple conversations in a single request.

calculateStats(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets conversation statistics.

@@ -96,6 +112,124 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

+
+ bulkAnalyze(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Analyzes multiple conversations in a single request.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource to create analyses in. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to analyze conversations in bulk.
+  "analysisPercentage": 3.14, # Required. Percentage of selected conversation to analyze, between [0, 100].
+  "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
+    "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
+      "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
+        "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
+    "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
+    "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
+    "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
+    "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
+    "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
+    "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
+    "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
+    "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
+    "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
+      "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
+      "generator": "A String", # The resource name of the existing created generator. Format: projects//locations//generators/
+      "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
+    },
+  },
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. Filter used to select the subset of conversations to analyze.
+  "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource to create analyses in.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ bulkDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes multiple conversations in a single request.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource to delete conversations from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to delete conversations in bulk.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter used to select the subset of conversations to delete.
+  "force": True or False, # If set to true, all of this conversation's analyses will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the conversation has no analyses.
+  "maxDeleteCount": 42, # Maximum number of conversations to delete.
+  "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource to delete conversations from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
calculateStats(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets conversation statistics.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
index e224da2785..88fb4fe017 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
@@ -84,13 +84,235 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the insightsdata Resource.

+

+ bulkDeleteFeedbackLabels(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete feedback labels in bulk using a filter.

+

+ bulkDownloadFeedbackLabels(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Download feedback labels in bulk from an external source. Currently supports exporting Quality AI example conversations with transcripts and question bodies.

+

+ bulkUploadFeedbackLabels(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Upload feedback labels from an external source in bulk. Currently supports labeling Quality AI example conversations.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ listAllFeedbackLabels(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all feedback labels by project number.

+

+ listAllFeedbackLabels_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

+
+ bulkDeleteFeedbackLabels(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete feedback labels in bulk using a filter.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for the BulkDeleteFeedbackLabels endpoint.
+  "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `qa_scorecard_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING
+  "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ bulkDownloadFeedbackLabels(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Download feedback labels in bulk from an external source. Currently supports exporting Quality AI example conversations with transcripts and question bodies.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for the BulkDownloadFeedbackLabel endpoint.
+  "conversationFilter": "A String", # Optional. Filter parent conversations to download feedback labels for. When specified, the feedback labels will be downloaded for the conversations that match the filter. If `template_qa_scorecard_id` is set, all the conversations that match the filter will be paired with the questions under the scorecard for labeling.
+  "feedbackLabelType": "A String", # Optional. The type of feedback labels that will be downloaded.
+  "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `qa_scorecard_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING
+  "gcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage Object details to write the feedback labels to. # A cloud storage bucket destination.
+    "addWhitespace": True or False, # Optional. Add whitespace to the JSON file. Makes easier to read, but increases file size. Only applicable for JSON format.
+    "alwaysPrintEmptyFields": True or False, # Optional. Always print fields with no presence. This is useful for printing fields that are not set, like implicit 0 value or empty lists/maps. Only applicable for JSON format.
+    "format": "A String", # Required. File format in which the labels will be exported.
+    "objectUri": "A String", # Required. The Google Cloud Storage URI to write the feedback labels to. The file name will be used as a prefix for the files written to the bucket if the output needs to be split across multiple files, otherwise it will be used as is. The file extension will be appended to the file name based on the format selected. E.g. `gs://bucket_name/object_uri_prefix`
+    "recordsPerFileCount": "A String", # Optional. The number of records per file. Applicable for either format.
+  },
+  "maxDownloadCount": 42, # Optional. Limits the maximum number of feedback labels that will be downloaded. The first `N` feedback labels will be downloaded.
+  "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels.
+  "sheetsDestination": { # Google Sheets document details to write the feedback labels to. # A sheets document destination.
+    "sheetTitle": "A String", # Optional. The title of the new sheet to write the feedback labels to.
+    "spreadsheetUri": "A String", # Required. The Google Sheets document to write the feedback labels to. Retrieved from Google Sheets URI. E.g. `https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1234567890` The spreadsheet must be shared with the Insights P4SA. The spreadsheet ID written to will be returned as `file_names` in the BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsMetadata.
+  },
+  "templateQaScorecardId": [ # Optional. If set, a template for labeling conversations and scorecard questions will be created from the conversation_filter and the questions under the scorecard(s). The feedback label `filter` will be ignored.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ bulkUploadFeedbackLabels(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Upload feedback labels from an external source in bulk. Currently supports labeling Quality AI example conversations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for bulk uploading feedback labels.
+  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage Object details to get the feedback label file from. # A cloud storage bucket source.
+    "format": "A String", # Required. File format which will be ingested.
+    "objectUri": "A String", # Required. The Google Cloud Storage URI of the file to import. Format: `gs://bucket_name/object_name`
+  },
+  "sheetsSource": { # Google Sheets document details to get the feedback label file from. # A sheets document source.
+    "spreadsheetUri": "A String", # Required. The Google Sheets document to write the feedback labels to. Retrieved from Google Sheets URI. E.g. `https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1234567890` The spreadsheet must be shared with the Insights P4SA.
+  },
+  "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, upload will not happen and the labels will be validated. If not set, then default behavior will be to upload the labels after validation is complete.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ listAllFeedbackLabels(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all feedback labels by project number.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of all feedback labels per project. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset in the entire project. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of feedback labels to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAllFeedbackLabelsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAllFeedbackLabels` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for listing all feedback labels.
+  "feedbackLabels": [ # The feedback labels that match the request.
+    { # Represents a conversation, resource, and label provided by the user. Can take the form of a string label or a QaAnswer label. QaAnswer labels are used for Quality AI example conversations. String labels are used for Topic Modeling. AgentAssistSummary labels are used for Agent Assist Summarization.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the label.
+      "label": "A String", # String label used for Topic Modeling.
+      "labeledResource": "A String", # Name of the resource to be labeled. Supported resources are: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{question}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/generators/{generator_id}`
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}
+      "qaAnswerLabel": { # Message for holding the value of a QaAnswer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # QaAnswer label used for Quality AI example conversations.
+        "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
+        "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
+        "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)". Should only ever be `true`.
+        "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score.
+        "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
+        "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
+        "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
+        "strValue": "A String", # String value.
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the label.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ listAllFeedbackLabels_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.qaScorecards.revisions.qaQuestions.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.qaScorecards.revisions.qaQuestions.html index ded0d9208c..edb2cf7a7f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.qaScorecards.revisions.qaQuestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.qaScorecards.revisions.qaQuestions.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the question. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{qa_scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{qa_question} "order": 42, # Defines the order of the question within its parent scorecard revision. "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?" - "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags for the question. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each question. + "tags": [ # Questions are tagged for categorization and scoring. Tags can either be: - Default Tags: These are predefined categories. They are identified by their string value (e.g., "BUSINESS", "COMPLIANCE", and "CUSTOMER"). - Custom Tags: These are user-defined categories. They are identified by their full resource name (e.g., projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaQuestionTags/{qa_question_tag}). Both default and custom tags are used to group questions and to influence the scoring of each question. "A String", ], "tuningMetadata": { # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question. Will only be set if a scorecard containing this question has been tuned. # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question.This field will only be populated if and only if the question is part of a scorecard revision that has been tuned. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the question. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{qa_scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{qa_question} "order": 42, # Defines the order of the question within its parent scorecard revision. "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?" - "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags for the question. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each question. + "tags": [ # Questions are tagged for categorization and scoring. Tags can either be: - Default Tags: These are predefined categories. They are identified by their string value (e.g., "BUSINESS", "COMPLIANCE", and "CUSTOMER"). - Custom Tags: These are user-defined categories. They are identified by their full resource name (e.g., projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaQuestionTags/{qa_question_tag}). Both default and custom tags are used to group questions and to influence the scoring of each question. "A String", ], "tuningMetadata": { # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question. Will only be set if a scorecard containing this question has been tuned. # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question.This field will only be populated if and only if the question is part of a scorecard revision that has been tuned. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the question. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{qa_scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{qa_question} "order": 42, # Defines the order of the question within its parent scorecard revision. "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?" - "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags for the question. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each question. + "tags": [ # Questions are tagged for categorization and scoring. Tags can either be: - Default Tags: These are predefined categories. They are identified by their string value (e.g., "BUSINESS", "COMPLIANCE", and "CUSTOMER"). - Custom Tags: These are user-defined categories. They are identified by their full resource name (e.g., projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaQuestionTags/{qa_question_tag}). Both default and custom tags are used to group questions and to influence the scoring of each question. "A String", ], "tuningMetadata": { # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question. Will only be set if a scorecard containing this question has been tuned. # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question.This field will only be populated if and only if the question is part of a scorecard revision that has been tuned. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the question. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{qa_scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{qa_question} "order": 42, # Defines the order of the question within its parent scorecard revision. "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?" - "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags for the question. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each question. + "tags": [ # Questions are tagged for categorization and scoring. Tags can either be: - Default Tags: These are predefined categories. They are identified by their string value (e.g., "BUSINESS", "COMPLIANCE", and "CUSTOMER"). - Custom Tags: These are user-defined categories. They are identified by their full resource name (e.g., projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaQuestionTags/{qa_question_tag}). Both default and custom tags are used to group questions and to influence the scoring of each question. "A String", ], "tuningMetadata": { # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question. Will only be set if a scorecard containing this question has been tuned. # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question.This field will only be populated if and only if the question is part of a scorecard revision that has been tuned. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the question. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{qa_scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{qa_question} "order": 42, # Defines the order of the question within its parent scorecard revision. "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?" - "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags for the question. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each question. + "tags": [ # Questions are tagged for categorization and scoring. Tags can either be: - Default Tags: These are predefined categories. They are identified by their string value (e.g., "BUSINESS", "COMPLIANCE", and "CUSTOMER"). - Custom Tags: These are user-defined categories. They are identified by their full resource name (e.g., projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaQuestionTags/{qa_question_tag}). Both default and custom tags are used to group questions and to influence the scoring of each question. "A String", ], "tuningMetadata": { # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question. Will only be set if a scorecard containing this question has been tuned. # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question.This field will only be populated if and only if the question is part of a scorecard revision that has been tuned. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the question. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecards/{qa_scorecard}/revisions/{revision}/qaQuestions/{qa_question} "order": 42, # Defines the order of the question within its parent scorecard revision. "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?" - "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags for the question. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each question. + "tags": [ # Questions are tagged for categorization and scoring. Tags can either be: - Default Tags: These are predefined categories. They are identified by their string value (e.g., "BUSINESS", "COMPLIANCE", and "CUSTOMER"). - Custom Tags: These are user-defined categories. They are identified by their full resource name (e.g., projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaQuestionTags/{qa_question_tag}). Both default and custom tags are used to group questions and to influence the scoring of each question. "A String", ], "tuningMetadata": { # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question. Will only be set if a scorecard containing this question has been tuned. # Metadata about the tuning operation for the question.This field will only be populated if and only if the question is part of a scorecard revision that has been tuned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.html index 573855b13d..99602b6e77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.html @@ -237,6 +237,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -537,6 +539,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -842,6 +846,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -1139,6 +1145,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -1460,6 +1468,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -1812,6 +1822,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -2126,6 +2138,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -2423,6 +2437,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html index c6f8dea2db..86c01a7e4c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html @@ -776,6 +776,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -874,6 +904,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html index 9674d33d5e..353781a6f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html @@ -792,6 +792,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -890,6 +920,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -1630,6 +1661,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -1728,6 +1789,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -2473,6 +2535,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -2571,6 +2663,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -3307,6 +3400,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -3405,6 +3528,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -4166,6 +4290,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -4264,6 +4418,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -4496,6 +4651,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -5386,6 +5543,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -5484,6 +5671,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -6238,6 +6426,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -6336,6 +6554,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -7073,6 +7292,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -7171,6 +7420,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html index ab3a3d4ebe..99b23fe91b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html @@ -237,6 +237,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -537,6 +539,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -842,6 +846,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -1139,6 +1145,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -1460,6 +1468,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -1812,6 +1822,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -2126,6 +2138,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -2423,6 +2437,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index 7ae863c2c9..58f3d70e82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -776,6 +776,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -874,6 +904,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html index dc43266f40..ce60d8b5fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -792,6 +792,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -890,6 +920,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -1630,6 +1661,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -1728,6 +1789,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -2473,6 +2535,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -2571,6 +2663,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -3307,6 +3400,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -3405,6 +3528,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -4166,6 +4290,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -4264,6 +4418,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -4496,6 +4651,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades. @@ -5386,6 +5543,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -5484,6 +5671,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -6238,6 +6426,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -6336,6 +6554,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. @@ -7073,6 +7292,36 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # Describes a secret. + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated. "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource. "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence. @@ -7171,6 +7420,7 @@

Method Details

"repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], + "chainId": "A String", # The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html index 3f01162fc5..a65522f96f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html @@ -242,6 +242,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -560,6 +562,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -901,6 +905,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -1274,6 +1280,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -1608,6 +1616,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -1925,6 +1935,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index 03bc6d4a60..ec4a6b89c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -831,6 +831,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html index fc41c8b639..450da52116 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -847,6 +847,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", @@ -1767,6 +1796,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", @@ -2711,6 +2769,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", @@ -3076,6 +3163,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -3318,6 +3407,7 @@

Method Details

DSSE_ATTESTATION - This represents a DSSE attestation Note VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT - This represents a Vulnerability Assessment. SBOM_REFERENCE - This represents a reference to an SBOM. + SECRET - This represents a secret. name: string, The name field contains the project Id. For example: "projects/{project_id} @Deprecated pageSize: integer, Number of occurrences to return in the list. pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list. @@ -4054,6 +4144,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", @@ -4991,6 +5110,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", @@ -5911,6 +6059,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html index de0378233b..2fb7fa6711 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html @@ -242,6 +242,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -560,6 +562,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -901,6 +905,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -1274,6 +1280,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -1608,6 +1616,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package @@ -1925,6 +1935,8 @@

Method Details

"format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc... "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3. }, + "secret": { # The note representing a secret. # A note describing a secret. + }, "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this `Note`. "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File. "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html index ffc020e2b0..104a83077e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html @@ -831,6 +831,35 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "secret": { # The occurrence provides details of a secret. # This represents a secret occurrence + "kind": "A String", # Required. Type of secret. + "locations": [ # Optional. Locations where the secret is detected. + { # The location of the secret. + "fileLocation": { # Indicates the location at which a package was found. # The secret is found from a file. + "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file. + "layerDetails": { # Details about the layer a package was found in. # Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package). + "baseImages": [ # The base images the layer is found within. + { # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. + "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. + "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. + }, + ], + "command": "A String", # The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built. + "diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. + "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "statuses": [ # Optional. Status of the secret. + { # The status of the secret with a timestamp. + "message": "A String", # Optional. Optional message about the status code. + "status": "A String", # Optional. The status of the secret. + "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time the secret status was last updated. + }, + ], + }, "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File. "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html index aff84cf8a4..e7213fc036 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html @@ -288,6 +288,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "destinationProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the destination database. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true "a_key": "A String", @@ -300,6 +301,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "sourceProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the source database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. } @@ -394,6 +396,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "destinationProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the destination database. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true "a_key": "A String", @@ -406,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "sourceProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the source database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. }, ], @@ -714,6 +718,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "destinationProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the destination database. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true "a_key": "A String", @@ -726,6 +731,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "sourceProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the source database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. }
@@ -803,6 +809,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "destinationProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the destination database. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true "a_key": "A String", @@ -815,6 +822,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "sourceProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the source database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. }, ], @@ -854,6 +862,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "destinationProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the destination database. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true "a_key": "A String", @@ -866,6 +875,7 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, + "sourceProvider": "A String", # Optional. The provider for the source database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html index 08cdf67b55..694782efe6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes an Entry Link.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets an entry link.

+

Gets an Entry Link.

Method Details

close() @@ -97,21 +97,21 @@

Method Details

Creates an Entry Link.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # EntryLink represents a link between two entries.
+{ # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was created.
-  "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type}.
-  "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the entries referenced in the entry link. There should be exactly two entry references.
-    { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the entry link.
-      "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entryGroup}/entries/{entry}.
-      "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the entry that is referenced in the entry link. Empty path denotes that the entry itself is referenced in the entry link.
-      "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the entry.
+  "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type_id}.
+  "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the Entries referenced in the Entry Link. There should be exactly two entry references.
+    { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the Entry Link.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced Entry, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}
+      "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the Entry that is referenced in the Entry Link. Empty path denotes that the Entry itself is referenced in the Entry Link.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the Entry.
     },
   ],
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id}
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was last updated.
 }
 
@@ -124,17 +124,17 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # EntryLink represents a link between two entries. + { # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was created. - "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type}. - "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the entries referenced in the entry link. There should be exactly two entry references. - { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the entry link. - "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entryGroup}/entries/{entry}. - "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the entry that is referenced in the entry link. Empty path denotes that the entry itself is referenced in the entry link. - "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the entry. + "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type_id}. + "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the Entries referenced in the Entry Link. There should be exactly two entry references. + { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the Entry Link. + "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced Entry, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} + "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the Entry that is referenced in the Entry Link. Empty path denotes that the Entry itself is referenced in the Entry Link. + "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the Entry. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id} "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was last updated. }
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes an Entry Link.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -153,27 +153,27 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # EntryLink represents a link between two entries. + { # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was created. - "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type}. - "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the entries referenced in the entry link. There should be exactly two entry references. - { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the entry link. - "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entryGroup}/entries/{entry}. - "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the entry that is referenced in the entry link. Empty path denotes that the entry itself is referenced in the entry link. - "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the entry. + "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type_id}. + "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the Entries referenced in the Entry Link. There should be exactly two entry references. + { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the Entry Link. + "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced Entry, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} + "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the Entry that is referenced in the Entry Link. Empty path denotes that the Entry itself is referenced in the Entry Link. + "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the Entry. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id} "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was last updated. }
get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets an entry link.
+  
Gets an Entry Link.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -182,17 +182,17 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # EntryLink represents a link between two entries. + { # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was created. - "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type}. - "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the entries referenced in the entry link. There should be exactly two entry references. - { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the entry link. - "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entryGroup}/entries/{entry}. - "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the entry that is referenced in the entry link. Empty path denotes that the entry itself is referenced in the entry link. - "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the entry. + "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type_id}. + "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the Entries referenced in the Entry Link. There should be exactly two entry references. + { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the Entry Link. + "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced Entry, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} + "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the Entry that is referenced in the Entry Link. Empty path denotes that the Entry itself is referenced in the Entry Link. + "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the Entry. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id} "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was last updated. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html index 3ffc2fce8d..4234ccaa58 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

Searches for Entries matching the given query and scope.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/global. (required)
   orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. Supported values are: relevance (default) last_modified_timestamp last_modified_timestamp asc
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Number of results in the search page. If <=0, then defaults to 10. Max limit for page_size is 1000. Throws an invalid argument for page_size > 1000.
   pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous SearchEntries call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
index 66c302f025..836bceacfe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
@@ -145,6 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

"srvConnectionFormat": { # Srv connection format. # Srv connection format. }, "standardConnectionFormat": { # Standard connection format. # Standard connection format. + "directConnection": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the client connects directly to the host[:port] in the connection URI. }, "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MongoDB connection. }, @@ -356,6 +357,7 @@

Method Details

"srvConnectionFormat": { # Srv connection format. # Srv connection format. }, "standardConnectionFormat": { # Standard connection format. # Standard connection format. + "directConnection": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the client connects directly to the host[:port] in the connection URI. }, "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MongoDB connection. }, @@ -776,6 +778,7 @@

Method Details

"srvConnectionFormat": { # Srv connection format. # Srv connection format. }, "standardConnectionFormat": { # Standard connection format. # Standard connection format. + "directConnection": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the client connects directly to the host[:port] in the connection URI. }, "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MongoDB connection. }, @@ -929,6 +932,7 @@

Method Details

"srvConnectionFormat": { # Srv connection format. # Srv connection format. }, "standardConnectionFormat": { # Standard connection format. # Standard connection format. + "directConnection": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the client connects directly to the host[:port] in the connection URI. }, "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MongoDB connection. }, @@ -1091,6 +1095,7 @@

Method Details

"srvConnectionFormat": { # Srv connection format. # Srv connection format. }, "standardConnectionFormat": { # Standard connection format. # Standard connection format. + "directConnection": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the client connects directly to the host[:port] in the connection URI. }, "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MongoDB connection. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html index 04a174591c..f2214d19d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html @@ -347,6 +347,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentBackfillTasks": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of concurrent backfill tasks. The number should be non-negative and less than or equal to 50. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value is used }, "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration. "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication. @@ -932,6 +933,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentBackfillTasks": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of concurrent backfill tasks. The number should be non-negative and less than or equal to 50. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value is used }, "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration. "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication. @@ -1456,6 +1458,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentBackfillTasks": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of concurrent backfill tasks. The number should be non-negative and less than or equal to 50. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value is used }, "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration. "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication. @@ -1987,6 +1990,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentBackfillTasks": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of concurrent backfill tasks. The number should be non-negative and less than or equal to 50. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value is used }, "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration. "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 107919f814..b9a18a52b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -312,9 +312,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -514,9 +514,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -672,9 +672,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStore
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -818,9 +818,9 @@ 

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -946,9 +946,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index ff55496877..654b0bf317 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -153,12 +153,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -284,12 +284,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -356,12 +356,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an Engine
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -435,12 +435,12 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -496,12 +496,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html index 0075a1c86f..54aebf1249 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -304,9 +304,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -506,9 +506,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -664,9 +664,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStore
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -810,9 +810,9 @@ 

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -938,9 +938,9 @@

Method Details

"industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers. "isInfobotFaqDataStore": True or False, # Optional. If set, this DataStore is an Infobot FAQ DataStore. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect this DataStore at creation time. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStore will be protected by the KMS key, as indicated in the cmek_config field. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.media.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.media.html index 1d9d050e24..305787e875 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.media.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.media.html @@ -332,7 +332,6 @@

Method Details

"totalBytes": "A String", # The total size of the file. "totalBytesIsEstimated": True or False, # Whether the total bytes field contains an estimated data. }, - "projectId": "A String", # The project (notebook) id of the uploaded source. Prefer to use the parent field instead. "sourceId": "A String", # The source id of the associated file. If not set, a source id will be generated and a new tentative source will be created. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 2f2a495aaf..7db8e89192 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -328,6 +328,7 @@

Method Details

PARSED_DOCUMENT - Available for all data store parsing configs. CHUNKED_DOCUMENT - Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabled on the data store. IMAGE_CONVERTED_DOCUMENT - Returns the converted Image bytes (as JPEG or PNG) if available. + IMAGE_BYTES - Return image bytes in base64 encoded format if image_id of a document is provided, only supported for enabling shareholder-structure in layout parsing config for now. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 0832479c60..b4879dad06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -340,12 +340,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -577,12 +577,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -843,12 +843,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStore
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1024,12 +1024,12 @@ 

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -1187,12 +1187,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 78b5416295..2c36dd6d9d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -172,12 +172,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "recommendationMetadata": { # Additional information of a recommendation engine. # Output only. Additional information of a recommendation engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this engine: `DATA_OK` and `DATA_ERROR`. Engine cannot be trained if the data is in `DATA_ERROR` state. Engine can have `DATA_ERROR` state even if serving state is `ACTIVE`: engines were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because the underlying engine no longer has sufficient data for training. "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. Only applicable on Media Recommendation engines. @@ -311,12 +311,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "recommendationMetadata": { # Additional information of a recommendation engine. # Output only. Additional information of a recommendation engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this engine: `DATA_OK` and `DATA_ERROR`. Engine cannot be trained if the data is in `DATA_ERROR` state. Engine can have `DATA_ERROR` state even if serving state is `ACTIVE`: engines were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because the underlying engine no longer has sufficient data for training. "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. Only applicable on Media Recommendation engines. @@ -391,12 +391,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "recommendationMetadata": { # Additional information of a recommendation engine. # Output only. Additional information of a recommendation engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this engine: `DATA_OK` and `DATA_ERROR`. Engine cannot be trained if the data is in `DATA_ERROR` state. Engine can have `DATA_ERROR` state even if serving state is `ACTIVE`: engines were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because the underlying engine no longer has sufficient data for training. "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. Only applicable on Media Recommendation engines. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an Engine
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -478,12 +478,12 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "recommendationMetadata": { # Additional information of a recommendation engine. # Output only. Additional information of a recommendation engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this engine: `DATA_OK` and `DATA_ERROR`. Engine cannot be trained if the data is in `DATA_ERROR` state. Engine can have `DATA_ERROR` state even if serving state is `ACTIVE`: engines were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because the underlying engine no longer has sufficient data for training. "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. Only applicable on Media Recommendation engines. @@ -547,12 +547,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "recommendationMetadata": { # Additional information of a recommendation engine. # Output only. Additional information of a recommendation engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this engine: `DATA_OK` and `DATA_ERROR`. Engine cannot be trained if the data is in `DATA_ERROR` state. Engine can have `DATA_ERROR` state even if serving state is `ACTIVE`: engines were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because the underlying engine no longer has sufficient data for training. "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. Only applicable on Media Recommendation engines. @@ -628,12 +628,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "recommendationMetadata": { # Additional information of a recommendation engine. # Output only. Additional information of a recommendation engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this engine: `DATA_OK` and `DATA_ERROR`. Engine cannot be trained if the data is in `DATA_ERROR` state. Engine can have `DATA_ERROR` state even if serving state is `ACTIVE`: engines were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because the underlying engine no longer has sufficient data for training. "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. Only applicable on Media Recommendation engines. @@ -709,12 +709,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "recommendationMetadata": { # Additional information of a recommendation engine. # Output only. Additional information of a recommendation engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this engine: `DATA_OK` and `DATA_ERROR`. Engine cannot be trained if the data is in `DATA_ERROR` state. Engine can have `DATA_ERROR` state even if serving state is `ACTIVE`: engines were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because the underlying engine no longer has sufficient data for training. "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. Only applicable on Media Recommendation engines. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html index bbc914b905..d90b9f02b7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

"alertPolicyName": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the AlertPolicy. }, ], - "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. + "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs "bapConfig": { # The configuration for the BAP connector. # Optional. The configuration for establishing a BAP connection. "supportedConnectorModes": [ # Required. The supported connector modes for the associated BAP connection. "A String", @@ -305,6 +305,8 @@

Method Details

}, "refreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector. If not set, the access control list will be refreshed at the default interval of 30 minutes. The identity refresh interval can be at least 30 minutes and at most 7 days. }, + "incrementalRefreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days. + "incrementalSyncDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. @@ -380,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"alertPolicyName": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the AlertPolicy. }, ], - "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. + "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs "bapConfig": { # The configuration for the BAP connector. # Optional. The configuration for establishing a BAP connection. "supportedConnectorModes": [ # Required. The supported connector modes for the associated BAP connection. "A String", @@ -490,6 +492,8 @@

Method Details

}, "refreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector. If not set, the access control list will be refreshed at the default interval of 30 minutes. The identity refresh interval can be at least 30 minutes and at most 7 days. }, + "incrementalRefreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days. + "incrementalSyncDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. @@ -569,7 +573,7 @@

Method Details

"alertPolicyName": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the AlertPolicy. }, ], - "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. + "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs "bapConfig": { # The configuration for the BAP connector. # Optional. The configuration for establishing a BAP connection. "supportedConnectorModes": [ # Required. The supported connector modes for the associated BAP connection. "A String", @@ -679,6 +683,8 @@

Method Details

}, "refreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector. If not set, the access control list will be refreshed at the default interval of 30 minutes. The identity refresh interval can be at least 30 minutes and at most 7 days. }, + "incrementalRefreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days. + "incrementalSyncDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. @@ -768,7 +774,7 @@

Method Details

"alertPolicyName": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the AlertPolicy. }, ], - "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. + "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs "bapConfig": { # The configuration for the BAP connector. # Optional. The configuration for establishing a BAP connection. "supportedConnectorModes": [ # Required. The supported connector modes for the associated BAP connection. "A String", @@ -878,6 +884,8 @@

Method Details

}, "refreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector. If not set, the access control list will be refreshed at the default interval of 30 minutes. The identity refresh interval can be at least 30 minutes and at most 7 days. }, + "incrementalRefreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days. + "incrementalSyncDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. @@ -977,7 +985,7 @@

Method Details

"alertPolicyName": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the AlertPolicy. }, ], - "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. + "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs "bapConfig": { # The configuration for the BAP connector. # Optional. The configuration for establishing a BAP connection. "supportedConnectorModes": [ # Required. The supported connector modes for the associated BAP connection. "A String", @@ -1087,6 +1095,8 @@

Method Details

}, "refreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector. If not set, the access control list will be refreshed at the default interval of 30 minutes. The identity refresh interval can be at least 30 minutes and at most 7 days. }, + "incrementalRefreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days. + "incrementalSyncDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. @@ -1153,7 +1163,7 @@

Method Details

"alertPolicyName": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the AlertPolicy. }, ], - "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. + "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs "bapConfig": { # The configuration for the BAP connector. # Optional. The configuration for establishing a BAP connection. "supportedConnectorModes": [ # Required. The supported connector modes for the associated BAP connection. "A String", @@ -1263,6 +1273,8 @@

Method Details

}, "refreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector. If not set, the access control list will be refreshed at the default interval of 30 minutes. The identity refresh interval can be at least 30 minutes and at most 7 days. }, + "incrementalRefreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days. + "incrementalSyncDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 2300cd96f3..cbbf18175d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -328,6 +328,7 @@

Method Details

PARSED_DOCUMENT - Available for all data store parsing configs. CHUNKED_DOCUMENT - Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabled on the data store. IMAGE_CONVERTED_DOCUMENT - Returns the converted Image bytes (as JPEG or PNG) if available. + IMAGE_BYTES - Return image bytes in base64 encoded format if image_id of a document is provided, only supported for enabling shareholder-structure in layout parsing config for now. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html index ddba0cb81e..1ffe4a338b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -332,12 +332,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -569,12 +569,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -835,12 +835,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStore
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1016,12 +1016,12 @@ 

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -1179,12 +1179,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 49f0a76838..63c32753c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -104,6 +104,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the identityMappingStores Resource.

+

+ notebooks() +

+

Returns the notebooks Resource.

+

operations()

@@ -950,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

"alertPolicyName": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the AlertPolicy. }, ], - "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. + "autoRunDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs "bapConfig": { # The configuration for the BAP connector. # Optional. The configuration for establishing a BAP connection. "supportedConnectorModes": [ # Required. The supported connector modes for the associated BAP connection. "A String", @@ -1060,6 +1065,8 @@

Method Details

}, "refreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector. If not set, the access control list will be refreshed at the default interval of 30 minutes. The identity refresh interval can be at least 30 minutes and at most 7 days. }, + "incrementalRefreshInterval": "A String", # Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days. + "incrementalSyncDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.notebooks.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.notebooks.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0413061df --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.notebooks.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . notebooks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ sources() +

+

Returns the sources Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.notebooks.sources.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.notebooks.sources.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ea2ef193e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.notebooks.sources.html @@ -0,0 +1,592 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . notebooks . sources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ uploadFile(parent, sourceId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Uploads a file for Notebook LM to use. Creates a Source.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ uploadFile(parent, sourceId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Uploads a file for Notebook LM to use. Creates a Source.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where the sources will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/notebooks/{notebook} (required)
+  sourceId: string, The source id of the associated file. If not set, a source id will be generated and a new tentative source will be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for the SourceService.UploadSourceFile method.
+  "blob": { # A reference to data stored on the filesystem, on GFS or in blobstore. # Information about the file being uploaded.
+    "algorithm": "A String", # Deprecated, use one of explicit hash type fields instead. Algorithm used for calculating the hash. As of 2011/01/21, "MD5" is the only possible value for this field. New values may be added at any time.
+    "bigstoreObjectRef": "A String", # Use object_id instead.
+    "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+    "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+      "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+      "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+      "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+      "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+      "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+    },
+    "compositeMedia": [ # A composite media composed of one or more media objects, set if reference_type is COMPOSITE_MEDIA. The media length field must be set to the sum of the lengths of all composite media objects. Note: All composite media must have length specified.
+      { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites.
+        "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+        "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+          "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+          "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+          "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+          "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+          "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+        },
+        "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+        "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+        "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+        "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+        "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+        "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+          "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+          "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+        "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+        "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+      },
+    ],
+    "contentType": "A String", # MIME type of the data
+    "contentTypeInfo": { # Detailed Content-Type information from Scotty. The Content-Type of the media will typically be filled in by the header or Scotty's best_guess, but this extended information provides the backend with more information so that it can make a better decision if needed. This is only used on media upload requests from Scotty. # Extended content type information provided for Scotty uploads.
+      "bestGuess": "A String", # Scotty's best guess of what the content type of the file is.
+      "fromBytes": "A String", # The content type of the file derived by looking at specific bytes (i.e. "magic bytes") of the actual file.
+      "fromFileName": "A String", # The content type of the file derived from the file extension of the original file name used by the client.
+      "fromHeader": "A String", # The content type of the file as specified in the request headers, multipart headers, or RUPIO start request.
+      "fromUrlPath": "A String", # The content type of the file derived from the file extension of the URL path. The URL path is assumed to represent a file name (which is typically only true for agents that are providing a REST API).
+    },
+    "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+    "crc32cHash": 42, # For Scotty Uploads: Scotty-provided hashes for uploads For Scotty Downloads: (WARNING: DO NOT USE WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM THE SCOTTY TEAM.) A Hash provided by the agent to be used to verify the data being downloaded. Currently only supported for inline payloads. Further, only crc32c_hash is currently supported.
+    "diffChecksumsResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff get checksums response. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_CHECKSUMS_RESPONSE.
+      "checksumsLocation": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # Exactly one of these fields must be populated. If checksums_location is filled, the server will return the corresponding contents to the user. If object_location is filled, the server will calculate the checksums based on the content there and return that to the user. For details on the format of the checksums, see http://go/scotty-diff-protocol.
+        "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+        "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+          "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+          "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+          "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+          "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+          "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+        },
+        "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+        "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+        "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+        "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+        "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+        "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+          "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+          "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+        "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+        "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+      },
+      "chunkSizeBytes": "A String", # The chunk size of checksums. Must be a multiple of 256KB.
+      "objectLocation": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # If set, calculate the checksums based on the contents and return them to the caller.
+        "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+        "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+          "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+          "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+          "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+          "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+          "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+        },
+        "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+        "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+        "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+        "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+        "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+        "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+          "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+          "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+        "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+        "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+      },
+      "objectSizeBytes": "A String", # The total size of the server object.
+      "objectVersion": "A String", # The object version of the object the checksums are being returned for.
+    },
+    "diffDownloadResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff download response. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_DOWNLOAD_RESPONSE.
+      "objectLocation": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The original object location.
+        "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+        "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+          "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+          "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+          "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+          "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+          "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+        },
+        "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+        "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+        "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+        "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+        "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+        "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+          "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+          "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+        "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+        "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+      },
+    },
+    "diffUploadRequest": { # A Diff upload request. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_UPLOAD_REQUEST.
+      "checksumsInfo": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The location of the checksums for the new object. Agents must clone the object located here, as the upload server will delete the contents once a response is received. For details on the format of the checksums, see http://go/scotty-diff-protocol.
+        "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+        "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+          "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+          "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+          "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+          "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+          "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+        },
+        "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+        "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+        "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+        "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+        "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+        "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+          "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+          "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+        "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+        "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+      },
+      "objectInfo": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The location of the new object. Agents must clone the object located here, as the upload server will delete the contents once a response is received.
+        "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+        "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+          "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+          "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+          "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+          "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+          "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+        },
+        "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+        "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+        "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+        "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+        "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+        "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+          "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+          "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+        "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+        "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+      },
+      "objectVersion": "A String", # The object version of the object that is the base version the incoming diff script will be applied to. This field will always be filled in.
+    },
+    "diffUploadResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff upload request. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_UPLOAD_RESPONSE.
+      "objectVersion": "A String", # The object version of the object at the server. Must be included in the end notification response. The version in the end notification response must correspond to the new version of the object that is now stored at the server, after the upload.
+      "originalObject": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The location of the original file for a diff upload request. Must be filled in if responding to an upload start notification.
+        "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+        "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+          "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+          "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+          "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+          "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+          "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+        },
+        "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+        "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+        "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+        "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+        "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+        "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+          "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+          "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+        "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+        "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+      },
+    },
+    "diffVersionResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff get version response. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_VERSION_RESPONSE.
+      "objectSizeBytes": "A String", # The total size of the server object.
+      "objectVersion": "A String", # The version of the object stored at the server.
+    },
+    "downloadParameters": { # Parameters specific to media downloads. # Parameters for a media download.
+      "allowGzipCompression": True or False, # A boolean to be returned in the response to Scotty. Allows/disallows gzip encoding of the payload content when the server thinks it's advantageous (hence, does not guarantee compression) which allows Scotty to GZip the response to the client.
+      "ignoreRange": True or False, # Determining whether or not Apiary should skip the inclusion of any Content-Range header on its response to Scotty.
+    },
+    "filename": "A String", # Original file name
+    "hash": "A String", # Deprecated, use one of explicit hash type fields instead. These two hash related fields will only be populated on Scotty based media uploads and will contain the content of the hash group in the NotificationRequest: http://cs/#google3/blobstore2/api/scotty/service/proto/upload_listener.proto&q=class:Hash Hex encoded hash value of the uploaded media.
+    "hashVerified": True or False, # For Scotty uploads only. If a user sends a hash code and the backend has requested that Scotty verify the upload against the client hash, Scotty will perform the check on behalf of the backend and will reject it if the hashes don't match. This is set to true if Scotty performed this verification.
+    "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+    "isPotentialRetry": True or False, # |is_potential_retry| is set false only when Scotty is certain that it has not sent the request before. When a client resumes an upload, this field must be set true in agent calls, because Scotty cannot be certain that it has never sent the request before due to potential failure in the session state persistence.
+    "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+    "md5Hash": "A String", # Scotty-provided MD5 hash for an upload.
+    "mediaId": "A String", # Media id to forward to the operation GetMedia. Can be set if reference_type is GET_MEDIA.
+    "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+      "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+      "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+      "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+    },
+    "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+    "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+    "sha1Hash": "A String", # Scotty-provided SHA1 hash for an upload.
+    "sha256Hash": "A String", # Scotty-provided SHA256 hash for an upload.
+    "timestamp": "A String", # Time at which the media data was last updated, in milliseconds since UNIX epoch
+    "token": "A String", # A unique fingerprint/version id for the media data
+  },
+  "mediaRequestInfo": { # Extra information added to operations that support Scotty media requests. # Media upload request metadata.
+    "currentBytes": "A String", # The number of current bytes uploaded or downloaded.
+    "customData": "A String", # Data to be copied to backend requests. Custom data is returned to Scotty in the agent_state field, which Scotty will then provide in subsequent upload notifications.
+    "diffObjectVersion": "A String", # Set if the http request info is diff encoded. The value of this field is the version number of the base revision. This is corresponding to Apiary's mediaDiffObjectVersion (//depot/google3/java/com/google/api/server/media/variable/DiffObjectVersionVariable.java). See go/esf-scotty-diff-upload for more information.
+    "finalStatus": 42, # The existence of the final_status field indicates that this is the last call to the agent for this request_id. http://google3/uploader/agent/scotty_agent.proto?l=737&rcl=347601929
+    "notificationType": "A String", # The type of notification received from Scotty.
+    "requestId": "A String", # The Scotty request ID.
+    "requestReceivedParamsServingInfo": "A String", # The partition of the Scotty server handling this request. type is uploader_service.RequestReceivedParamsServingInfo LINT.IfChange(request_received_params_serving_info_annotations) LINT.ThenChange()
+    "totalBytes": "A String", # The total size of the file.
+    "totalBytesIsEstimated": True or False, # Whether the total bytes field contains an estimated data.
+  },
+  "sourceId": "A String", # The source id of the associated file. If not set, a source id will be generated and a new tentative source will be created.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the SourceService.UploadSourceFile method.
+  "mediaResponseInfo": { # This message is for backends to pass their scotty media specific fields to ESF. Backend will include this in their response message to ESF. Example: ExportFile is an rpc defined for upload using scotty from ESF. rpc ExportFile(ExportFileRequest) returns (ExportFileResponse) Message ExportFileResponse will include apiserving.MediaResponseInfo to tell ESF about data like dynamic_dropzone it needs to pass to Scotty. message ExportFileResponse { optional gdata.Media blob = 1; optional apiserving.MediaResponseInfo media_response_info = 2 } # Media upload response metadata.
+    "customData": "A String", # Data to copy from backend response to the next backend requests. Custom data is returned to Scotty in the agent_state field, which Scotty will then provide in subsequent upload notifications.
+    "dataStorageTransform": "A String", # Specifies any transformation to be applied to data before persisting it or retrieving from storage. E.g., encryption options for blobstore2. This should be of the form uploader_service.DataStorageTransform.
+    "destinationBlobMintIndex": 42, # For the first notification of a |diff_encoded| HttpRequestInfo, this is the index of the blob mint that Scotty should use when writing the resulting blob. This field is optional. It's not required ever, even if `original_object_blob_mint_index` is set. In situations like that, we will use the destination blob's mint for the destination blob and regular blob ACL checks for the original object. Note: This field is only for use by Drive API for diff uploads.
+    "dynamicDropTarget": "A String", # Specifies the Scotty Drop Target to use for uploads. If present in a media response, Scotty does not upload to a standard drop zone. Instead, Scotty saves the upload directly to the location specified in this drop target. Unlike drop zones, the drop target is the final storage location for an upload. So, the agent does not need to clone the blob at the end of the upload. The agent is responsible for garbage collecting any orphaned blobs that may occur due to aborted uploads. For more information, see the drop target design doc here: http://goto/ScottyDropTarget This field will be preferred to dynamicDropzone. If provided, the identified field in the response must be of the type uploader.agent.DropTarget.
+    "dynamicDropzone": "A String", # Specifies the Scotty dropzone to use for uploads.
+    "mediaForDiff": { # A reference to data stored on the filesystem, on GFS or in blobstore. # Diff Updates must respond to a START notification with this Media proto to tell Scotty to decode the diff encoded payload and apply the diff against this field. If the request was diff encoded, but this field is not set, Scotty will treat the encoding as identity. This is corresponding to Apiary's DiffUploadResponse.original_object (//depot/google3/gdata/rosy/proto/data.proto?l=413). See go/esf-scotty-diff-upload for more information.
+      "algorithm": "A String", # Deprecated, use one of explicit hash type fields instead. Algorithm used for calculating the hash. As of 2011/01/21, "MD5" is the only possible value for this field. New values may be added at any time.
+      "bigstoreObjectRef": "A String", # Use object_id instead.
+      "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+      "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+        "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+        "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+        "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+        "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+        "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+      },
+      "compositeMedia": [ # A composite media composed of one or more media objects, set if reference_type is COMPOSITE_MEDIA. The media length field must be set to the sum of the lengths of all composite media objects. Note: All composite media must have length specified.
+        { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites.
+          "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+          "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+            "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+            "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+            "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+            "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+            "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+          },
+          "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+          "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+          "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+          "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+          "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+          "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+            "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+            "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+            "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+          "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+          "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+        },
+      ],
+      "contentType": "A String", # MIME type of the data
+      "contentTypeInfo": { # Detailed Content-Type information from Scotty. The Content-Type of the media will typically be filled in by the header or Scotty's best_guess, but this extended information provides the backend with more information so that it can make a better decision if needed. This is only used on media upload requests from Scotty. # Extended content type information provided for Scotty uploads.
+        "bestGuess": "A String", # Scotty's best guess of what the content type of the file is.
+        "fromBytes": "A String", # The content type of the file derived by looking at specific bytes (i.e. "magic bytes") of the actual file.
+        "fromFileName": "A String", # The content type of the file derived from the file extension of the original file name used by the client.
+        "fromHeader": "A String", # The content type of the file as specified in the request headers, multipart headers, or RUPIO start request.
+        "fromUrlPath": "A String", # The content type of the file derived from the file extension of the URL path. The URL path is assumed to represent a file name (which is typically only true for agents that are providing a REST API).
+      },
+      "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+      "crc32cHash": 42, # For Scotty Uploads: Scotty-provided hashes for uploads For Scotty Downloads: (WARNING: DO NOT USE WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM THE SCOTTY TEAM.) A Hash provided by the agent to be used to verify the data being downloaded. Currently only supported for inline payloads. Further, only crc32c_hash is currently supported.
+      "diffChecksumsResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff get checksums response. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_CHECKSUMS_RESPONSE.
+        "checksumsLocation": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # Exactly one of these fields must be populated. If checksums_location is filled, the server will return the corresponding contents to the user. If object_location is filled, the server will calculate the checksums based on the content there and return that to the user. For details on the format of the checksums, see http://go/scotty-diff-protocol.
+          "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+          "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+            "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+            "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+            "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+            "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+            "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+          },
+          "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+          "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+          "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+          "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+          "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+          "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+            "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+            "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+            "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+          "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+          "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+        },
+        "chunkSizeBytes": "A String", # The chunk size of checksums. Must be a multiple of 256KB.
+        "objectLocation": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # If set, calculate the checksums based on the contents and return them to the caller.
+          "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+          "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+            "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+            "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+            "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+            "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+            "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+          },
+          "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+          "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+          "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+          "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+          "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+          "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+            "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+            "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+            "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+          "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+          "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+        },
+        "objectSizeBytes": "A String", # The total size of the server object.
+        "objectVersion": "A String", # The object version of the object the checksums are being returned for.
+      },
+      "diffDownloadResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff download response. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_DOWNLOAD_RESPONSE.
+        "objectLocation": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The original object location.
+          "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+          "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+            "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+            "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+            "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+            "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+            "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+          },
+          "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+          "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+          "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+          "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+          "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+          "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+            "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+            "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+            "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+          "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+          "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+        },
+      },
+      "diffUploadRequest": { # A Diff upload request. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_UPLOAD_REQUEST.
+        "checksumsInfo": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The location of the checksums for the new object. Agents must clone the object located here, as the upload server will delete the contents once a response is received. For details on the format of the checksums, see http://go/scotty-diff-protocol.
+          "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+          "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+            "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+            "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+            "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+            "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+            "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+          },
+          "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+          "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+          "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+          "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+          "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+          "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+            "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+            "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+            "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+          "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+          "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+        },
+        "objectInfo": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The location of the new object. Agents must clone the object located here, as the upload server will delete the contents once a response is received.
+          "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+          "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+            "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+            "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+            "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+            "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+            "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+          },
+          "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+          "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+          "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+          "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+          "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+          "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+            "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+            "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+            "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+          "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+          "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+        },
+        "objectVersion": "A String", # The object version of the object that is the base version the incoming diff script will be applied to. This field will always be filled in.
+      },
+      "diffUploadResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff upload request. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_UPLOAD_RESPONSE.
+        "objectVersion": "A String", # The object version of the object at the server. Must be included in the end notification response. The version in the end notification response must correspond to the new version of the object that is now stored at the server, after the upload.
+        "originalObject": { # A sequence of media data references representing composite data. Introduced to support Bigstore composite objects. For details, visit http://go/bigstore-composites. # The location of the original file for a diff upload request. Must be filled in if responding to an upload start notification.
+          "blobRef": "A String", # Blobstore v1 reference, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF This should be the byte representation of a blobstore.BlobRef. Since Blobstore is deprecating v1, use blobstore2_info instead. For now, any v2 blob will also be represented in this field as v1 BlobRef.
+          "blobstore2Info": { # Information to read/write to blobstore2. # Blobstore v2 info, set if reference_type is BLOBSTORE_REF and it refers to a v2 blob.
+            "blobGeneration": "A String", # The blob generation id.
+            "blobId": "A String", # The blob id, e.g., /blobstore/prod/playground/scotty
+            "downloadReadHandle": "A String", # Read handle passed from Bigstore -> Scotty for a GCS download. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.ReadHandle proto which must never be set outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media downloads.
+            "readToken": "A String", # The blob read token. Needed to read blobs that have not been replicated. Might not be available until the final call.
+            "uploadMetadataContainer": "A String", # Metadata passed from Blobstore -> Scotty for a new GCS upload. This is a signed, serialized blobstore2.BlobMetadataContainer proto which must never be consumed outside of Bigstore, and is not applicable to non-GCS media uploads.
+          },
+          "cosmoBinaryReference": "A String", # A binary data reference for a media download. Serves as a technology-agnostic binary reference in some Google infrastructure. This value is a serialized storage_cosmo.BinaryReference proto. Storing it as bytes is a hack to get around the fact that the cosmo proto (as well as others it includes) doesn't support JavaScript. This prevents us from including the actual type of this field.
+          "crc32cHash": 42, # crc32.c hash for the payload.
+          "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+          "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+          "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash for the payload.
+          "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+            "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+            "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+            "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+          "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+          "sha1Hash": "A String", # SHA-1 hash for the payload.
+        },
+      },
+      "diffVersionResponse": { # Backend response for a Diff get version response. For details on the Scotty Diff protocol, visit http://go/scotty-diff-protocol. # Set if reference_type is DIFF_VERSION_RESPONSE.
+        "objectSizeBytes": "A String", # The total size of the server object.
+        "objectVersion": "A String", # The version of the object stored at the server.
+      },
+      "downloadParameters": { # Parameters specific to media downloads. # Parameters for a media download.
+        "allowGzipCompression": True or False, # A boolean to be returned in the response to Scotty. Allows/disallows gzip encoding of the payload content when the server thinks it's advantageous (hence, does not guarantee compression) which allows Scotty to GZip the response to the client.
+        "ignoreRange": True or False, # Determining whether or not Apiary should skip the inclusion of any Content-Range header on its response to Scotty.
+      },
+      "filename": "A String", # Original file name
+      "hash": "A String", # Deprecated, use one of explicit hash type fields instead. These two hash related fields will only be populated on Scotty based media uploads and will contain the content of the hash group in the NotificationRequest: http://cs/#google3/blobstore2/api/scotty/service/proto/upload_listener.proto&q=class:Hash Hex encoded hash value of the uploaded media.
+      "hashVerified": True or False, # For Scotty uploads only. If a user sends a hash code and the backend has requested that Scotty verify the upload against the client hash, Scotty will perform the check on behalf of the backend and will reject it if the hashes don't match. This is set to true if Scotty performed this verification.
+      "inline": "A String", # Media data, set if reference_type is INLINE
+      "isPotentialRetry": True or False, # |is_potential_retry| is set false only when Scotty is certain that it has not sent the request before. When a client resumes an upload, this field must be set true in agent calls, because Scotty cannot be certain that it has never sent the request before due to potential failure in the session state persistence.
+      "length": "A String", # Size of the data, in bytes
+      "md5Hash": "A String", # Scotty-provided MD5 hash for an upload.
+      "mediaId": "A String", # Media id to forward to the operation GetMedia. Can be set if reference_type is GET_MEDIA.
+      "objectId": { # This is a copy of the tech.blob.ObjectId proto, which could not be used directly here due to transitive closure issues with JavaScript support; see http://b/8801763. # Reference to a TI Blob, set if reference_type is BIGSTORE_REF.
+        "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the bucket to which this object belongs.
+        "generation": "A String", # Generation of the object. Generations are monotonically increasing across writes, allowing them to be be compared to determine which generation is newer. If this is omitted in a request, then you are requesting the live object. See http://go/bigstore-versions
+        "objectName": "A String", # The name of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Path to the data, set if reference_type is PATH
+      "referenceType": "A String", # Describes what the field reference contains.
+      "sha1Hash": "A String", # Scotty-provided SHA1 hash for an upload.
+      "sha256Hash": "A String", # Scotty-provided SHA256 hash for an upload.
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Time at which the media data was last updated, in milliseconds since UNIX epoch
+      "token": "A String", # A unique fingerprint/version id for the media data
+    },
+    "originalObjectBlobMintIndex": 42, # For the first notification of a |diff_encoded| HttpRequestInfo, this is the index of the blob mint that Scotty should use when reading the original blob. This field is optional. It's not required ever, even if `destination_blob_mint_index` is set. In situations like that, we will use the destination blob's mint for the destination blob and regular blob ACL checks for the original object. Note: This field is only for use by Drive API for diff uploads.
+    "requestClass": "A String", # Request class to use for all Blobstore operations for this request.
+    "scottyAgentUserId": "A String", # Requester ID passed along to be recorded in the Scotty logs
+    "scottyCustomerLog": "A String", # Customer-specific data to be recorded in the Scotty logs type is logs_proto_scotty.CustomerLog
+    "trafficClassField": "A String", # Specifies the TrafficClass that Scotty should use for any RPCs to fetch the response bytes. Will override the traffic class GTOS of the incoming http request. This is a temporary field to facilitate whitelisting and experimentation by the bigstore agent only. For instance, this does not apply to RTMP reads. WARNING: DO NOT USE WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM THE SCOTTY TEAM.
+    "verifyHashFromHeader": True or False, # Tells Scotty to verify hashes on the agent's behalf by parsing out the X-Goog-Hash header.
+  },
+  "sourceId": { # SourceId is the last segment of the source's resource name. # The source id of the uploaded source.
+    "id": "A String", # The id of the source.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index e2e441e60e..a1f4a6e0c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -323,12 +323,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -534,12 +534,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -701,12 +701,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStore
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -856,12 +856,12 @@ 

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -993,12 +993,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index afe89f2085..3091e70ead 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -167,12 +167,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -298,12 +298,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -370,12 +370,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an Engine
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -449,12 +449,12 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -510,12 +510,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -583,12 +583,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", @@ -656,12 +656,12 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. - "dataStoreIds": [ # The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. + "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", ], "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "industryVertical": "A String", # Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html index 4440ebc0d4..f0c7ab2db0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -315,12 +315,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -526,12 +526,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -693,12 +693,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStore
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -848,12 +848,12 @@ 

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", @@ -985,12 +985,12 @@

Method Details

"normalizedLanguageCode": "A String", # Output only. This is the normalized form of language_code. E.g.: language_code of `en-GB`, `en_GB`, `en-UK` or `en-gb` will have normalized_language_code of `en-GB`. "region": "A String", # Output only. Region part of normalized_language_code, if present. E.g.: `en-US` -> `US`, `zh-Hans-HK` -> `HK`, `en` -> ``. }, - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { # Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. # Optional. Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding. "mode": "A String", # Mode of Natural Language Query Understanding. If this field is unset, the behavior defaults to NaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig.Mode.DISABLED. }, "servingConfigDataStore": { # Stores information regarding the serving configurations at DataStore level. # Optional. Stores serving config at DataStore level. - "disabledForServing": True or False, # If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. + "disabledForServing": True or False, # Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests. }, "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html index ac73862ce7..fa09233b01 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling failed, this will be false. + "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling operation failed, this is false. "fileStoreLocation": "A String", # The location of the file store. * Cloud Storage: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations * Amazon S3: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#regional-endpoints "fileStorePath": "A String", # The file store path. * Cloud Storage: `gs://{bucket}` * Amazon S3: `s3://{bucket}` * Vertex AI dataset: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}` "fullResource": "A String", # The resource name of the resource profiled. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name Example format of an S3 bucket full resource name: `//cloudasset.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id}/otherCloudConnections/aws/arn:aws:s3:::{bucket_name}` @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling failed, this will be false. + "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling operation failed, this is false. "fileStoreLocation": "A String", # The location of the file store. * Cloud Storage: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations * Amazon S3: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#regional-endpoints "fileStorePath": "A String", # The file store path. * Cloud Storage: `gs://{bucket}` * Amazon S3: `s3://{bucket}` * Vertex AI dataset: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}` "fullResource": "A String", # The resource name of the resource profiled. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name Example format of an S3 bucket full resource name: `//cloudasset.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id}/otherCloudConnections/aws/arn:aws:s3:::{bucket_name}` diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html index 2bdc1b70ec..7b6cb7d35d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling failed, this will be false. + "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling operation failed, this is false. "fileStoreLocation": "A String", # The location of the file store. * Cloud Storage: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations * Amazon S3: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#regional-endpoints "fileStorePath": "A String", # The file store path. * Cloud Storage: `gs://{bucket}` * Amazon S3: `s3://{bucket}` * Vertex AI dataset: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}` "fullResource": "A String", # The resource name of the resource profiled. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name Example format of an S3 bucket full resource name: `//cloudasset.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id}/otherCloudConnections/aws/arn:aws:s3:::{bucket_name}` @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling failed, this will be false. + "fileStoreIsEmpty": True or False, # The file store does not have any files. If the profiling operation failed, this is false. "fileStoreLocation": "A String", # The location of the file store. * Cloud Storage: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations * Amazon S3: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#regional-endpoints "fileStorePath": "A String", # The file store path. * Cloud Storage: `gs://{bucket}` * Amazon S3: `s3://{bucket}` * Vertex AI dataset: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}` "fullResource": "A String", # The resource name of the resource profiled. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name Example format of an S3 bucket full resource name: `//cloudasset.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id}/otherCloudConnections/aws/arn:aws:s3:::{bucket_name}` diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html index b6cf923686..d9a7d02d07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

Instance Methods

Creates a comment on a file. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

delete(fileId, commentId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

+

Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments).

get(fileId, commentId, includeDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a comment by ID. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@

Method Details

delete(fileId, commentId, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).
+  
Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupChannels.backupPlanBindings.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupChannels.backupPlanBindings.html
index 1c837e5eb5..fcd3b16f2b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupChannels.backupPlanBindings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupChannels.backupPlanBindings.html
@@ -109,10 +109,35 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A BackupPlanBinding binds a BackupPlan with a BackupChannel. This resource is created automatically when a BackupPlan is created using a BackupChannel. This also serves as a holder for cross-project fields that need to be displayed in the current project. "backupPlan": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The fully qualified name of the BackupPlan bound with the parent BackupChannel. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "backupPlanDetails": { # Contains metadata about the backup plan/backup. # Output only. Contains details about the backup plan/backup. + "backupConfigDetails": { # BackupConfigDetails defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Output only. Contains details about the BackupConfig of Backups created via this BackupPlan. + "allNamespaces": True or False, # Output only. If True, include all namespaced resources + "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Output only. This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` + }, + "includeSecrets": True or False, # Output only. This flag specifies whether Kubernetes Secret resources should be included when they fall into the scope of Backups. Default: False + "includeVolumeData": True or False, # Output only. This flag specifies whether volume data should be backed up when PVCs are included in the scope of a Backup. Default: False + "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # Output only. If set, include just the resources referenced by the listed ProtectedApplications. + "namespacedNames": [ # Optional. A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. + { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Kubernetes resource. + "namespace": "A String", # Optional. The Namespace of the Kubernetes resource. + }, + ], + }, + "selectedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces. # Output only. If set, include just the resources in the listed namespaces. + "namespaces": [ # Optional. A list of Kubernetes Namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "lastSuccessfulBackup": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the last successful Backup created under this BackupPlan. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` "lastSuccessfulBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Completion time of the last successful Backup. This is sourced from a successful Backup's complete_time field. "nextScheduledBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of next scheduled backup under this BackupPlan by either cron_schedule or rpo config. This is sourced from BackupPlan. "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. + "retentionPolicyDetails": { # RetentionPolicyDetails defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # Output only. Contains details about the RetentionPolicy of Backups created via this BackupPlan. + "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Optional. Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) + "backupRetainDays": 42, # Optional. The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) + }, "rpoRiskLevel": 42, # Output only. A number that represents the current risk level of this BackupPlan from RPO perspective with 1 being no risk and 5 being highest risk. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the BackupPlan. }, @@ -148,10 +173,35 @@

Method Details

{ # A BackupPlanBinding binds a BackupPlan with a BackupChannel. This resource is created automatically when a BackupPlan is created using a BackupChannel. This also serves as a holder for cross-project fields that need to be displayed in the current project. "backupPlan": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The fully qualified name of the BackupPlan bound with the parent BackupChannel. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "backupPlanDetails": { # Contains metadata about the backup plan/backup. # Output only. Contains details about the backup plan/backup. + "backupConfigDetails": { # BackupConfigDetails defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Output only. Contains details about the BackupConfig of Backups created via this BackupPlan. + "allNamespaces": True or False, # Output only. If True, include all namespaced resources + "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Output only. This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` + }, + "includeSecrets": True or False, # Output only. This flag specifies whether Kubernetes Secret resources should be included when they fall into the scope of Backups. Default: False + "includeVolumeData": True or False, # Output only. This flag specifies whether volume data should be backed up when PVCs are included in the scope of a Backup. Default: False + "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # Output only. If set, include just the resources referenced by the listed ProtectedApplications. + "namespacedNames": [ # Optional. A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. + { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Kubernetes resource. + "namespace": "A String", # Optional. The Namespace of the Kubernetes resource. + }, + ], + }, + "selectedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces. # Output only. If set, include just the resources in the listed namespaces. + "namespaces": [ # Optional. A list of Kubernetes Namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, "lastSuccessfulBackup": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the last successful Backup created under this BackupPlan. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` "lastSuccessfulBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Completion time of the last successful Backup. This is sourced from a successful Backup's complete_time field. "nextScheduledBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of next scheduled backup under this BackupPlan by either cron_schedule or rpo config. This is sourced from BackupPlan. "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. + "retentionPolicyDetails": { # RetentionPolicyDetails defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # Output only. Contains details about the RetentionPolicy of Backups created via this BackupPlan. + "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Optional. Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) + "backupRetainDays": 42, # Optional. The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) + }, "rpoRiskLevel": 42, # Output only. A number that represents the current risk level of this BackupPlan from RPO perspective with 1 being no risk and 5 being highest risk. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the BackupPlan. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html index 2941204acb..7419e9c855 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html @@ -125,6 +125,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Defines the configuration and scheduling for a "line" of Backups. + "backupChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the BackupChannel to be used to create a backup. This field is set only if the cluster being backed up is in a different project. `projects/*/locations/*/backupChannels/*` "backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Optional. Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Optional. This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. @@ -282,6 +283,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Defines the configuration and scheduling for a "line" of Backups. + "backupChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the BackupChannel to be used to create a backup. This field is set only if the cluster being backed up is in a different project. `projects/*/locations/*/backupChannels/*` "backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Optional. Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Optional. This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. @@ -428,6 +430,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for ListBackupPlans. "backupPlans": [ # The list of BackupPlans matching the given criteria. { # Defines the configuration and scheduling for a "line" of Backups. + "backupChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the BackupChannel to be used to create a backup. This field is set only if the cluster being backed up is in a different project. `projects/*/locations/*/backupChannels/*` "backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Optional. Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Optional. This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. @@ -535,6 +538,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Defines the configuration and scheduling for a "line" of Backups. + "backupChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the BackupChannel to be used to create a backup. This field is set only if the cluster being backed up is in a different project. `projects/*/locations/*/backupChannels/*` "backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Optional. Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Optional. This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html index e257cf4085..6d82e1e792 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html @@ -134,6 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. + "restoreChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the RestoreChannel to be used to create a RestorePlan. This field is set only if the `backup_plan` is in a different project than the RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restoreChannels/*` "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. @@ -333,6 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. + "restoreChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the RestoreChannel to be used to create a RestorePlan. This field is set only if the `backup_plan` is in a different project than the RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restoreChannels/*` "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. @@ -521,6 +523,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. + "restoreChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the RestoreChannel to be used to create a RestorePlan. This field is set only if the `backup_plan` is in a different project than the RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restoreChannels/*` "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. @@ -668,6 +671,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. + "restoreChannel": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the RestoreChannel to be used to create a RestorePlan. This field is set only if the `backup_plan` is in a different project than the RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restoreChannels/*` "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html index 1fc0a1f7e9..145df95038 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the consent enforcement status of all consent resources for a patient. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a bundle of `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resources, containing the current enforcement status for each consent resource of the patient. Does not support DSTU2.

Patient_everything(name, end=None, start=None, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

-

Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).

+

Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/patient-operation-everything.html)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).

Resource_purge(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes all the historical versions of a resource (excluding the current version) from the FHIR store. To remove all versions of a resource, first delete the current version and then call this method. This is not a FHIR standard operation. For samples that show how to call `Resource-purge`, see [Deleting historical versions of a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_historical_versions_of_a_fhir_resource).

Resource_validate(parent, type, body=None, profile=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.

+

Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.

bulk_export(name, outputFormat=None, x__xgafv=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

Bulk exports all resources from the FHIR store to the specified destination. Implements the FHIR implementation guide [system level $export](https://build.fhir.org/ig/HL7/bulk-data/export.html#endpoint---system-level-export. The following headers must be set in the request: * `Accept`: specifies the format of the `OperationOutcome` response. Only `application/fhir+json` is supported. * `Prefer`: specifies whether the response is immediate or asynchronous. Must be to `respond-async` because only asynchronous responses are supported. Specify the destination for the server to write result files by setting the Cloud Storage location bulk_export_gcs_destination on the FHIR store. URI of an existing Cloud Storage directory where the server writes result files, in the format gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced. Supports the following query parameters: * `_type`: string of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only the resources of the specified type(s) are exported. * `_since`: if provided, only the resources that are updated after the specified time are exported. * `_outputFormat`: optional, specify ndjson to export data in NDJSON format. Exported file names use the format: {export_id}_{resource_type}.ndjson. On success, the `Content-Location` header of the response is set to a URL that the user can use to query the status of the export. The URL is in the format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/operations/{export_id}`. See get-fhir-operation-status for more information. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error.

capabilities(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.

+

Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -121,34 +121,34 @@

Instance Methods

If a resource is found with the identifier specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction, limited to searching by resource identifier. Search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=system|value` or `identifier=value` - similar to the `search` method on resources with a specific identifier. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).

create(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query, limited to searching by resource identifier. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. When using conditional create, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=system|value` or `identifier=value` - similar to the `search` method on resources with a specific identifier. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).

+

Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query, limited to searching by resource identifier. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. When using conditional create, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=system|value` or `identifier=value` - similar to the `search` method on resources with a specific identifier. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources will be moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).

+

Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources will be moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).

executeBundle(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch` and `transaction`, processing them according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a transaction bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).

+

Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch` and `transaction`, processing them according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a transaction bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).

history(name, x__xgafv=None, x_at=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None)

-

Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).

+

Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).

patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).

+

Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).

read(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).

+

Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).

+

Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).

vread(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).

+

Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).

Method Details

Binary_create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

Patient_everything(name, end=None, start=None, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None) -
Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).
+  
Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/patient-operation-everything.html)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the `Patient` resource for which the information is required. (required)
@@ -379,11 +379,11 @@ 

Method Details

Resource_validate(parent, type, body=None, profile=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.
+  
Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store that holds the profiles being used for validation. (required)
-  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
+  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ 

Method Details

capabilities(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.
+  
Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store to retrieve the capabilities for. (required)
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ 

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required) - type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required) + type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required) - type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required) + type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required) - type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required) + type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -574,11 +574,11 @@

Method Details

create(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query, limited to searching by resource identifier. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. When using conditional create, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=system|value` or `identifier=value` - similar to the `search` method on resources with a specific identifier. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query, limited to searching by resource identifier. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. When using conditional create, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=system|value` or `identifier=value` - similar to the `search` method on resources with a specific identifier. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required)
-  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
+  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources will be moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources will be moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to delete. (required)
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ 

Method Details

executeBundle(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch` and `transaction`, processing them according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a transaction bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).
+  
Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch` and `transaction`, processing them according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a transaction bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store in which this bundle will be executed. (required)
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ 

Method Details

history(name, x__xgafv=None, x_at=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None) -
Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).
+  
Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to retrieve. (required)
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ 

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to update. (required)
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ 

Method Details

read(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to retrieve. (required)
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ 

Method Details

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request to search the resources in the specified FHIR store. - "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). + "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -800,16 +800,16 @@

Method Details

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
-  resourceType: string, Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
+  resourceType: string, Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to search the resources in the specified FHIR store.
-  "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to update. (required)
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ 

Method Details

vread(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).
+  
Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource version to retrieve. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
index c5fb6ba2e4..616869537f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
@@ -97,16 +97,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the consent enforcement status of a single consent resource. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resource, containing the current enforcement status. Does not support DSTU2.

Encounter_everything(name, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

-

Retrieves an Encounter resource and resources related to that Encounter. Implements the FHIR extended operation Encounter-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/encounter-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/encounter-operations.html#everything), or [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/encounter-operation-everything.html). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The Encounter resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the Encounter resource, including attachments and binaries. * Resources directly referencing the Encounter resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the Encounter Compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-encounter.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. * Resources referencing to the Encounter resource through the "http://hl7.org/fhir/StructureDefinition/encounter-associatedEncounter" extension.

+

Retrieves an Encounter resource and resources related to that Encounter. Implements the FHIR extended operation Encounter-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/encounter-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/encounter-operations.html#everything), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/encounter-operation-everything.html). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The Encounter resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the Encounter resource, including attachments and binaries. * Resources directly referencing the Encounter resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the Encounter Compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-encounter.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. * Resources referencing to the Encounter resource through the "http://hl7.org/fhir/StructureDefinition/encounter-associatedEncounter" extension.

Observation_lastn(parent, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves the N most recent `Observation` resources for a subject matching search criteria specified as query parameters, grouped by `Observation.code`, sorted from most recent to oldest. Implements the FHIR extended operation Observation-lastn ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/observation-operations.html#lastn), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/observation-operations.html#lastn)). DSTU2 doesn't define the Observation-lastn method, but the server supports it the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. The following search parameters must be provided: - `subject` or `patient` to specify a subject for the Observation. - `code`, `category` or any of the composite parameters that include `code`. Any other valid Observation search parameters can also be provided. This operation accepts an additional query parameter `max`, which specifies N, the maximum number of Observations to return from each group, with a default of 1. Searches with over 1000 results are rejected. Results are counted before grouping and limiting the results with `max`. To stay within the limit, constrain these searches using Observation search parameters such as `_lastUpdated` or `date`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.

+

Retrieves the N most recent `Observation` resources for a subject matching search criteria specified as query parameters, grouped by `Observation.code`, sorted from most recent to oldest. Implements the FHIR extended operation Observation-lastn ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/observation-operations.html#lastn), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/observation-operation-lastn.html)). DSTU2 doesn't define the Observation-lastn method, but the server supports it the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. The following search parameters must be provided: - `subject` or `patient` to specify a subject for the Observation. - `code`, `category` or any of the composite parameters that include `code`. Any other valid Observation search parameters can also be provided. This operation accepts an additional query parameter `max`, which specifies N, the maximum number of Observations to return from each group, with a default of 1. Searches with over 1000 results are rejected. Results are counted before grouping and limiting the results with `max`. To stay within the limit, constrain these searches using Observation search parameters such as `_lastUpdated` or `date`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.

Patient_consent_enforcement_status(name, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None)

Returns the consent enforcement status of all consent resources for a patient. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a bundle of `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resources, containing the current enforcement status for each consent resource of the patient. Does not support DSTU2.

Patient_everything(name, end=None, start=None, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

-

Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).

+

Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/patient-operation-everything.html)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).

Resource_incoming_references(parent, target=None, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_summary=None, x_type=None)

Lists all the resources that directly refer to the given target FHIR resource. Can also support the case when the target resource doesn't exist, for example, if the target has been deleted. On success, the response body contains a Bundle with type `searchset`, where each entry in the Bundle contains the full content of the resource. If the operation fails, an `OperationOutcome` is returned describing the failure. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic Google Cloud error might be returned instead.

@@ -115,55 +115,55 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes all the historical versions of a resource (excluding the current version) from the FHIR store. To remove all versions of a resource, first delete the current version and then call this method. This is not a FHIR standard operation. For samples that show how to call `Resource-purge`, see [Deleting historical versions of a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_historical_versions_of_a_fhir_resource).

Resource_validate(parent, type, body=None, profile=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.

+

Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.

bulk_export(name, outputFormat=None, x__xgafv=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

Bulk exports all resources from the FHIR store to the specified destination. Implements the FHIR implementation guide [system level $export](https://build.fhir.org/ig/HL7/bulk-data/export.html#endpoint---system-level-export. The following headers must be set in the request: * `Accept`: specifies the format of the `OperationOutcome` response. Only `application/fhir+json` is supported. * `Prefer`: specifies whether the response is immediate or asynchronous. Must be to `respond-async` because only asynchronous responses are supported. Specify the destination for the server to write result files by setting the Cloud Storage location bulk_export_gcs_destination on the FHIR store. URI of an existing Cloud Storage directory where the server writes result files, in the format gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced. Supports the following query parameters: * `_type`: string of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only the resources of the specified type(s) are exported. * `_since`: if provided, only the resources that are updated after the specified time are exported. * `_outputFormat`: optional, specify ndjson to export data in NDJSON format. Exported file names use the format: {export_id}_{resource_type}.ndjson. On success, the `Content-Location` header of the response is set to a URL that the user can use to query the status of the export. The URL is in the format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/operations/{export_id}`. See get-fhir-operation-status for more information. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error.

capabilities(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.

+

Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

conditionalDelete(parent, type, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes FHIR resources that match a search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.12.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.13.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#3.1.0.7.1)). If multiple resources match, all matching resources are deleted. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. Not all FHIR resources that match the search query might be deleted because, by default, a maximum of 100 FHIR resources can be deleted. The number of FHIR resources that can be deleted depends on the page size of the returned resources, which you can control using the `_count` query parameter. Even when using `_count`, you can delete a maximum 1,000 FHIR resources per each call of `conditionalDelete`. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.delete` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).

+

Deletes FHIR resources that match a search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.12.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.13.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#3.1.0.7.1)). If multiple resources match, all matching resources are deleted. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. Not all FHIR resources that match the search query might be deleted because, by default, a maximum of 100 FHIR resources can be deleted. The number of FHIR resources that can be deleted depends on the page size of the returned resources, which you can control using the `_count` query parameter. Even when using `_count`, you can delete a maximum 1,000 FHIR resources per each call of `conditionalDelete`. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.delete` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).

conditionalPatch(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` permission on the parent FHIR store and the `healthcare.fhirResources.patch` permission on the requested FHIR store resource. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).

+

If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` permission on the parent FHIR store and the `healthcare.fhirResources.patch` permission on the requested FHIR store resource. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).

conditionalUpdate(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.10.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cond-update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cond-update)). Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.update` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).

+

If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.10.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cond-update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cond-update)). Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.update` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).

create(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).

+

Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).

+

Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).

executeBundle(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction and history operations. ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch`, `transaction` and `history`, processing `batch` and `transaction` bundles according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a `transaction` or `history` bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. `history` bundles also check the `import` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).

+

Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction and history operations. ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch`, `transaction` and `history`, processing `batch` and `transaction` bundles according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a `transaction` or `history` bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. `history` bundles also check the `import` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).

history(name, x__xgafv=None, x_at=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None)

-

Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).

+

Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).

patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).

+

Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).

read(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).

+

Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).

+

Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).

vread(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).

+

Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).

Method Details

Binary_create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@

Method Details

Encounter_everything(name, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None) -
Retrieves an Encounter resource and resources related to that Encounter. Implements the FHIR extended operation Encounter-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/encounter-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/encounter-operations.html#everything), or [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/encounter-operation-everything.html). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The Encounter resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the Encounter resource, including attachments and binaries. * Resources directly referencing the Encounter resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the Encounter Compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-encounter.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. * Resources referencing to the Encounter resource through the "http://hl7.org/fhir/StructureDefinition/encounter-associatedEncounter" extension.
+  
Retrieves an Encounter resource and resources related to that Encounter. Implements the FHIR extended operation Encounter-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/encounter-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/encounter-operations.html#everything), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/encounter-operation-everything.html). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The Encounter resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the Encounter resource, including attachments and binaries. * Resources directly referencing the Encounter resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the Encounter Compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-encounter.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. * Resources referencing to the Encounter resource through the "http://hl7.org/fhir/StructureDefinition/encounter-associatedEncounter" extension.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the Encounter resource for which the information is required. (required)
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ 

Method Details

Observation_lastn(parent, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves the N most recent `Observation` resources for a subject matching search criteria specified as query parameters, grouped by `Observation.code`, sorted from most recent to oldest. Implements the FHIR extended operation Observation-lastn ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/observation-operations.html#lastn), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/observation-operations.html#lastn)). DSTU2 doesn't define the Observation-lastn method, but the server supports it the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. The following search parameters must be provided: - `subject` or `patient` to specify a subject for the Observation. - `code`, `category` or any of the composite parameters that include `code`. Any other valid Observation search parameters can also be provided. This operation accepts an additional query parameter `max`, which specifies N, the maximum number of Observations to return from each group, with a default of 1. Searches with over 1000 results are rejected. Results are counted before grouping and limiting the results with `max`. To stay within the limit, constrain these searches using Observation search parameters such as `_lastUpdated` or `date`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.
+  
Retrieves the N most recent `Observation` resources for a subject matching search criteria specified as query parameters, grouped by `Observation.code`, sorted from most recent to oldest. Implements the FHIR extended operation Observation-lastn ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/observation-operations.html#lastn), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/observation-operation-lastn.html)). DSTU2 doesn't define the Observation-lastn method, but the server supports it the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. The following search parameters must be provided: - `subject` or `patient` to specify a subject for the Observation. - `code`, `category` or any of the composite parameters that include `code`. Any other valid Observation search parameters can also be provided. This operation accepts an additional query parameter `max`, which specifies N, the maximum number of Observations to return from each group, with a default of 1. Searches with over 1000 results are rejected. Results are counted before grouping and limiting the results with `max`. To stay within the limit, constrain these searches using Observation search parameters such as `_lastUpdated` or `date`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ 

Method Details

Patient_everything(name, end=None, start=None, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None) -
Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).
+  
Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/patient-operation-everything.html)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the `Patient` resource for which the information is required. (required)
@@ -537,11 +537,11 @@ 

Method Details

Resource_validate(parent, type, body=None, profile=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.
+  
Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store that holds the profiles being used for validation. (required)
-  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
+  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ 

Method Details

capabilities(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.
+  
Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store to retrieve the capabilities for. (required)
@@ -635,11 +635,11 @@ 

Method Details

conditionalDelete(parent, type, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes FHIR resources that match a search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.12.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.13.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#3.1.0.7.1)). If multiple resources match, all matching resources are deleted. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. Not all FHIR resources that match the search query might be deleted because, by default, a maximum of 100 FHIR resources can be deleted. The number of FHIR resources that can be deleted depends on the page size of the returned resources, which you can control using the `_count` query parameter. Even when using `_count`, you can delete a maximum 1,000 FHIR resources per each call of `conditionalDelete`. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.delete` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Deletes FHIR resources that match a search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.12.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.13.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#3.1.0.7.1)). If multiple resources match, all matching resources are deleted. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. Not all FHIR resources that match the search query might be deleted because, by default, a maximum of 100 FHIR resources can be deleted. The number of FHIR resources that can be deleted depends on the page size of the returned resources, which you can control using the `_count` query parameter. Even when using `_count`, you can delete a maximum 1,000 FHIR resources per each call of `conditionalDelete`. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.delete` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required)
-  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
+  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -654,11 +654,11 @@ 

Method Details

conditionalPatch(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` permission on the parent FHIR store and the `healthcare.fhirResources.patch` permission on the requested FHIR store resource. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).
+  
If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` permission on the parent FHIR store and the `healthcare.fhirResources.patch` permission on the requested FHIR store resource. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required)
-  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
+  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -693,11 +693,11 @@ 

Method Details

conditionalUpdate(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.10.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cond-update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cond-update)). Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.update` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).
+  
If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.10.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cond-update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cond-update)). Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.update` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required)
-  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
+  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -732,11 +732,11 @@ 

Method Details

create(parent, type, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store this resource belongs to. (required)
-  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
+  type: string, Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to delete. (required)
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ 

Method Details

executeBundle(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction and history operations. ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch`, `transaction` and `history`, processing `batch` and `transaction` bundles according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a `transaction` or `history` bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. `history` bundles also check the `import` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).
+  
Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction and history operations. ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch`, `transaction` and `history`, processing `batch` and `transaction` bundles according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a `transaction` or `history` bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. `history` bundles also check the `import` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store in which this bundle will be executed. (required)
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ 

Method Details

history(name, x__xgafv=None, x_at=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None) -
Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).
+  
Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to retrieve. (required)
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ 

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to update. (required)
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ 

Method Details

read(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to retrieve. (required)
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ 

Method Details

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request to search the resources in the specified FHIR store. - "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). + "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -958,16 +958,16 @@

Method Details

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
-  resourceType: string, Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
+  resourceType: string, Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to search the resources in the specified FHIR store.
-  "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).
+  
Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource to update. (required)
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ 

Method Details

vread(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).
+  
Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the resource version to retrieve. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
index 787e09ba6d..052270b758 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
@@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified description of the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters. + "detailedAuditLogging": True or False, # Optional. If true, populates additional debug information in Cloud Audit Logs for this provider. Logged attribute mappings and values can be found in `sts.googleapis.com` data access logs. Default value is false. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables the workforce pool provider. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered. @@ -143,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

}, "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC identity provider's issuer URI. Must be a valid URI using the `https` scheme. Required to get the OIDC discovery document. "queryParameters": { # Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. # Optional. Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from IdP. In case of attributes type as AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL, it represents the filter used to request specific groups for users from IdP. By default, all of the groups associated with the user are fetched. The groups should be mail enabled and security enabled. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter for more details. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the provider. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool_id}/providers/{provider_id}` @@ -256,6 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified description of the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters. + "detailedAuditLogging": True or False, # Optional. If true, populates additional debug information in Cloud Audit Logs for this provider. Logged attribute mappings and values can be found in `sts.googleapis.com` data access logs. Default value is false. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables the workforce pool provider. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered. @@ -270,7 +272,7 @@

Method Details

}, "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC identity provider's issuer URI. Must be a valid URI using the `https` scheme. Required to get the OIDC discovery document. "queryParameters": { # Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. # Optional. Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from IdP. In case of attributes type as AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL, it represents the filter used to request specific groups for users from IdP. By default, all of the groups associated with the user are fetched. The groups should be mail enabled and security enabled. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter for more details. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the provider. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool_id}/providers/{provider_id}` @@ -325,6 +327,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified description of the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters. + "detailedAuditLogging": True or False, # Optional. If true, populates additional debug information in Cloud Audit Logs for this provider. Logged attribute mappings and values can be found in `sts.googleapis.com` data access logs. Default value is false. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables the workforce pool provider. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered. @@ -339,7 +342,7 @@

Method Details

}, "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC identity provider's issuer URI. Must be a valid URI using the `https` scheme. Required to get the OIDC discovery document. "queryParameters": { # Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. # Optional. Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from IdP. In case of attributes type as AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL, it represents the filter used to request specific groups for users from IdP. By default, all of the groups associated with the user are fetched. The groups should be mail enabled and security enabled. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter for more details. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the provider. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool_id}/providers/{provider_id}` @@ -399,6 +402,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified description of the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters. + "detailedAuditLogging": True or False, # Optional. If true, populates additional debug information in Cloud Audit Logs for this provider. Logged attribute mappings and values can be found in `sts.googleapis.com` data access logs. Default value is false. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables the workforce pool provider. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered. @@ -413,7 +417,7 @@

Method Details

}, "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC identity provider's issuer URI. Must be a valid URI using the `https` scheme. Required to get the OIDC discovery document. "queryParameters": { # Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. # Optional. Represents the parameters to control which claims are fetched from an IdP. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from IdP. In case of attributes type as AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL, it represents the filter used to request specific groups for users from IdP. By default, all of the groups associated with the user are fetched. The groups should be mail enabled and security enabled. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter for more details. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the provider. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool_id}/providers/{provider_id}` diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 731fb3a4dc..f806dd435d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -120,6 +120,10 @@ * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.html) +## apihub +* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.html) + + ## apikeys * [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html index 7fa62dde8c..1758ad82d5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ schemaRegistries() +

+

Returns the schemaRegistries Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.compatibility.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.compatibility.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b53cb3de6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.compatibility.html @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . compatibility

+

Instance Methods

+

+ checkCompatibility(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Check compatibility of a schema with all versions or a specific version of a subject.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ checkCompatibility(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Check compatibility of a schema with all versions or a specific version of a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource to check compatibility for. The format is either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/*/versions: Check compatibility with one or more versions of the specified subject. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}: Check compatibility with a specific version of the subject. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for CheckCompatibility.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+  "verbose": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will contain the compatibility check result with reasons for failed checks. The default is false.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for CheckCompatibility.
+  "is_compatible": True or False, # The compatibility check result. If true, the schema is compatible with the resource.
+  "messages": [ # Failure reasons if verbose = true.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.config.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7654215cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.config.html @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . config

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete schema config for a subject.

+

+ get(name, defaultToGlobal=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get schema config at global level or for a subject.

+

+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update config at global level or for a subject. Creates a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig if it does not exist.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete schema config for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of subject to delete the config for. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaConfig represents configuration for a schema registry or a specific subject.
+  "alias": "A String", # Optional. The subject to which this subject is an alias of. Only applicable for subject config.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schema. The default value is BACKWARD. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, defaults to the global value. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, the global value will be used. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, defaultToGlobal=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get schema config at global level or for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name to get the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Get config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Get config for a specific subject. (required)
+  defaultToGlobal: boolean, Optional. If true, the config will fall back to the config at the global level if no subject level config is found.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaConfig represents configuration for a schema registry or a specific subject.
+  "alias": "A String", # Optional. The subject to which this subject is an alias of. Only applicable for subject config.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schema. The default value is BACKWARD. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, defaults to the global value. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, the global value will be used. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+}
+
+ +
+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update config at global level or for a subject. Creates a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig if it does not exist.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name to update the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Update config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Update config for a specific subject. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for updating schema config. On a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, an unset field will be removed from the SchemaConfig.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schemas. Cannot be unset for a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig. If unset on a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, removes the compatibility field for the SchemaConfig.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. Cannot be unset for a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig. If unset on a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, removes the normalize field for the SchemaConfig.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaConfig represents configuration for a schema registry or a specific subject.
+  "alias": "A String", # Optional. The subject to which this subject is an alias of. Only applicable for subject config.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schema. The default value is BACKWARD. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, defaults to the global value. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, the global value will be used. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.compatibility.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.compatibility.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c563002ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.compatibility.html @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . compatibility

+

Instance Methods

+

+ checkCompatibility(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Check compatibility of a schema with all versions or a specific version of a subject.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ checkCompatibility(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Check compatibility of a schema with all versions or a specific version of a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource to check compatibility for. The format is either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/*/versions: Check compatibility with one or more versions of the specified subject. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}: Check compatibility with a specific version of the subject. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for CheckCompatibility.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+  "verbose": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will contain the compatibility check result with reasons for failed checks. The default is false.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for CheckCompatibility.
+  "is_compatible": True or False, # The compatibility check result. If true, the schema is compatible with the resource.
+  "messages": [ # Failure reasons if verbose = true.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.config.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46d425e1ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.config.html @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . config

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete schema config for a subject.

+

+ get(name, defaultToGlobal=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get schema config at global level or for a subject.

+

+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update config at global level or for a subject. Creates a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig if it does not exist.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete schema config for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of subject to delete the config for. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaConfig represents configuration for a schema registry or a specific subject.
+  "alias": "A String", # Optional. The subject to which this subject is an alias of. Only applicable for subject config.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schema. The default value is BACKWARD. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, defaults to the global value. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, the global value will be used. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, defaultToGlobal=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get schema config at global level or for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name to get the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Get config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Get config for a specific subject. (required)
+  defaultToGlobal: boolean, Optional. If true, the config will fall back to the config at the global level if no subject level config is found.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaConfig represents configuration for a schema registry or a specific subject.
+  "alias": "A String", # Optional. The subject to which this subject is an alias of. Only applicable for subject config.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schema. The default value is BACKWARD. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, defaults to the global value. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, the global value will be used. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+}
+
+ +
+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update config at global level or for a subject. Creates a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig if it does not exist.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name to update the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Update config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Update config for a specific subject. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for updating schema config. On a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, an unset field will be removed from the SchemaConfig.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schemas. Cannot be unset for a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig. If unset on a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, removes the compatibility field for the SchemaConfig.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. Cannot be unset for a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig. If unset on a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, removes the normalize field for the SchemaConfig.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaConfig represents configuration for a schema registry or a specific subject.
+  "alias": "A String", # Optional. The subject to which this subject is an alias of. Only applicable for subject config.
+  "compatibility": "A String", # Required. The compatibility type of the schema. The default value is BACKWARD. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, defaults to the global value. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, the global value will be used. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..56f17a8267 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.html @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ compatibility() +

+

Returns the compatibility Resource.

+ +

+ config() +

+

Returns the config Resource.

+ +

+ mode() +

+

Returns the mode Resource.

+ +

+ schemas() +

+

Returns the schemas Resource.

+ +

+ subjects() +

+

Returns the subjects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the context.

+

+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+

List contexts for a schema registry.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the context.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the context to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Context represents an independent schema grouping in a schema registry instance.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the context. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}` The context name {context} can contain the following: * Up to 255 characters. * Allowed characters: letters (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, and the following special characters: `.`, `-`, `_`, `+`, `%`, and `~`.
+  "subjects": [ # Optional. The subjects of the context.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None) +
List contexts for a schema registry.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the contexts. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.mode.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.mode.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b38f20879c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.mode.html @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . mode

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get mode at global level or for a subject.

+

+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update mode at global level or for a subject.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get mode at global level or for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaMode represents the mode of a schema registry or a specific subject. Four modes are supported: * NONE: This is the default mode for a subject and essentially means that the subject does not have any mode set. This means the subject will follow the schema registry's mode. * READONLY: The schema registry is in read-only mode. * READWRITE: The schema registry is in read-write mode, which allows limited write operations on the schema. * IMPORT: The schema registry is in import mode, which allows more editing operations on the schema for data importing purposes.
+  "mode": "A String", # Required. The mode type of a schema registry (READWRITE by default) or of a subject (NONE by default, which means use the global schema registry setting).
+}
+
+ +
+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update mode at global level or for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for updating schema registry or subject mode.
+  "mode": "A String", # Required. The mode type.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaMode represents the mode of a schema registry or a specific subject. Four modes are supported: * NONE: This is the default mode for a subject and essentially means that the subject does not have any mode set. This means the subject will follow the schema registry's mode. * READONLY: The schema registry is in read-only mode. * READWRITE: The schema registry is in read-write mode, which allows limited write operations on the schema. * IMPORT: The schema registry is in import mode, which allows more editing operations on the schema for data importing purposes.
+  "mode": "A String", # Required. The mode type of a schema registry (READWRITE by default) or of a subject (NONE by default, which means use the global schema registry setting).
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa11940b20 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.html @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . schemas

+

Instance Methods

+

+ subjects() +

+

Returns the subjects Resource.

+ +

+ types() +

+

Returns the types Resource.

+ +

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the schema for the given schema id.

+

+ getSchema(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the schema string for the given schema id. The response will be the schema string.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the schema for the given schema id.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  subject: string, Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Schema for a Kafka message.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # The schema payload.
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+}
+
+ +
+ getSchema(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the schema string for the given schema id. The response will be the schema string.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  subject: string, Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.subjects.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.subjects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ab71788fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.subjects.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . schemas . subjects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List subjects which reference a particular schema id. The response will be an array of subject names.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List subjects which reference a particular schema id. The response will be an array of subject names.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The schema resource whose associated subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.
+  subject: string, Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.types.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3664d65962 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.types.html @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . schemas . types

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+

List the supported schema types. The response will be an array of schema types.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None) +
List the supported schema types. The response will be an array of schema types.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent schema registry whose schema types are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.versions.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5abed23dad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . schemas . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List the schema versions for the given schema id. The response will be an array of subject-version pairs as: [{"subject":"subject1", "version":1}, {"subject":"subject2", "version":2}].

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List the schema versions for the given schema id. The response will be an array of subject-version pairs as: [{"subject":"subject1", "version":1}, {"subject":"subject2", "version":2}].
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The schema whose schema versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of the schema, even if the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false.
+  subject: string, Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93a9609a2f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.html @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . subjects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the deleted subject.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, subjectPrefix=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List subjects in the schema registry. The response will be an array of subject names.

+

+ lookupVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lookup a schema under the specified subject.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the deleted subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  permanent: boolean, Optional. If true, the subject and all associated metadata including the schema ID will be deleted permanently. Otherwise, only the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false. Soft-deleted subjects can still be searched in ListSubjects API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a subject must be performed before a hard-delete.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, subjectPrefix=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List subjects in the schema registry. The response will be an array of subject names.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent schema registry/context whose subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.
+  subjectPrefix: string, Optional. The context to filter the subjects by, in the format of `:.{context}:`. If unset, all subjects in the registry are returned. Set to empty string or add as '?subjectPrefix=' at the end of this request to list subjects in the default context.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ lookupVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lookup a schema under the specified subject.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The subject to lookup the schema in. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for LookupVersion.
+  "deleted": True or False, # Optional. If true, soft-deleted versions will be included in lookup, no matter if the subject is active or soft-deleted. If false, soft-deleted versions will be excluded. The default is false.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being looked up. The default is false.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Version of a schema.
+  "id": 42, # Required. The schema ID.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload.
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+  "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the version.
+  "version": 42, # Required. The version ID
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67fb7dbd33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . subjects . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ referencedby() +

+

Returns the referencedby Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Register a new version under a given subject with the given schema.

+

+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a version of a subject. The response will be the deleted version id.

+

+ get(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a versioned schema (schema with subject/version) of a subject.

+

+ getSchema(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the schema string only for a version of a subject. The response will be the schema string.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get all versions of a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the subject.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Register a new version under a given subject with the given schema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The subject to create the version for. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for CreateVersion.
+  "id": 42, # Optional. The schema ID of the schema. If not specified, the schema ID will be generated by the server. If the schema ID is specified, it must not be used by an existing schema that is different from the schema to be created.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored. The default is false.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the schema. It is optional. If not specified, the schema type will be AVRO.
+  "version": 42, # Optional. The version to create. It is optional. If not specified, the version will be created with the max version ID of the subject increased by 1. If the version ID is specified, it will be used as the new version ID and must not be used by an existing version of the subject.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for CreateVersion.
+  "id": 42, # The unique identifier of the schema created.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a version of a subject. The response will be the deleted version id.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject version to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  permanent: boolean, Optional. If true, both the version and the referenced schema ID will be permanently deleted. The default is false. If false, the version will be deleted but the schema ID will be retained. Soft-deleted versions can still be searched in ListVersions API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a version must be performed before a hard-delete.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a versioned schema (schema with subject/version) of a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Version of a schema.
+  "id": 42, # Required. The schema ID.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload.
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+  "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the version.
+  "version": 42, # Required. The version ID
+}
+
+ +
+ getSchema(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the schema string only for a version of a subject. The response will be the schema string.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get all versions of a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the subject.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The subject whose versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of an active or soft-deleted subject. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.referencedby.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.referencedby.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f71c6c3749 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.referencedby.html @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . contexts . subjects . versions . referencedby

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a list of IDs of schemas that reference the schema with the given subject and version.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a list of IDs of schemas that reference the schema with the given subject and version.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The version to list referenced by. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..782d1579c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.html @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries

+

Instance Methods

+

+ compatibility() +

+

Returns the compatibility Resource.

+ +

+ config() +

+

Returns the config Resource.

+ +

+ contexts() +

+

Returns the contexts Resource.

+ +

+ mode() +

+

Returns the mode Resource.

+ +

+ schemas() +

+

Returns the schemas Resource.

+ +

+ subjects() +

+

Returns the subjects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a schema registry instance.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a schema registry instance.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the schema registry instance.

+

+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+

List schema registries.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a schema registry instance.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent whose schema registry instance is to be created. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to create a schema registry instance.
+  "schemaRegistry": { # SchemaRegistry is a schema registry instance. # Required. The schema registry instance to create. The name field is ignored.
+    "contexts": [ # Output only. The contexts of the schema registry instance.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the schema registry instance. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` The instance name {schema_registry} can contain the following: * Up to 255 characters. * Letters (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, and underscores.
+  },
+  "schemaRegistryId": "A String", # Required. The schema registry instance ID to use for this schema registry. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), and underscores (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. The ID must not start with a number.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaRegistry is a schema registry instance.
+  "contexts": [ # Output only. The contexts of the schema registry instance.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the schema registry instance. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` The instance name {schema_registry} can contain the following: * Up to 255 characters. * Letters (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, and underscores.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a schema registry instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the schema registry instance to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the schema registry instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the schema registry instance to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaRegistry is a schema registry instance.
+  "contexts": [ # Output only. The contexts of the schema registry instance.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the schema registry instance. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` The instance name {schema_registry} can contain the following: * Up to 255 characters. * Letters (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, and underscores.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None) +
List schema registries.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent whose schema registry instances are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Request for ListSchemaRegistries.
+  "schemaRegistries": [ # The schema registry instances.
+    { # SchemaRegistry is a schema registry instance.
+      "contexts": [ # Output only. The contexts of the schema registry instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the schema registry instance. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` The instance name {schema_registry} can contain the following: * Up to 255 characters. * Letters (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, and underscores.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.mode.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.mode.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d112de3dfc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.mode.html @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . mode

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get mode at global level or for a subject.

+

+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update mode at global level or for a subject.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get mode at global level or for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaMode represents the mode of a schema registry or a specific subject. Four modes are supported: * NONE: This is the default mode for a subject and essentially means that the subject does not have any mode set. This means the subject will follow the schema registry's mode. * READONLY: The schema registry is in read-only mode. * READWRITE: The schema registry is in read-write mode, which allows limited write operations on the schema. * IMPORT: The schema registry is in import mode, which allows more editing operations on the schema for data importing purposes.
+  "mode": "A String", # Required. The mode type of a schema registry (READWRITE by default) or of a subject (NONE by default, which means use the global schema registry setting).
+}
+
+ +
+ update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update mode at global level or for a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for updating schema registry or subject mode.
+  "mode": "A String", # Required. The mode type.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SchemaMode represents the mode of a schema registry or a specific subject. Four modes are supported: * NONE: This is the default mode for a subject and essentially means that the subject does not have any mode set. This means the subject will follow the schema registry's mode. * READONLY: The schema registry is in read-only mode. * READWRITE: The schema registry is in read-write mode, which allows limited write operations on the schema. * IMPORT: The schema registry is in import mode, which allows more editing operations on the schema for data importing purposes.
+  "mode": "A String", # Required. The mode type of a schema registry (READWRITE by default) or of a subject (NONE by default, which means use the global schema registry setting).
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..304c08c93c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.html @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . schemas

+

Instance Methods

+

+ subjects() +

+

Returns the subjects Resource.

+ +

+ types() +

+

Returns the types Resource.

+ +

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the schema for the given schema id.

+

+ getSchema(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the schema string for the given schema id. The response will be the schema string.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the schema for the given schema id.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  subject: string, Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Schema for a Kafka message.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # The schema payload.
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+}
+
+ +
+ getSchema(name, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the schema string for the given schema id. The response will be the schema string.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  subject: string, Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.subjects.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.subjects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e551c92d7a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.subjects.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . schemas . subjects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List subjects which reference a particular schema id. The response will be an array of subject names.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List subjects which reference a particular schema id. The response will be an array of subject names.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The schema resource whose associated subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.
+  subject: string, Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.types.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eae0ec151a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.types.html @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . schemas . types

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+

List the supported schema types. The response will be an array of schema types.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None) +
List the supported schema types. The response will be an array of schema types.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent schema registry whose schema types are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.versions.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68bde91002 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . schemas . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List the schema versions for the given schema id. The response will be an array of subject-version pairs as: [{"subject":"subject1", "version":1}, {"subject":"subject2", "version":2}].

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, subject=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List the schema versions for the given schema id. The response will be an array of subject-version pairs as: [{"subject":"subject1", "version":1}, {"subject":"subject2", "version":2}].
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The schema whose schema versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of the schema, even if the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false.
+  subject: string, Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa49590f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.html @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . subjects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the deleted subject.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, subjectPrefix=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List subjects in the schema registry. The response will be an array of subject names.

+

+ lookupVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lookup a schema under the specified subject.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the deleted subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  permanent: boolean, Optional. If true, the subject and all associated metadata including the schema ID will be deleted permanently. Otherwise, only the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false. Soft-deleted subjects can still be searched in ListSubjects API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a subject must be performed before a hard-delete.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, subjectPrefix=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List subjects in the schema registry. The response will be an array of subject names.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent schema registry/context whose subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.
+  subjectPrefix: string, Optional. The context to filter the subjects by, in the format of `:.{context}:`. If unset, all subjects in the registry are returned. Set to empty string or add as '?subjectPrefix=' at the end of this request to list subjects in the default context.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ lookupVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lookup a schema under the specified subject.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The subject to lookup the schema in. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for LookupVersion.
+  "deleted": True or False, # Optional. If true, soft-deleted versions will be included in lookup, no matter if the subject is active or soft-deleted. If false, soft-deleted versions will be excluded. The default is false.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being looked up. The default is false.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Version of a schema.
+  "id": 42, # Required. The schema ID.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload.
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+  "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the version.
+  "version": 42, # Required. The version ID
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bab9a1ce5f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . subjects . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ referencedby() +

+

Returns the referencedby Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Register a new version under a given subject with the given schema.

+

+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a version of a subject. The response will be the deleted version id.

+

+ get(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a versioned schema (schema with subject/version) of a subject.

+

+ getSchema(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the schema string only for a version of a subject. The response will be the schema string.

+

+ list(parent, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get all versions of a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the subject.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Register a new version under a given subject with the given schema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The subject to create the version for. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for CreateVersion.
+  "id": 42, # Optional. The schema ID of the schema. If not specified, the schema ID will be generated by the server. If the schema ID is specified, it must not be used by an existing schema that is different from the schema to be created.
+  "normalize": True or False, # Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored. The default is false.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the schema. It is optional. If not specified, the schema type will be AVRO.
+  "version": 42, # Optional. The version to create. It is optional. If not specified, the version will be created with the max version ID of the subject increased by 1. If the version ID is specified, it will be used as the new version ID and must not be used by an existing version of the subject.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for CreateVersion.
+  "id": 42, # The unique identifier of the schema created.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, permanent=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a version of a subject. The response will be the deleted version id.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject version to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  permanent: boolean, Optional. If true, both the version and the referenced schema ID will be permanently deleted. The default is false. If false, the version will be deleted but the schema ID will be retained. Soft-deleted versions can still be searched in ListVersions API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a version must be performed before a hard-delete.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a versioned schema (schema with subject/version) of a subject.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Version of a schema.
+  "id": 42, # Required. The schema ID.
+  "references": [ # Optional. The schema references used by the schema.
+    { # SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the reference.
+      "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the reference.
+      "version": 42, # Required. The version of the reference.
+    },
+  ],
+  "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema payload.
+  "schemaType": "A String", # Optional. The schema type of the schema.
+  "subject": "A String", # Required. The subject of the version.
+  "version": 42, # Required. The version ID
+}
+
+ +
+ getSchema(name, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the schema string only for a version of a subject. The response will be the schema string.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, deleted=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get all versions of a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the subject.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The subject whose versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}` (required)
+  deleted: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of an active or soft-deleted subject. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.referencedby.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.referencedby.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd65ff2105 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.referencedby.html @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ + + + +

Managed Service for Apache Kafka API . projects . locations . schemaRegistries . subjects . versions . referencedby

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a list of IDs of schemas that reference the schema with the given subject and version.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a list of IDs of schemas that reference the schema with the given subject and version.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The version to list referenced by. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html index b96ce8dd5b..f49ba24b1a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -3681,7 +3681,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -4070,7 +4070,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -4565,7 +4565,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -4934,7 +4934,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -5429,7 +5429,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -5693,7 +5693,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -6143,7 +6143,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html index cc72394fbd..1348bcc815 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Disk status (e.g. online). "totalCapacityBytes": "A String", # Disk capacity. "totalFreeBytes": "A String", # Disk free space. - "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. + "vmwareConfig": { # VMware disk config details. # VMware disk details. Deprecated "backingType": "A String", # VMDK backing type. "rdmCompatibilityMode": "A String", # RDM compatibility mode. "shared": True or False, # Is VMDK shared with other VMs. diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.snoozes.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.snoozes.html index a4675df9a3..5a10e93289 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.snoozes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.snoozes.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Snooze will prevent any alerts from being opened, and close any that are already open. The Snooze will work on alerts that match the criteria defined in the Snooze. The Snooze will be active from interval.start_time through interval.end_time. "criteria": { # Criteria specific to the AlertPolicys that this Snooze applies to. The Snooze will suppress alerts that come from one of the AlertPolicys whose names are supplied. # Required. This defines the criteria for applying the Snooze. See Criteria for more information. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter string to match on Alert fields when silencing the alerts. It follows the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 syntax. A filter string used to apply the snooze to specific incidents that have matching filter values. Filters can be defined for snoozes that apply to one alerting policy. Filters must be a string formatted as one or more resource labels with specific label values. If multiple resource labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have an instance ID of 1234567890 and a zone of us-central1-a: resource.labels.instance_id="1234567890" AND resource.labels.zone="us-central1-a" + "filter": "A String", # Optional. When you define a snooze, you can also define a filter for that snooze. The filter is a string containing one or more key-value pairs. The string uses the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 filter syntax. If you define a filter for a snooze, then the snooze can only apply to one alert policy. When the snooze is active, incidents won't be created when the incident would have key-value pairs (labels) that match those specified by the filter in the snooze.Snooze filters support resource, metric, and metadata labels. If multiple labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have a resource label with an instance ID of "1234567890", a metric label with an instance name of "group", a metadata user label with a key of "foo" and a value of "bar", and a metadata system label with a key of "region" and a value of "us-central1": "filter": "resource.labels.instance_id=\"1234567890\" AND metric.labels.instance_name=\"test_group\" AND metadata.user_labels.foo=\"bar\" AND metadata.system_labels.region=\"us-central1\"" "policies": [ # The specific AlertPolicy names for the alert that should be snoozed. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID] There is a limit of 16 policies per snooze. This limit is checked during snooze creation. Exactly 1 alert policy is required if filter is specified at the same time. "A String", ], @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Snooze will prevent any alerts from being opened, and close any that are already open. The Snooze will work on alerts that match the criteria defined in the Snooze. The Snooze will be active from interval.start_time through interval.end_time. "criteria": { # Criteria specific to the AlertPolicys that this Snooze applies to. The Snooze will suppress alerts that come from one of the AlertPolicys whose names are supplied. # Required. This defines the criteria for applying the Snooze. See Criteria for more information. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter string to match on Alert fields when silencing the alerts. It follows the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 syntax. A filter string used to apply the snooze to specific incidents that have matching filter values. Filters can be defined for snoozes that apply to one alerting policy. Filters must be a string formatted as one or more resource labels with specific label values. If multiple resource labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have an instance ID of 1234567890 and a zone of us-central1-a: resource.labels.instance_id="1234567890" AND resource.labels.zone="us-central1-a" + "filter": "A String", # Optional. When you define a snooze, you can also define a filter for that snooze. The filter is a string containing one or more key-value pairs. The string uses the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 filter syntax. If you define a filter for a snooze, then the snooze can only apply to one alert policy. When the snooze is active, incidents won't be created when the incident would have key-value pairs (labels) that match those specified by the filter in the snooze.Snooze filters support resource, metric, and metadata labels. If multiple labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have a resource label with an instance ID of "1234567890", a metric label with an instance name of "group", a metadata user label with a key of "foo" and a value of "bar", and a metadata system label with a key of "region" and a value of "us-central1": "filter": "resource.labels.instance_id=\"1234567890\" AND metric.labels.instance_name=\"test_group\" AND metadata.user_labels.foo=\"bar\" AND metadata.system_labels.region=\"us-central1\"" "policies": [ # The specific AlertPolicy names for the alert that should be snoozed. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID] There is a limit of 16 policies per snooze. This limit is checked during snooze creation. Exactly 1 alert policy is required if filter is specified at the same time. "A String", ], @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Snooze will prevent any alerts from being opened, and close any that are already open. The Snooze will work on alerts that match the criteria defined in the Snooze. The Snooze will be active from interval.start_time through interval.end_time. "criteria": { # Criteria specific to the AlertPolicys that this Snooze applies to. The Snooze will suppress alerts that come from one of the AlertPolicys whose names are supplied. # Required. This defines the criteria for applying the Snooze. See Criteria for more information. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter string to match on Alert fields when silencing the alerts. It follows the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 syntax. A filter string used to apply the snooze to specific incidents that have matching filter values. Filters can be defined for snoozes that apply to one alerting policy. Filters must be a string formatted as one or more resource labels with specific label values. If multiple resource labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have an instance ID of 1234567890 and a zone of us-central1-a: resource.labels.instance_id="1234567890" AND resource.labels.zone="us-central1-a" + "filter": "A String", # Optional. When you define a snooze, you can also define a filter for that snooze. The filter is a string containing one or more key-value pairs. The string uses the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 filter syntax. If you define a filter for a snooze, then the snooze can only apply to one alert policy. When the snooze is active, incidents won't be created when the incident would have key-value pairs (labels) that match those specified by the filter in the snooze.Snooze filters support resource, metric, and metadata labels. If multiple labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have a resource label with an instance ID of "1234567890", a metric label with an instance name of "group", a metadata user label with a key of "foo" and a value of "bar", and a metadata system label with a key of "region" and a value of "us-central1": "filter": "resource.labels.instance_id=\"1234567890\" AND metric.labels.instance_name=\"test_group\" AND metadata.user_labels.foo=\"bar\" AND metadata.system_labels.region=\"us-central1\"" "policies": [ # The specific AlertPolicy names for the alert that should be snoozed. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID] There is a limit of 16 policies per snooze. This limit is checked during snooze creation. Exactly 1 alert policy is required if filter is specified at the same time. "A String", ], @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

"snoozes": [ # Snoozes matching this list call. { # A Snooze will prevent any alerts from being opened, and close any that are already open. The Snooze will work on alerts that match the criteria defined in the Snooze. The Snooze will be active from interval.start_time through interval.end_time. "criteria": { # Criteria specific to the AlertPolicys that this Snooze applies to. The Snooze will suppress alerts that come from one of the AlertPolicys whose names are supplied. # Required. This defines the criteria for applying the Snooze. See Criteria for more information. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter string to match on Alert fields when silencing the alerts. It follows the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 syntax. A filter string used to apply the snooze to specific incidents that have matching filter values. Filters can be defined for snoozes that apply to one alerting policy. Filters must be a string formatted as one or more resource labels with specific label values. If multiple resource labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have an instance ID of 1234567890 and a zone of us-central1-a: resource.labels.instance_id="1234567890" AND resource.labels.zone="us-central1-a" + "filter": "A String", # Optional. When you define a snooze, you can also define a filter for that snooze. The filter is a string containing one or more key-value pairs. The string uses the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 filter syntax. If you define a filter for a snooze, then the snooze can only apply to one alert policy. When the snooze is active, incidents won't be created when the incident would have key-value pairs (labels) that match those specified by the filter in the snooze.Snooze filters support resource, metric, and metadata labels. If multiple labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have a resource label with an instance ID of "1234567890", a metric label with an instance name of "group", a metadata user label with a key of "foo" and a value of "bar", and a metadata system label with a key of "region" and a value of "us-central1": "filter": "resource.labels.instance_id=\"1234567890\" AND metric.labels.instance_name=\"test_group\" AND metadata.user_labels.foo=\"bar\" AND metadata.system_labels.region=\"us-central1\"" "policies": [ # The specific AlertPolicy names for the alert that should be snoozed. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID] There is a limit of 16 policies per snooze. This limit is checked during snooze creation. Exactly 1 alert policy is required if filter is specified at the same time. "A String", ], @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Snooze will prevent any alerts from being opened, and close any that are already open. The Snooze will work on alerts that match the criteria defined in the Snooze. The Snooze will be active from interval.start_time through interval.end_time. "criteria": { # Criteria specific to the AlertPolicys that this Snooze applies to. The Snooze will suppress alerts that come from one of the AlertPolicys whose names are supplied. # Required. This defines the criteria for applying the Snooze. See Criteria for more information. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter string to match on Alert fields when silencing the alerts. It follows the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 syntax. A filter string used to apply the snooze to specific incidents that have matching filter values. Filters can be defined for snoozes that apply to one alerting policy. Filters must be a string formatted as one or more resource labels with specific label values. If multiple resource labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have an instance ID of 1234567890 and a zone of us-central1-a: resource.labels.instance_id="1234567890" AND resource.labels.zone="us-central1-a" + "filter": "A String", # Optional. When you define a snooze, you can also define a filter for that snooze. The filter is a string containing one or more key-value pairs. The string uses the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 filter syntax. If you define a filter for a snooze, then the snooze can only apply to one alert policy. When the snooze is active, incidents won't be created when the incident would have key-value pairs (labels) that match those specified by the filter in the snooze.Snooze filters support resource, metric, and metadata labels. If multiple labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have a resource label with an instance ID of "1234567890", a metric label with an instance name of "group", a metadata user label with a key of "foo" and a value of "bar", and a metadata system label with a key of "region" and a value of "us-central1": "filter": "resource.labels.instance_id=\"1234567890\" AND metric.labels.instance_name=\"test_group\" AND metadata.user_labels.foo=\"bar\" AND metadata.system_labels.region=\"us-central1\"" "policies": [ # The specific AlertPolicy names for the alert that should be snoozed. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID] There is a limit of 16 policies per snooze. This limit is checked during snooze creation. Exactly 1 alert policy is required if filter is specified at the same time. "A String", ], @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A Snooze will prevent any alerts from being opened, and close any that are already open. The Snooze will work on alerts that match the criteria defined in the Snooze. The Snooze will be active from interval.start_time through interval.end_time. "criteria": { # Criteria specific to the AlertPolicys that this Snooze applies to. The Snooze will suppress alerts that come from one of the AlertPolicys whose names are supplied. # Required. This defines the criteria for applying the Snooze. See Criteria for more information. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter string to match on Alert fields when silencing the alerts. It follows the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 syntax. A filter string used to apply the snooze to specific incidents that have matching filter values. Filters can be defined for snoozes that apply to one alerting policy. Filters must be a string formatted as one or more resource labels with specific label values. If multiple resource labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have an instance ID of 1234567890 and a zone of us-central1-a: resource.labels.instance_id="1234567890" AND resource.labels.zone="us-central1-a" + "filter": "A String", # Optional. When you define a snooze, you can also define a filter for that snooze. The filter is a string containing one or more key-value pairs. The string uses the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 filter syntax. If you define a filter for a snooze, then the snooze can only apply to one alert policy. When the snooze is active, incidents won't be created when the incident would have key-value pairs (labels) that match those specified by the filter in the snooze.Snooze filters support resource, metric, and metadata labels. If multiple labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have a resource label with an instance ID of "1234567890", a metric label with an instance name of "group", a metadata user label with a key of "foo" and a value of "bar", and a metadata system label with a key of "region" and a value of "us-central1": "filter": "resource.labels.instance_id=\"1234567890\" AND metric.labels.instance_name=\"test_group\" AND metadata.user_labels.foo=\"bar\" AND metadata.system_labels.region=\"us-central1\"" "policies": [ # The specific AlertPolicy names for the alert that should be snoozed. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID] There is a limit of 16 policies per snooze. This limit is checked during snooze creation. Exactly 1 alert policy is required if filter is specified at the same time. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html index fbad626cc3..a255065a8c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -214,6 +215,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -254,6 +256,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -303,6 +306,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html index 6023fc5a10..95b989b517 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html @@ -117,6 +117,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. @@ -211,6 +218,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. @@ -247,6 +261,13 @@

Method Details

"backupVaults": [ # A list of backupVaults in the project for the specified location. { # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. @@ -292,6 +313,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html index 5806479640..553c56423f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html @@ -121,6 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled. "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool + "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. @@ -138,6 +139,8 @@

Method Details

"serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool + "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps + "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s) "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -227,6 +230,7 @@

Method Details

"allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled. "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool + "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. @@ -244,6 +248,8 @@

Method Details

"serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool + "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps + "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s) "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -276,6 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled. "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool + "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. @@ -293,6 +300,8 @@

Method Details

"serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool + "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps + "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s) "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -332,6 +341,7 @@

Method Details

"allowAutoTiering": True or False, # Optional. True if the storage pool supports Auto Tiering enabled volumes. Default is false. Auto-tiering can be enabled after storage pool creation but it can't be disabled once enabled. "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the pool "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool + "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. @@ -349,6 +359,8 @@

Method Details

"serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool + "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps + "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s) "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html index 52b02f1514..7f6e35b014 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, } @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, }
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, }, @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html index 5771965f53..f47472f176 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -214,6 +215,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -254,6 +256,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -303,6 +306,7 @@

Method Details

"chainStorageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of all backups in a chain in bytes = baseline backup size + sum(incremental backup size) "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html index 19b5587639..f00b57bdf5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html @@ -117,6 +117,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. @@ -211,6 +218,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. @@ -247,6 +261,13 @@

Method Details

"backupVaults": [ # A list of backupVaults in the project for the specified location. { # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. @@ -292,6 +313,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A NetApp BackupVault. "backupRegion": "A String", # Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` + "backupRetentionPolicy": { # Retention policy for backups in the backup vault # Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups. + "backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault. + "dailyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "manualBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "monthlyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + "weeklyBackupImmutable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true. + }, "backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html index 94146aa2c4..4708ac25bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html @@ -123,8 +123,10 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool + "enableHotTierAutoResize": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot-tier threshold will be auto-increased by 10% of the hot-tier when it hits 100%. Default is true. The increment will kick in only if the new size after increment is still less than or equal to storage pool size. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. + "hotTierSizeGib": "A String", # Optional. Total hot tier capacity for the Storage Pool. It is applicable only to Flex service level. It should be less than the minimum storage pool size and cannot be more than the current storage pool size. It cannot be decreased once set. "kmsConfig": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the KMS config to be used for volume encryption. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -232,8 +234,10 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool + "enableHotTierAutoResize": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot-tier threshold will be auto-increased by 10% of the hot-tier when it hits 100%. Default is true. The increment will kick in only if the new size after increment is still less than or equal to storage pool size. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. + "hotTierSizeGib": "A String", # Optional. Total hot tier capacity for the Storage Pool. It is applicable only to Flex service level. It should be less than the minimum storage pool size and cannot be more than the current storage pool size. It cannot be decreased once set. "kmsConfig": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the KMS config to be used for volume encryption. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -284,8 +288,10 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool + "enableHotTierAutoResize": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot-tier threshold will be auto-increased by 10% of the hot-tier when it hits 100%. Default is true. The increment will kick in only if the new size after increment is still less than or equal to storage pool size. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. + "hotTierSizeGib": "A String", # Optional. Total hot tier capacity for the Storage Pool. It is applicable only to Flex service level. It should be less than the minimum storage pool size and cannot be more than the current storage pool size. It cannot be decreased once set. "kmsConfig": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the KMS config to be used for volume encryption. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -343,8 +349,10 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the storage pool "customPerformanceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the storage pool + "enableHotTierAutoResize": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot-tier threshold will be auto-increased by 10% of the hot-tier when it hits 100%. Default is true. The increment will kick in only if the new size after increment is still less than or equal to storage pool size. "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source. "globalAccessAllowed": True or False, # Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions. + "hotTierSizeGib": "A String", # Optional. Total hot tier capacity for the Storage Pool. It is applicable only to Flex service level. It should be less than the minimum storage pool size and cannot be more than the current storage pool size. It cannot be decreased once set. "kmsConfig": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the KMS config to be used for volume encryption. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html index a0e213b52b..1b63055d6d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -243,6 +243,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only. @@ -445,6 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only. @@ -592,6 +594,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only. @@ -740,6 +743,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. StoragePool name of the volume "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "unixPermissions": "A String", # Optional. Default unix style permission (e.g. 777) the mount point will be created with. Applicable for NFS protocol types only. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html index 02ea028fa3..bd760937fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html @@ -136,6 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. @@ -168,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, } @@ -310,6 +311,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. @@ -342,7 +344,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, }
@@ -380,6 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. @@ -412,7 +415,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, }, @@ -457,6 +460,7 @@

Method Details

"storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 2-183. Default is 31. + "hotTierBypassModeEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level. "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. @@ -489,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

"lastTransferEndTime": "A String", # Time when last transfer completed. "lastTransferError": "A String", # A message describing the cause of the last transfer failure. "totalTransferDuration": "A String", # Cumulative time taken across all transfers for the replication relationship. - "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship. + "transferBytes": "A String", # Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship. "updateTime": "A String", # Time when progress was updated last. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html index dbe49742f7..566f9704f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html @@ -120,10 +120,10 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the policy-based route was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "filter": { # Filter matches L4 traffic. # Required. The filter to match L4 traffic. - "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4. + "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4 and "::/0" if protocol version is IPv6. "ipProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'. - "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported. IPV6 is supported in preview. - "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4. + "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. IPV4 and IPV6 is supported. + "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4 and "::/0" if protocol version is IPv6. }, "interconnectAttachment": { # InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to. # Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to. "region": "A String", # Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments. @@ -240,10 +240,10 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the policy-based route was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "filter": { # Filter matches L4 traffic. # Required. The filter to match L4 traffic. - "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4. + "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4 and "::/0" if protocol version is IPv6. "ipProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'. - "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported. IPV6 is supported in preview. - "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4. + "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. IPV4 and IPV6 is supported. + "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4 and "::/0" if protocol version is IPv6. }, "interconnectAttachment": { # InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to. # Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to. "region": "A String", # Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments. @@ -349,10 +349,10 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the policy-based route was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "filter": { # Filter matches L4 traffic. # Required. The filter to match L4 traffic. - "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4. + "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4 and "::/0" if protocol version is IPv6. "ipProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'. - "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported. IPV6 is supported in preview. - "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4. + "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. IPV4 and IPV6 is supported. + "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4 and "::/0" if protocol version is IPv6. }, "interconnectAttachment": { # InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to. # Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to. "region": "A String", # Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html index 5e3bc9aa3c..243dba9f4a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single internal range.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists internal ranges in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single internal range.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -264,6 +273,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists internal ranges in a given project and location.
@@ -417,4 +474,119 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html index 299d43aac2..187f1faaa5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceBinding.

Method Details

close() @@ -262,4 +265,55 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single ServiceBinding.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. - Bind a Cloud Run service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`.
+  "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.
+  "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServiceBinding resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html index e61577515d..138a5fad4a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceBinding.

Method Details

close() @@ -262,4 +265,55 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single ServiceBinding.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # ServiceBinding can be used to: - Bind a Service Directory Service to be used in a BackendService resource. This feature will be deprecated soon. - Bind a Private Service Connect producer service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers. - Bind a Cloud Run service to be used in consumer Cloud Service Mesh or Application Load Balancers.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the ServiceBinding resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`.
+  "service": "A String", # Optional. The full Service Directory Service name of the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*`. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.
+  "serviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the Service Directory Service against which the ServiceBinding resource is validated. This is populated when the Service Binding resource is used in another resource (like Backend Service). This is of the UUID4 format. This field is for Service Directory integration which will be deprecated soon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServiceBinding resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index e370137210..a9c2ade535 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } - updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. + updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index b32522c730..9391768773 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } - updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. + updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index d945c27ff4..3a128f4216 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } - updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. + updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 0863c9afa7..38ecabf3c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } - updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. + updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 6a860ebe18..c01ffb6db8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } - updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. + updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 2be866e543..73a02411fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } - updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. + updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special ["*"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html index 338f457e70..946bec49b7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html +++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

updateContact(resourceName, body=None, personFields=None, sources=None, updatePersonFields=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

+

Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. If making sequential updates to the same person, the etag from the `updateContact` response should be used to avoid failures. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

updateContactPhoto(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update a contact's photo. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

@@ -11054,7 +11054,7 @@

Method Details

updateContact(resourceName, body=None, personFields=None, sources=None, updatePersonFields=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
+  
Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. If making sequential updates to the same person, the etag from the `updateContact` response should be used to avoid failures. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, The resource name for the person, assigned by the server. An ASCII string in the form of `people/{person_id}`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
index 7d3bc9ed84..e4fe52b814 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
@@ -528,13 +528,13 @@ 

Method Details

}, } - action: string, The intented insert action. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation. + action: string, The intented insert action. Advised to set this when the customer already has a subscription for a different SKU in the same product. Allowed values actionUnspecified - Auto determines whether to create new subscription, upgrade or downagrade existing subscription or transfer the existing subscription buy - Create new subscription switch - Switch existing subscription to another sku (upgrade/downgrade) customerAuthToken: string, The `customerAuthToken` query string is required when creating a resold account that transfers a direct customer's subscription or transfers another reseller customer's subscription to your reseller management. This is a hexadecimal authentication token needed to complete the subscription transfer. For more information, see the administrator help center. - sourceSkuId: string, The sku_id of the existing subscription to be upgraded or downgraded. This is required when action is SWITCH. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation. + sourceSkuId: string, The sku_id of the existing subscription to be upgraded or downgraded. This is required when action is SWITCH. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html index b4ef4a8656..9593fa4d0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -496,7 +496,8 @@

Method Details

], "feeds": [ # Criteria for the Merchant Center feeds to be ingested via the link. All offers will be ingested if the list is empty. Otherwise the offers will be ingested from selected feeds. { # Merchant Center Feed filter criterion. - "primaryFeedId": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed ID. + "dataSourceId": "A String", # AFM data source ID. + "primaryFeedId": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed ID. Deprecated: use data_source_id instead. "primaryFeedName": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed name. The name is used for the display purposes only. }, ], @@ -551,7 +552,8 @@

Method Details

], "feeds": [ # Criteria for the Merchant Center feeds to be ingested via the link. All offers will be ingested if the list is empty. Otherwise the offers will be ingested from selected feeds. { # Merchant Center Feed filter criterion. - "primaryFeedId": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed ID. + "dataSourceId": "A String", # AFM data source ID. + "primaryFeedId": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed ID. Deprecated: use data_source_id instead. "primaryFeedName": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed name. The name is used for the display purposes only. }, ], @@ -588,7 +590,8 @@

Method Details

], "feeds": [ # Criteria for the Merchant Center feeds to be ingested via the link. All offers will be ingested if the list is empty. Otherwise the offers will be ingested from selected feeds. { # Merchant Center Feed filter criterion. - "primaryFeedId": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed ID. + "dataSourceId": "A String", # AFM data source ID. + "primaryFeedId": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed ID. Deprecated: use data_source_id instead. "primaryFeedName": "A String", # Merchant Center primary feed name. The name is used for the display purposes only. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html index 343e60d6a9..8456fea4a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -114,6 +114,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the services Resource.

+

+ workerpools() +

+

Returns the workerpools Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.workerpools.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.workerpools.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42cea06a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.workerpools.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

Cloud Run Admin API . projects . locations . workerpools

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the IAM Access Control policy currently in effect for the given worker pool. This result does not include any inherited policies.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM Access control policy for the specified worker pool. Overwrites any existing policy.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified worker pool. There are no permissions required for making this API call.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the IAM Access Control policy currently in effect for the given worker pool. This result does not include any inherited policies.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM Access control policy for the specified worker pool. Overwrites any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified worker pool. There are no permissions required for making this API call.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html index ca5fba6338..bec3605b39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html @@ -184,9 +184,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Worker pool scaling settings. # Optional. Specifies worker-pool-level scaling settings "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The total number of instances in manual scaling mode. - "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The minimum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the worker pool. }, "template": { # WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate describes the data a worker pool revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this WorkerPool. "annotations": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. @@ -512,9 +509,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Worker pool scaling settings. # Optional. Specifies worker-pool-level scaling settings "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The total number of instances in manual scaling mode. - "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The minimum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the worker pool. }, "template": { # WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate describes the data a worker pool revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this WorkerPool. "annotations": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. @@ -827,9 +821,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Worker pool scaling settings. # Optional. Specifies worker-pool-level scaling settings "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The total number of instances in manual scaling mode. - "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The minimum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the worker pool. }, "template": { # WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate describes the data a worker pool revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this WorkerPool. "annotations": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. @@ -1099,9 +1090,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Worker pool scaling settings. # Optional. Specifies worker-pool-level scaling settings "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The total number of instances in manual scaling mode. - "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. The minimum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages. - "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the worker pool. }, "template": { # WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate describes the data a worker pool revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this WorkerPool. "annotations": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 WorkerPoolRevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html index 9cc000f59b..8fb35a7ca1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html @@ -10563,6 +10563,75 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "addTable": { # The result of adding a table. # A reply from adding a table. + "table": { # A table. # Output only. The table that was added. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + }, "cancelDataSourceRefresh": { # The response from cancelling one or multiple data source object refreshes. # A reply from cancelling data source object refreshes. "statuses": [ # The cancellation statuses of refreshes of all data source objects specified in the request. If is_all is specified, the field contains only those in failure status. Refreshing and canceling refresh the same data source object is also not allowed in the same `batchUpdate`. { # The status of cancelling a single data source object refresh. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html index 16aa24a599..05273f79ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -371,11 +371,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -974,7 +975,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1011,7 +1012,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -1035,11 +1036,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1350,7 +1352,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1387,7 +1389,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -1411,11 +1413,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1740,7 +1743,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1777,7 +1780,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -1801,11 +1804,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 8bad18026a..48468015bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -2010,11 +2010,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2486,7 +2487,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -2523,7 +2524,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -2547,11 +2548,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2974,7 +2976,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -3011,7 +3013,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -3035,11 +3037,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -3369,7 +3372,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -3406,7 +3409,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -3430,11 +3433,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -4655,7 +4659,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -4692,7 +4696,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -4716,11 +4720,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -5911,7 +5916,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -5948,7 +5953,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -5972,11 +5977,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html index 236cf07814..3cae06df7c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -376,11 +376,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -415,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -979,7 +980,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1016,7 +1017,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -1040,11 +1041,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1079,7 +1081,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -1355,7 +1357,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1392,7 +1394,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -1416,11 +1418,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1455,7 +1458,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -1745,7 +1748,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1782,7 +1785,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -1806,11 +1809,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1845,7 +1849,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 8c6c1b49b7..2ca1f10e62 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -2010,11 +2010,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2049,7 +2050,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -2486,7 +2487,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -2523,7 +2524,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -2547,11 +2548,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2586,7 +2588,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -2974,7 +2976,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -3011,7 +3013,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -3035,11 +3037,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -3074,7 +3077,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -3369,7 +3372,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -3406,7 +3409,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -3430,11 +3433,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -3469,7 +3473,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -4655,7 +4659,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -4692,7 +4696,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -4716,11 +4720,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -4755,7 +4760,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. @@ -5911,7 +5916,7 @@

Method Details

"collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. - "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags + "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags. { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the flag. "value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. @@ -5948,7 +5953,7 @@

Method Details

"insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. - "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. + "queryStringLength": 42, # Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database. "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record application tags from query when enabled. "recordClientAddress": True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled. }, @@ -5972,11 +5977,12 @@

Method Details

"allowedConsumerProjects": [ # Optional. The list of consumer projects that are allow-listed for PSC connections to this instance. This instance can be connected to with PSC from any network in these projects. Each consumer project in this list may be represented by a project number (numeric) or by a project id (alphanumeric). "A String", ], + "networkAttachmentUri": "A String", # Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID "pscAutoConnections": [ # Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance. { # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. - "consumerNetwork": "A String", # The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. + "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -6011,7 +6017,7 @@

Method Details

"reuseInterval": 42, # Number of previous passwords that cannot be reused. }, "pricingPlan": "A String", # The pricing plan for this instance. This can be either `PER_USE` or `PACKAGE`. Only `PER_USE` is supported for Second Generation instances. - "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag + "replicationLagMaxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag. "replicationType": "A String", # The type of replication this instance uses. This can be either `ASYNCHRONOUS` or `SYNCHRONOUS`. (Deprecated) This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. "retainBackupsOnDelete": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL retains backups of the instance even after the instance is deleted. The ON_DEMAND backup will be retained until customer deletes the backup or the project. The AUTOMATED backup will be retained based on the backups retention setting. "settingsVersion": "A String", # The version of instance settings. This is a required field for update method to make sure concurrent updates are handled properly. During update, use the most recent settingsVersion value for this instance and do not try to update this value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html index 60dc1dce10..a9f322e968 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html @@ -240,6 +240,10 @@

Method Details

}, "container": "A String", # Required. The container to transfer from the Azure Storage account. "credentialsSecret": "A String", # Optional. The Resource name of a secret in Secret Manager. The Azure SAS token must be stored in Secret Manager in JSON format: { "sas_token" : "SAS_TOKEN" } GoogleServiceAccount must be granted `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` for the resource. See [Configure access to a source: Microsoft Azure Blob Storage] (https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/source-microsoft-azure#secret_manager) for more information. If `credentials_secret` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials. Format: `projects/{project_number}/secrets/{secret_name}` + "federatedIdentityConfig": { # Identities of a user registered Azure application that enables identity federation to trust tokens issued by the user's Google service account. For more information about Azure application and identity federation, see [Register an application with the Microsoft identity platform] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/entra/identity-platform/quickstart-register-app) Azure RBAC roles then need be assigned to the Azure application to authorize access to the user's Azure data source. For more information about Azure RBAC roles for blobs, see [Manage Access Rights with RBAC] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/authorize-with-azure-active-directory#manage-access-rights-with-rbac) # Optional. Federated identity config of a user registered Azure application. If `federated_identity_config` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials or credentials_secret. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. Client (application) ID of the application with federated credentials. + "tenantId": "A String", # Required. Tenant (directory) ID of the application with federated credentials. + }, "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. "storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account. }, @@ -443,6 +447,10 @@

Method Details

}, "container": "A String", # Required. The container to transfer from the Azure Storage account. "credentialsSecret": "A String", # Optional. The Resource name of a secret in Secret Manager. The Azure SAS token must be stored in Secret Manager in JSON format: { "sas_token" : "SAS_TOKEN" } GoogleServiceAccount must be granted `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` for the resource. See [Configure access to a source: Microsoft Azure Blob Storage] (https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/source-microsoft-azure#secret_manager) for more information. If `credentials_secret` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials. Format: `projects/{project_number}/secrets/{secret_name}` + "federatedIdentityConfig": { # Identities of a user registered Azure application that enables identity federation to trust tokens issued by the user's Google service account. For more information about Azure application and identity federation, see [Register an application with the Microsoft identity platform] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/entra/identity-platform/quickstart-register-app) Azure RBAC roles then need be assigned to the Azure application to authorize access to the user's Azure data source. For more information about Azure RBAC roles for blobs, see [Manage Access Rights with RBAC] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/authorize-with-azure-active-directory#manage-access-rights-with-rbac) # Optional. Federated identity config of a user registered Azure application. If `federated_identity_config` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials or credentials_secret. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. Client (application) ID of the application with federated credentials. + "tenantId": "A String", # Required. Tenant (directory) ID of the application with federated credentials. + }, "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. "storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account. }, @@ -673,6 +681,10 @@

Method Details

}, "container": "A String", # Required. The container to transfer from the Azure Storage account. "credentialsSecret": "A String", # Optional. The Resource name of a secret in Secret Manager. The Azure SAS token must be stored in Secret Manager in JSON format: { "sas_token" : "SAS_TOKEN" } GoogleServiceAccount must be granted `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` for the resource. See [Configure access to a source: Microsoft Azure Blob Storage] (https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/source-microsoft-azure#secret_manager) for more information. If `credentials_secret` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials. Format: `projects/{project_number}/secrets/{secret_name}` + "federatedIdentityConfig": { # Identities of a user registered Azure application that enables identity federation to trust tokens issued by the user's Google service account. For more information about Azure application and identity federation, see [Register an application with the Microsoft identity platform] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/entra/identity-platform/quickstart-register-app) Azure RBAC roles then need be assigned to the Azure application to authorize access to the user's Azure data source. For more information about Azure RBAC roles for blobs, see [Manage Access Rights with RBAC] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/authorize-with-azure-active-directory#manage-access-rights-with-rbac) # Optional. Federated identity config of a user registered Azure application. If `federated_identity_config` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials or credentials_secret. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. Client (application) ID of the application with federated credentials. + "tenantId": "A String", # Required. Tenant (directory) ID of the application with federated credentials. + }, "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. "storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account. }, @@ -888,6 +900,10 @@

Method Details

}, "container": "A String", # Required. The container to transfer from the Azure Storage account. "credentialsSecret": "A String", # Optional. The Resource name of a secret in Secret Manager. The Azure SAS token must be stored in Secret Manager in JSON format: { "sas_token" : "SAS_TOKEN" } GoogleServiceAccount must be granted `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` for the resource. See [Configure access to a source: Microsoft Azure Blob Storage] (https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/source-microsoft-azure#secret_manager) for more information. If `credentials_secret` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials. Format: `projects/{project_number}/secrets/{secret_name}` + "federatedIdentityConfig": { # Identities of a user registered Azure application that enables identity federation to trust tokens issued by the user's Google service account. For more information about Azure application and identity federation, see [Register an application with the Microsoft identity platform] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/entra/identity-platform/quickstart-register-app) Azure RBAC roles then need be assigned to the Azure application to authorize access to the user's Azure data source. For more information about Azure RBAC roles for blobs, see [Manage Access Rights with RBAC] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/authorize-with-azure-active-directory#manage-access-rights-with-rbac) # Optional. Federated identity config of a user registered Azure application. If `federated_identity_config` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials or credentials_secret. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. Client (application) ID of the application with federated credentials. + "tenantId": "A String", # Required. Tenant (directory) ID of the application with federated credentials. + }, "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. "storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account. }, @@ -1111,6 +1127,10 @@

Method Details

}, "container": "A String", # Required. The container to transfer from the Azure Storage account. "credentialsSecret": "A String", # Optional. The Resource name of a secret in Secret Manager. The Azure SAS token must be stored in Secret Manager in JSON format: { "sas_token" : "SAS_TOKEN" } GoogleServiceAccount must be granted `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` for the resource. See [Configure access to a source: Microsoft Azure Blob Storage] (https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/source-microsoft-azure#secret_manager) for more information. If `credentials_secret` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials. Format: `projects/{project_number}/secrets/{secret_name}` + "federatedIdentityConfig": { # Identities of a user registered Azure application that enables identity federation to trust tokens issued by the user's Google service account. For more information about Azure application and identity federation, see [Register an application with the Microsoft identity platform] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/entra/identity-platform/quickstart-register-app) Azure RBAC roles then need be assigned to the Azure application to authorize access to the user's Azure data source. For more information about Azure RBAC roles for blobs, see [Manage Access Rights with RBAC] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/authorize-with-azure-active-directory#manage-access-rights-with-rbac) # Optional. Federated identity config of a user registered Azure application. If `federated_identity_config` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials or credentials_secret. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. Client (application) ID of the application with federated credentials. + "tenantId": "A String", # Required. Tenant (directory) ID of the application with federated credentials. + }, "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. "storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account. }, @@ -1316,6 +1336,10 @@

Method Details

}, "container": "A String", # Required. The container to transfer from the Azure Storage account. "credentialsSecret": "A String", # Optional. The Resource name of a secret in Secret Manager. The Azure SAS token must be stored in Secret Manager in JSON format: { "sas_token" : "SAS_TOKEN" } GoogleServiceAccount must be granted `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` for the resource. See [Configure access to a source: Microsoft Azure Blob Storage] (https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/source-microsoft-azure#secret_manager) for more information. If `credentials_secret` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials. Format: `projects/{project_number}/secrets/{secret_name}` + "federatedIdentityConfig": { # Identities of a user registered Azure application that enables identity federation to trust tokens issued by the user's Google service account. For more information about Azure application and identity federation, see [Register an application with the Microsoft identity platform] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/entra/identity-platform/quickstart-register-app) Azure RBAC roles then need be assigned to the Azure application to authorize access to the user's Azure data source. For more information about Azure RBAC roles for blobs, see [Manage Access Rights with RBAC] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/authorize-with-azure-active-directory#manage-access-rights-with-rbac) # Optional. Federated identity config of a user registered Azure application. If `federated_identity_config` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials or credentials_secret. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. Client (application) ID of the application with federated credentials. + "tenantId": "A String", # Required. Tenant (directory) ID of the application with federated credentials. + }, "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. "storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account. }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index 308cb0702c..f85c82e40f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -4671,7 +4671,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250505", +"revision": "20250513", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { @@ -5671,10 +5671,10 @@ false "The device has a perpetual standalone Chrome Education Upgrade.", "The device is bundled with a perpetual Chrome Education Upgrade.", "The device has an annual Kiosk Upgrade.", -"Indicating the device is consumming a standalone, perpetual Chrome Enterprise Upgrade, a Chrome Enterprise license.", -"Indicating the device is consuming a standalone, fixed-term Chrome Enterprise Upgrade, a Chrome Enterprise license.", -"Indicating the device is consuming a standalone, perpetual Chrome Education Upgrade(AKA Chrome EDU perpetual license).", -"Indicating the device is consuming a standalone, fixed-term Chrome Education Upgrade(AKA Chrome EDU fixed-term license)." +"Indicates that the device is consuming a standalone, perpetual Chrome Enterprise Upgrade, a Chrome Enterprise license.", +"Indicates that the device is consuming a standalone, fixed-term Chrome Enterprise Upgrade, a Chrome Enterprise license.", +"Indicates that the device is consuming a standalone, perpetual Chrome Education Upgrade(AKA Chrome EDU perpetual license).", +"Indicates that the device is consuming a standalone, fixed-term Chrome Education Upgrade(AKA Chrome EDU fixed-term license)." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -6204,6 +6204,7 @@ false "REMOTE_POWERWASH", "DEVICE_START_CRD_SESSION", "CAPTURE_LOGS", +"FETCH_CRD_AVAILABILITY_INFO", "FETCH_SUPPORT_PACKET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6215,6 +6216,7 @@ false "Wipes the device by performing a power wash. Executing this command in the device will remove all data including user policies, device policies and enrollment policies. Warning: This will revert the device back to a factory state with no enrollment unless the device is subject to forced or auto enrollment. Use with caution, as this is an irreversible action!", "Starts a Chrome Remote Desktop session.", "Capture the system logs of a kiosk device. The logs can be downloaded from the downloadUrl link present in `deviceFiles` field of [chromeosdevices](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/chromeosdevices)", +"Fetches available type(s) of Chrome Remote Desktop sessions (private or shared) that can be used to remotely connect to the device.", "Fetch support packet from a device remotely. Support packet is a zip archive that contains various system logs and debug data from a ChromeOS device. The support packet can be downloaded from the downloadURL link present in the `deviceFiles` field of [`chromeosdevices`](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/chromeosdevices)" ], "type": "string" @@ -6227,7 +6229,7 @@ false "id": "DirectoryChromeosdevicesCommandResult", "properties": { "commandResultPayload": { -"description": "The payload for the command result. The following commands respond with a payload: * `DEVICE_START_CRD_SESSION`: Payload is a stringified JSON object in the form: { \"url\": url }. The URL provides a link to the Chrome Remote Desktop session.", +"description": "The payload for the command result. The following commands respond with a payload: * `DEVICE_START_CRD_SESSION`: Payload is a stringified JSON object in the form: { \"url\": url }. The URL provides a link to the Chrome Remote Desktop session. * `FETCH_CRD_AVAILABILITY_INFO`: Payload is a stringified JSON object in the form: { \"deviceIdleTimeInSeconds\": number, \"userSessionType\": string, \"remoteSupportAvailability\": string, \"remoteAccessAvailability\": string }. The \"remoteSupportAvailability\" field is set to \"AVAILABLE\" if `shared` CRD session to the device is available. The \"remoteAccessAvailability\" field is set to \"AVAILABLE\" if `private` CRD session to the device is available.", "type": "string" }, "errorMessage": { @@ -6273,6 +6275,7 @@ false "REMOTE_POWERWASH", "DEVICE_START_CRD_SESSION", "CAPTURE_LOGS", +"FETCH_CRD_AVAILABILITY_INFO", "FETCH_SUPPORT_PACKET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6284,6 +6287,7 @@ false "Wipes the device by performing a power wash. Executing this command in the device will remove all data including user policies, device policies and enrollment policies. Warning: This will revert the device back to a factory state with no enrollment unless the device is subject to forced or auto enrollment. Use with caution, as this is an irreversible action!", "Starts a Chrome Remote Desktop session.", "Capture the system logs of a kiosk device. The logs can be downloaded from the downloadUrl link present in `deviceFiles` field of [chromeosdevices](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/chromeosdevices)", +"Fetches available type(s) of Chrome Remote Desktop sessions (private or shared) that can be used to remotely connect to the device.", "Fetch support packet from a device remotely. Support packet is a zip archive that contains various system logs and debug data from a ChromeOS device. The support packet can be downloaded from the downloadURL link present in the `deviceFiles` field of [`chromeosdevices`](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/chromeosdevices)" ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 6f29bc9a2d..f79fb48f5c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -15785,7 +15785,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -19841,7 +19841,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250501", +"revision": "20250502", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -21580,6 +21580,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.", "type": "string" }, +"encryptionSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EncryptionSpec", +"description": "Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key." +}, "expireTime": { "description": "Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -23913,6 +23917,10 @@ "description": "Points to a DeployedModel.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeployedModelRef", "properties": { +"checkpointId": { +"description": "Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel.", +"type": "string" +}, "deployedModelId": { "description": "Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint.", "type": "string" @@ -27998,6 +28006,10 @@ "description": "Config for thinking features.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig", "properties": { +"includeThoughts": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "thinkingBudget": { "description": "Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true.", "format": "int32", @@ -30301,6 +30313,7 @@ "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", "NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "NVIDIA_H200_141GB", +"NVIDIA_B200", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -30322,6 +30335,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -30337,6 +30351,7 @@ false "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H100 Mega 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H200 141Gb GPU.", +"Nvidia B200 GPU.", "TPU v2.", "TPU v3.", "TPU v4.", @@ -36103,6 +36118,10 @@ false "layoutParser": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileParsingConfigLayoutParser", "description": "The Layout Parser to use for RagFiles." +}, +"llmParser": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileParsingConfigLlmParser", +"description": "The LLM Parser to use for RagFiles." } }, "type": "object" @@ -36123,6 +36142,26 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileParsingConfigLlmParser": { +"description": "Specifies the advanced parsing for RagFiles.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileParsingConfigLlmParser", +"properties": { +"customParsingPrompt": { +"description": "The prompt to use for parsing. If not specified, a default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxParsingRequestsPerMin": { +"description": "The maximum number of requests the job is allowed to make to the LLM model per minute. Consult https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/quotas and your document size to set an appropriate value here. If unspecified, a default value of 5000 QPM would be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"modelName": { +"description": "The name of a LLM model used for parsing. Format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileTransformationConfig": { "description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileTransformationConfig", @@ -36592,7 +36631,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", "type": "string" }, "spec": { @@ -45968,6 +46007,15 @@ false "engine": { "description": "Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"description": "Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index 6c7344c31b..200a342ed4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -18845,7 +18845,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -19078,6 +19078,161 @@ } } }, +"sandboxEnvironments": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/sandboxEnvironments/{sandboxEnvironmentsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/sandboxEnvironments/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/sandboxEnvironments/{sandboxEnvironmentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/sandboxEnvironments/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/sandboxEnvironments/{sandboxEnvironmentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/sandboxEnvironments/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/sandboxEnvironments/{sandboxEnvironmentsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/sandboxEnvironments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/sandboxEnvironments/{sandboxEnvironmentsId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sandboxEnvironments.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/sandboxEnvironments/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "sessions": { "methods": { "appendEvent": { @@ -23270,7 +23425,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250501", +"revision": "20250502", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -25346,6 +25501,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.", "type": "string" }, +"encryptionSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EncryptionSpec", +"description": "Input only. Immutable. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a `CachedContent`. If set, this `CachedContent` and all its sub-resources will be secured by this key." +}, "expireTime": { "description": "Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -28052,6 +28211,10 @@ "description": "Points to a DeployedModel.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployedModelRef", "properties": { +"checkpointId": { +"description": "Immutable. The ID of the Checkpoint deployed in the DeployedModel.", +"type": "string" +}, "deployedModelId": { "description": "Immutable. An ID of a DeployedModel in the above Endpoint.", "type": "string" @@ -29217,7 +29380,6 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Example": { -"description": "A single example to upload or read from the Example Store.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Example", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -29234,10 +29396,6 @@ "description": "Optional. Immutable. Unique identifier of an example. If not specified when upserting new examples, the example_id will be generated.", "type": "string" }, -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Example. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/examples/{example}`", -"type": "string" -}, "storedContentsExample": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StoredContentsExample", "description": "An example of chat history and its expected outcome to be used with GenerateContent." @@ -33251,6 +33409,10 @@ "description": "Config for thinking features.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig", "properties": { +"includeThoughts": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to include thoughts in the response. If true, thoughts are returned only when available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "thinkingBudget": { "description": "Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true.", "format": "int32", @@ -35797,6 +35959,7 @@ "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", "NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "NVIDIA_H200_141GB", +"NVIDIA_B200", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -35818,6 +35981,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -35833,6 +35997,7 @@ false "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H100 Mega 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H200 141Gb GPU.", +"Nvidia B200 GPU.", "TPU v2.", "TPU v3.", "TPU v4.", @@ -43436,7 +43601,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", "type": "string" }, "spec": { @@ -53725,6 +53890,15 @@ false "engine": { "description": "Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"description": "Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index c38ee54056..219d9d6881 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250417", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ false "id": "ContinuousBackupInfo", "properties": { "earliestRestorableTime": { -"description": "Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field.", +"description": "Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes \"now minus the recovery window\". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ false "readOnly": true }, "schedule": { -"description": "Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request.", +"description": "Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken.", "items": { "enum": [ "DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -2945,6 +2945,10 @@ false "description": "Metadata related to instance-level network configuration.", "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { +"allocatedIpRangeOverride": { +"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", +"type": "string" +}, "authorizedExternalNetworks": { "description": "Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 629bfe30ea..d9c64bcba9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250417", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ false "id": "ContinuousBackupInfo", "properties": { "earliestRestorableTime": { -"description": "Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field.", +"description": "Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes \"now minus the recovery window\". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ false "readOnly": true }, "schedule": { -"description": "Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request.", +"description": "Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken.", "items": { "enum": [ "DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -3094,6 +3094,10 @@ false "description": "Metadata related to instance-level network configuration.", "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { +"allocatedIpRangeOverride": { +"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", +"type": "string" +}, "authorizedExternalNetworks": { "description": "Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index 92101f8828..4db9686b76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250417", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ false "id": "ContinuousBackupInfo", "properties": { "earliestRestorableTime": { -"description": "Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field.", +"description": "Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. If continuous backups and recovery was recently enabled, the earliest restorable time is the creation time of the earliest eligible backup within this cluster's continuous backup recovery window. After a cluster has had continuous backups enabled for the duration of its recovery window, the earliest restorable time becomes \"now minus the recovery window\". For example, assuming a point in time recovery is attempted at 04/16/2025 3:23:00PM with a 14d recovery window, the earliest restorable time would be 04/02/2025 3:23:00PM. This field is only visible if the CLUSTER_VIEW_CONTINUOUS_BACKUP cluster view is provided.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ false "readOnly": true }, "schedule": { -"description": "Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request.", +"description": "Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken.", "items": { "enum": [ "DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -3070,6 +3070,10 @@ false "description": "Metadata related to instance-level network configuration.", "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { +"allocatedIpRangeOverride": { +"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://go/rfc/1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", +"type": "string" +}, "authorizedExternalNetworks": { "description": "Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index bfdaa598ad..3d682b69af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "organization": { -"description": "Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/US`.", +"description": "Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/us`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resource": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ ] }, "subscribe": { -"description": "Creates a Subscription to a Data Clean Room. This is a long-running operation as it will create one or more linked datasets.", +"description": "Creates a Subscription to a Data Clean Room. This is a long-running operation as it will create one or more linked datasets. Throws a Bad Request error if the Data Exchange does not contain any listings.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataExchanges/{dataExchangesId}:subscribe", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "analyticshub.projects.locations.dataExchanges.subscribe", @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the Data Exchange. e.g. `projects/publisherproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the Data Exchange. e.g. `projects/publisherproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resource": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the requested target. This resource may be either a Listing or a DataExchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456 OR e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the subscription to delete. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/subscriptions/456", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the subscription to delete. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/subscriptions/456", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/subscriptions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the subscription. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/subscriptions/456", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the subscription. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/subscriptions/456", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/subscriptions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the subscription. e.g. projects/myproject/locations/US", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the subscription. e.g. projects/myproject/locations/us", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the Subscription to refresh. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the Subscription to refresh. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/subscriptions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the subscription to revoke. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/subscriptions/456", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the subscription to revoke. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/subscriptions/456", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/subscriptions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250418", +"revision": "20250507", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -1359,13 +1359,6 @@ "location": { "description": "Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations.", "type": "string" -}, -"replicaLocations": { -"description": "Optional. The geographic locations where the dataset should be replicated. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1835,7 +1828,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -2283,7 +2276,7 @@ "id": "SubscribeDataExchangeRequest", "properties": { "destination": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the Subscription. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/US`", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the Subscription. e.g. `projects/subscriberproject/locations/us`", "type": "string" }, "destinationDataset": { @@ -2354,10 +2347,14 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataExchange": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456", +"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"destinationDataset": { +"$ref": "DestinationDataset", +"description": "Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber." +}, "lastModifyTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was last modified.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -2368,7 +2365,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "LinkedResource" }, -"description": "Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE.", +"description": "Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE.", "readOnly": true, "type": "object" }, @@ -2381,7 +2378,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "listing": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", +"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -2391,7 +2388,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`.", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json index cffe76ca5f..12e22cdeff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "organization": { -"description": "Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/US`.", +"description": "Required. The organization resource path of the projects containing DataExchanges. e.g. `organizations/myorg/locations/us`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The full name of the data exchange resource that you want to delete. For example, `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the data exchanges. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing to delete. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource path of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the listing that you want to subscribe to. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataExchanges/[^/]+/listings/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250418", +"revision": "20250507", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123`.", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the data exchange. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123`.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -845,6 +845,50 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DestinationDataset": { +"description": "Defines the destination bigquery dataset.", +"id": "DestinationDataset", +"properties": { +"datasetReference": { +"$ref": "DestinationDatasetReference", +"description": "Required. A reference that identifies the destination dataset." +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. A user-friendly description of the dataset.", +"type": "string" +}, +"friendlyName": { +"description": "Optional. A descriptive name for the dataset.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels for more information.", +"type": "object" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Required. The geographic location where the dataset should reside. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations for supported locations.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DestinationDatasetReference": { +"id": "DestinationDatasetReference", +"properties": { +"datasetId": { +"description": "Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the project containing this dataset.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -1113,7 +1157,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/dataExchanges/123/listings/456`", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -1330,10 +1374,14 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataExchange": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456", +"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Data Exchange. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"destinationDataset": { +"$ref": "DestinationDataset", +"description": "Optional. BigQuery destination dataset to create for the subscriber." +}, "lastModifyTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the subscription was last modified.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -1344,7 +1392,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "LinkedResource" }, -"description": "Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE.", +"description": "Output only. Map of listing resource names to associated linked resource, e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789 -> projects/123/datasets/my_dataset For listing-level subscriptions, this is a map of size 1. Only contains values if state == STATE_ACTIVE.", "readOnly": true, "type": "object" }, @@ -1357,7 +1405,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "listing": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/US/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", +"description": "Output only. Resource name of the source Listing. e.g. projects/123/locations/us/dataExchanges/456/listings/789", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -1367,7 +1415,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/US/subscriptions/123`.", +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the subscription. e.g. `projects/myproject/locations/us/subscriptions/123`.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index 47e81d65d5..553cab94f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ "devices": { "methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a device. This operation wipes the device. Deleted devices do not show up in enterprises.devices.list calls and a 404 is returned from enterprises.devices.get.", +"description": "Deletes a device. This operation attempts to wipe the device but this is not guaranteed to succeed if the device is offline for an extended period. Deleted devices do not show up in enterprises.devices.list calls and a 404 is returned from enterprises.devices.get.", "flatPath": "v1/enterprises/{enterprisesId}/devices/{devicesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "androidmanagement.enterprises.devices.delete", @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250507", +"revision": "20250515", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 4f04720bf0..aa626bcb81 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "regionsVersion.version": { -"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02.", +"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -3065,7 +3065,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "regionsVersion.version": { -"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02.", +"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "regionsVersion.version": { -"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02.", +"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -3784,7 +3784,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "regionsVersion.version": { -"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02.", +"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3816,6 +3816,67 @@ }, "orders": { "methods": { +"batchget": { +"description": "Get order details for a list of orders.", +"flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/orders:batchGet", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "androidpublisher.orders.batchget", +"parameterOrder": [ +"packageName" +], +"parameters": { +"orderIds": { +"description": "Required. The list of order IDs to retrieve order details for. There must be between 1 and 1000 (inclusive) order IDs per request. If any order ID is not found or does not match the provided package, the entire request will fail with an error. The order IDs must be distinct.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"packageName": { +"description": "Required. The package name of the application for which this subscription or in-app item was purchased (for example, 'com.some.thing').", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/orders:batchGet", +"response": { +"$ref": "BatchGetOrdersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/androidpublisher" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get order details for a single order.", +"flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/orders/{orderId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "androidpublisher.orders.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"packageName", +"orderId" +], +"parameters": { +"orderId": { +"description": "Required. The order ID provided to the user when the subscription or in-app order was purchased.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"packageName": { +"description": "Required. The package name of the application for which this subscription or in-app item was purchased (for example, 'com.some.thing').", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/orders/{orderId}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Order" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/androidpublisher" +] +}, "refund": { "description": "Refunds a user's subscription or in-app purchase order. Orders older than 3 years cannot be refunded.", "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/orders/{orderId}:refund", @@ -4732,7 +4793,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250318", +"revision": "20250519", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { @@ -5380,6 +5441,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BatchGetOrdersResponse": { +"description": "Response for the orders.batchGet API.", +"id": "BatchGetOrdersResponse", +"properties": { +"orders": { +"description": "Details for the requested order IDs.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Order" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BatchGetSubscriptionOffersRequest": { "description": "Request message for BatchGetSubscriptionOffers endpoint.", "id": "BatchGetSubscriptionOffersRequest", @@ -5599,6 +5674,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BuyerAddress": { +"description": "Address information for the customer, for use in tax computation.", +"id": "BuyerAddress", +"properties": { +"buyerCountry": { +"description": "Two letter country code based on ISO-3166-1 Alpha-2 (UN country codes).", +"type": "string" +}, +"buyerPostcode": { +"description": "Postal code of an address. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, this information is not included.", +"type": "string" +}, +"buyerState": { +"description": "Top-level administrative subdivision of the buyer address country. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, this information is not included.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CancelAppRecoveryRequest": { "description": "Request message for CancelAppRecovery.", "id": "CancelAppRecoveryRequest", @@ -5665,6 +5759,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CancellationEvent": { +"description": "Details of when the order was canceled.", +"id": "CancellationEvent", +"properties": { +"eventTime": { +"description": "The time when the order was canceled.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Comment": { "description": "An entry of conversation between user and developer.", "id": "Comment", @@ -7207,6 +7313,45 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"LineItem": { +"description": "Details of a line item.", +"id": "LineItem", +"properties": { +"listingPrice": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "Item's listed price on Play Store, this may or may not include tax. Excludes any discounts or promotions." +}, +"oneTimePurchaseDetails": { +"$ref": "OneTimePurchaseDetails", +"description": "Details of a one-time purchase." +}, +"paidAppDetails": { +"$ref": "PaidAppDetails", +"description": "Details of a paid app purchase." +}, +"productId": { +"description": "The purchased product ID or in-app SKU (for example, 'monthly001' or 'com.some.thing.inapp1').", +"type": "string" +}, +"productTitle": { +"description": "Developer-specified name of the product. Displayed in buyer's locale. Example: coins, monthly subscription, etc.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subscriptionDetails": { +"$ref": "SubscriptionDetails", +"description": "Details of a subscription purchase." +}, +"tax": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The tax paid for this line item." +}, +"total": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The total amount paid by the user for this line item, taking into account discounts and tax." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListAppRecoveriesResponse": { "description": "Response message for ListAppRecoveries. -- api-linter: core::0158::response-next-page-token-field=disabled", "id": "ListAppRecoveriesResponse", @@ -7613,6 +7758,141 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"OneTimePurchaseDetails": { +"description": "Details of a one-time purchase.", +"id": "OneTimePurchaseDetails", +"properties": { +"offerId": { +"description": "The offer ID of the one-time purchase offer.", +"type": "string" +}, +"quantity": { +"description": "The number of items purchased (for multi-quantity item purchases).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Order": { +"description": "Details of an order.", +"id": "Order", +"properties": { +"buyerAddress": { +"$ref": "BuyerAddress", +"description": "Address information for the customer, for use in tax computation. When Google is the Merchant of Record for the order, only country is shown." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "The time when the order was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"developerRevenueInBuyerCurrency": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "Your revenue for this order in the buyer's currency, including deductions of partial refunds, taxes and fees. Google deducts standard transaction and third party fees from each sale, including VAT in some regions." +}, +"lastEventTime": { +"description": "The time of the last event that occurred on the order.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"lineItems": { +"description": "The individual line items making up this order.", +"items": { +"$ref": "LineItem" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"orderDetails": { +"$ref": "OrderDetails", +"description": "Detailed information about the order at creation time." +}, +"orderHistory": { +"$ref": "OrderHistory", +"description": "Details about events which modified the order." +}, +"orderId": { +"description": "The order ID.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pointsDetails": { +"$ref": "PointsDetails", +"description": "Play points applied to the order, including offer information, discount rate and point values." +}, +"purchaseToken": { +"description": "The token provided to the user's device when the subscription or item was purchased.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "The state of the order.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PENDING", +"PROCESSED", +"CANCELED", +"PENDING_REFUND", +"PARTIALLY_REFUNDED", +"REFUNDED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"State unspecified. This value is not used.", +"Order has been created and is waiting to be processed.", +"Order has been successfully processed.", +"Order was canceled before being processed.", +"Requested refund is waiting to be processed.", +"Part of the order amount was refunded.", +"The full order amount was refunded." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"tax": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The total tax paid as a part of this order." +}, +"total": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The final amount paid by the customer, taking into account discounts and taxes." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OrderDetails": { +"description": "Detailed information about the order at creation time.", +"id": "OrderDetails", +"properties": { +"taxInclusive": { +"description": "Indicates whether the listed price was tax inclusive or not.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OrderHistory": { +"description": "Details about events which modified the order.", +"id": "OrderHistory", +"properties": { +"cancellationEvent": { +"$ref": "CancellationEvent", +"description": "Details of when the order was canceled." +}, +"partialRefundEvents": { +"description": "Details of the partial refund events for this order.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PartialRefundEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"processedEvent": { +"$ref": "ProcessedEvent", +"description": "Details of when the order was processed." +}, +"refundEvent": { +"$ref": "RefundEvent", +"description": "Details of when the order was fully refunded." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "OtherRecurringProduct": { "description": "Details of a recurring external transaction product which doesn't belong to any other more specific category.", "id": "OtherRecurringProduct", @@ -7716,6 +7996,12 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PaidAppDetails": { +"description": "Details of a paid app purchase.", +"id": "PaidAppDetails", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "PartialRefund": { "description": "A partial refund of a transaction.", "id": "PartialRefund", @@ -7731,6 +8017,41 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PartialRefundEvent": { +"description": "Details of the partial refund events for this order.", +"id": "PartialRefundEvent", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "The time when the partial refund was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"processTime": { +"description": "The time when the partial refund was processed.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"refundDetails": { +"$ref": "RefundDetails", +"description": "Details for the partial refund." +}, +"state": { +"description": "The state of the partial refund.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PENDING", +"PROCESSED_SUCCESSFULLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"State unspecified. This value is not used.", +"The partial refund has been created, but not yet processed.", +"The partial refund was processed successfully." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PausedStateContext": { "description": "Information specific to a subscription in paused state.", "id": "PausedStateContext", @@ -7749,6 +8070,31 @@ false "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"PointsDetails": { +"description": "Details relating to any Play Points applied to an order.", +"id": "PointsDetails", +"properties": { +"pointsCouponValue": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The monetary value of a Play Points coupon. This is the discount the coupon provides, which may not be the total amount. Only set when Play Points coupons have been used. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is $2." +}, +"pointsDiscountRateMicros": { +"description": "The percentage rate which the Play Points promotion reduces the cost by. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is 500,000. Since $2 has an estimate of 200 points, but the actual Points required, 100, is 50% of this, and 50% in micros is 500,000. Between 0 and 1,000,000.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"pointsOfferId": { +"description": "ID unique to the play points offer in use for this order.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pointsSpent": { +"description": "The number of Play Points applied in this order. E.g. for a 100 points for $2 coupon, this is 100. For coupon stacked with base offer, this is the total points spent across both.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PrepaidBasePlanType": { "description": "Represents a base plan that does not automatically renew at the end of the base plan, and must be manually renewed by the user.", "id": "PrepaidBasePlanType", @@ -7801,6 +8147,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ProcessedEvent": { +"description": "Details of when the order was processed.", +"id": "ProcessedEvent", +"properties": { +"eventTime": { +"description": "The time when the order was processed.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ProductPurchase": { "description": "A ProductPurchase resource indicates the status of a user's inapp product purchase.", "id": "ProductPurchase", @@ -7923,6 +8281,51 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RefundDetails": { +"description": "Details for a partial or full refund.", +"id": "RefundDetails", +"properties": { +"tax": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The amount of tax refunded." +}, +"total": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The total amount refunded, including tax." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RefundEvent": { +"description": "Details of when the order was fully refunded.", +"id": "RefundEvent", +"properties": { +"eventTime": { +"description": "The time when the order was fully refunded.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"refundDetails": { +"$ref": "RefundDetails", +"description": "Details for the full refund." +}, +"refundReason": { +"description": "The reason the order was refunded.", +"enum": [ +"REFUND_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"OTHER", +"CHARGEBACK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Refund reason unspecified. This value is not used.", +"The order was refunded for a reason other than the listed reasons here.", +"The order was charged back." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RefundExternalTransactionRequest": { "description": "A request to refund an existing external transaction.", "id": "RefundExternalTransactionRequest", @@ -8113,7 +8516,7 @@ false "id": "RegionsVersion", "properties": { "version": { -"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available. The latest version is 2022/02.", +"description": "Required. A string representing the version of available regions being used for the specified resource. Regional prices for the resource have to be specified according to the information published in [this article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10532353). Each time the supported locations substantially change, the version will be incremented. The latest supported version is available in this article. Using this field will ensure that creating and updating the resource with an older region's version and set of regional prices and currencies will succeed even though a new version is available.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8275,6 +8678,10 @@ false "$ref": "RevocationContextFullRefund", "description": "Optional. Used when users should be refunded the full amount of the latest order of the subscription." }, +"itemBasedRefund": { +"$ref": "RevocationContextItemBasedRefund", +"description": "Optional. Used when a specific item should be refunded in a subscription with multiple items." +}, "proratedRefund": { "$ref": "RevocationContextProratedRefund", "description": "Optional. Used when users should be refunded a prorated amount they paid for their subscription based on the amount of time remaining in a subscription." @@ -8288,6 +8695,17 @@ false "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"RevocationContextItemBasedRefund": { +"description": "Used to determine what specific item to revoke in a subscription with multiple items.", +"id": "RevocationContextItemBasedRefund", +"properties": { +"productId": { +"description": "Required. If the subscription is a subscription bundle, the product id of the subscription to revoke.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RevocationContextProratedRefund": { "description": "Used to determine if the refund type in the RevocationContext is a prorated refund.", "id": "RevocationContextProratedRefund", @@ -8590,6 +9008,47 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SubscriptionDetails": { +"description": "Details of a subscription purchase.", +"id": "SubscriptionDetails", +"properties": { +"basePlanId": { +"description": "The base plan ID of the subscription.", +"type": "string" +}, +"offerId": { +"description": "The offer ID for the current subscription offer.", +"type": "string" +}, +"offerPhase": { +"description": "The pricing phase for the billing period funded by this order.", +"enum": [ +"OFFER_PHASE_UNSPECIFIED", +"BASE", +"INTRODUCTORY", +"FREE_TRIAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Offer phase unspecified. This value is not used.", +"The order funds a base price period.", +"The order funds an introductory pricing period.", +"The order funds a free trial period." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"servicePeriodEndTime": { +"description": "The end of the billing period funded by this order. This is a snapshot of the billing/service period end time at the moment the order was processed, and should be used only for accounting. To get the current end time of the subscription service period, use purchases.subscriptionsv2.get.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"servicePeriodStartTime": { +"description": "The start of the billing period funded by this order. This is a snapshot of the billing/service period start time at the moment the order was processed, and should be used only for accounting.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SubscriptionItemPriceChangeDetails": { "description": "Price change related information of a subscription item.", "id": "SubscriptionItemPriceChangeDetails", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9feea2bf60 --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json @@ -0,0 +1,5865 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://apihub.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "API hub", +"description": "", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-hub/what-is-api-hub", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "apihub:v1", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://apihub.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "apihub", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"methods": { +"collectApiData": { +"description": "Collect API data from a source and push it to Hub's collect layer.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:collectApiData", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.collectApiData", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"location": { +"description": "Required. The regional location of the API hub instance and its resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+location}:collectApiData", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1CollectApiDataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets information about a location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"extraLocationTypes": { +"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/locations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"lookupRuntimeProjectAttachment": { +"description": "Look up a runtime project attachment. This API can be called in the context of any project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:lookupRuntimeProjectAttachment", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.lookupRuntimeProjectAttachment", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Runtime project ID to look up runtime project attachment for. Lookup happens across all regions. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:lookupRuntimeProjectAttachment", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LookupRuntimeProjectAttachmentResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"searchResources": { +"description": "Search across API-Hub resources.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:searchResources", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.searchResources", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"location": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the location which will be of the type `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}`. This field is used to identify the instance of API-Hub in which resources should be searched.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+location}:searchResources", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResourcesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResourcesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"apiHubInstances": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Provisions instance resources for the API Hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apiHubInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apiHubInstances.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"apiHubInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. Identifier to assign to the Api Hub instance. Must be unique within scope of the parent resource. If the field is not provided, system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-40 characters, and valid characters are `/a-z[0-9]-_/`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the Api Hub instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/apiHubInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubInstance" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the API hub instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstancesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apiHubInstances.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Api Hub instance to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apiHubInstances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single API Hub instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstancesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apiHubInstances.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Api Hub instance to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apiHubInstances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubInstance" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"lookup": { +"description": "Looks up an Api Hub instance in a given GCP project. There will always be only one Api Hub instance for a GCP project across all locations.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apiHubInstances:lookup", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apiHubInstances.lookup", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. There will always be only one Api Hub instance for a GCP project across all locations. The parent resource for the Api Hub instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/apiHubInstances:lookup", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LookupApiHubInstanceResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"apis": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create an API resource in the API hub. Once an API resource is created, versions can be added to it.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"apiId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the API resource, which will become the final component of the API's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another API resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the API resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/apis", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete an API resource in the API hub. API can only be deleted if all underlying versions are deleted.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any versions from this API will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the API has no versions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the API resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get API resource details including the API versions contained in it.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the API resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List API resources in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of ApiResources. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `:` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `ApiResource` are eligible for filtering: * `owner.email` - The email of the team which owns the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the ApiResource was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `display_name` - The display name of the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `target_user.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the target users attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `target_user.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the target users attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `team.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the team attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `team.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the team attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `business_unit.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the business unit attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `business_unit.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the business unit attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `maturity_level.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the maturity level attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `maturity_level.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the maturity level attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `api_style.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the api style attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `api_style.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the api style attribute associated with the ApiResource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `owner.email = \\\"apihub@google.com\\\"` - - The owner team email is _apihub@google.com_. * `owner.email = \\\"apihub@google.com\\\" AND create_time < \\\"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\\\" AND create_time > \\\"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\\\"` - The owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ and the api was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `owner.email = \\\"apihub@google.com\\\" OR team.enum_values.values.id: apihub-team-id` - The filter string specifies the APIs where the owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ or the id of the allowed value associated with the team attribute is _apihub-team-id_. * `owner.email = \\\"apihub@google.com\\\" OR team.enum_values.values.display_name: ApiHub Team` - The filter string specifies the APIs where the owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ or the display name of the allowed value associated with the team attribute is `ApiHub Team`. * `owner.email = \\\"apihub@google.com\\\" AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.enum_values.values.id: test_enum_id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/1765\\0f90-4a29-5431-b3d0-d5532da3764c.string_values.values: test_string_value` - The filter string specifies the APIs where the owner team email is _apihub@google.com_ and the id of the allowed value associated with the user defined attribute of type enum is _test_enum_id_ and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_..", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of API resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 Apis will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListApis` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListApis` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of API resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/apis", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListApisResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update an API resource in the API hub. The following fields in the API can be updated: * display_name * description * owner * documentation * target_user * team * business_unit * maturity_level * api_style * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated. Updating the owner field requires complete owner message and updates both owner and email fields.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"versions": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create an API version for an API resource in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for API version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"versionId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the API version, which will become the final component of the version's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another version in the API resource. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`, its length is limited to 700 characters and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete an API version. Version can only be deleted if all underlying specs, operations, definitions and linked deployments are deleted.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any specs from this version will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the version has no specs.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the version to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get details about the API version of an API resource. This will include information about the specs and operations present in the API version as well as the deployments linked to it.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the API version to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List API versions of an API resource in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of Versions. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Version` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Version was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the lifecycle attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the lifecycle attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `compliance.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the compliances attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `compliance.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the compliances attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `accreditation.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the accreditations attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `accreditation.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the accreditations attribute associated with the Version. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id: preview-id` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is _preview-id_. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.display_name: \\\"Preview Display Name\\\"` - The filter string specifies that the display name of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is `Preview Display Name`. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id: preview-id AND create_time < \\\"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\\\" AND create_time > \\\"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\\\"` - The id of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is _preview-id_ and it was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `compliance.enum_values.values.id: gdpr-id OR compliance.enum_values.values.id: pci-dss-id` - The id of the allowed value associated with the compliance attribute is _gdpr-id_ or _pci-dss-id_. * `lifecycle.enum_values.values.id: preview-id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.string_values.values: test` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the lifecycle attribute of the Version is _preview-id_ and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of versions to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 versions will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListVersions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListVersions` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent which owns this collection of API versions i.e., the API resource Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListVersionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update API version. The following fields in the version can be updated currently: * display_name * description * documentation * deployments * lifecycle * compliance * accreditation * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"definitions": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get details about a definition in an API version.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/definitions/{definitionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.definitions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the definition to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/definitions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Definition" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"operations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create an apiOperation in an API version. An apiOperation can be created only if the version has no apiOperations which were created by parsing a spec.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"apiOperationId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the operation resource, which will become the final component of the operation's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another operation resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`, its length is limited to 700 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the operation resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/operations", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete an operation in an API version and we can delete only the operations created via create API. If the operation was created by parsing the spec, then it can be deleted by editing or deleting the spec.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the operation resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get details about a particular operation in API version.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the operation to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List operations in an API version.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of ApiOperations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `ApiOperation` are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The ApiOperation resource name. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `details.http_operation.path.path` - The http operation's complete path relative to server endpoint. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `details.http_operation.method` - The http operation method type. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `details.deprecated` - Indicates if the ApiOperation is deprecated. Allowed values are True / False indicating the deprycation status of the ApiOperation. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the ApiOperation was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `details.deprecated = True` - The ApiOperation is deprecated. * `details.http_operation.method = GET AND create_time < \\\"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\\\" AND create_time > \\\"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\\\"` - The method of the http operation of the ApiOperation is _GET_ and the spec was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `details.http_operation.method = GET OR details.http_operation.method = POST`. - The http operation of the method of ApiOperation is _GET_ or _POST_. * `details.deprecated = True AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.string_values.values: test` - The filter string specifies that the ApiOperation is deprecated and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of operations to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 operations will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListApiOperations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListApiOperations` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent which owns this collection of operations i.e., the API version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListApiOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update an operation in an API version. The following fields in the ApiOperation resource can be updated: * details.description * details.documentation * details.http_operation.path * details.http_operation.method * details.deprecated * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated. An operation can be updated only if the operation was created via CreateApiOperation API. If the operation was created by parsing the spec, then it can be edited by updating the spec.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.operations.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"specs": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Add a spec to an API version in the API hub. Multiple specs can be added to an API version. Note, while adding a spec, at least one of `contents` or `source_uri` must be provided. If `contents` is provided, then `spec_type` must also be provided. On adding a spec with contents to the version, the operations present in it will be added to the version.Note that the file contents in the spec should be of the same type as defined in the `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute associated with spec resource. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently. In order to access the information parsed from the spec, use the GetSpec method. In order to access the raw contents for a particular spec, use the GetSpecContents method. In order to access the operations parsed from the spec, use the ListAPIOperations method.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/specs", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for Spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"specId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the spec, which will become the final component of the spec's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another spec in the API resource. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`, its length is limited to 1000 characters and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/specs", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a spec. Deleting a spec will also delete the associated operations from the version.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/specs/{specsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the spec to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/specs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get details about the information parsed from a spec. Note that this method does not return the raw spec contents. Use GetSpecContents method to retrieve the same.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/specs/{specsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the spec to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/specs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getContents": { +"description": "Get spec contents.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/specs/{specsId}:contents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.getContents", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the spec whose contents need to be retrieved. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/specs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:contents", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecContents" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"lint": { +"description": "Lints the requested spec and updates the corresponding API Spec with the lint response. This lint response will be available in all subsequent Get and List Spec calls to Core service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/specs/{specsId}:lint", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.lint", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the spec to be linted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/specs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:lint", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LintSpecRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List specs corresponding to a particular API resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/specs", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of Specs. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `:` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Spec` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Spec was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the spec_type attribute associated with the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the spec_type attribute associated with the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `lint_response.json_values.values` - The json value of the lint_response attribute associated with the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `mime_type` - The MIME type of the Spec. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: rest-id` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _rest-id_. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.display_name: \\\"Rest Display Name\\\"` - The filter string specifies that the display name of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is `Rest Display Name`. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: grpc-id AND create_time < \\\"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\\\" AND create_time > \\\"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\\\"` - The id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _grpc-id_ and the spec was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: rest-id OR spec_type.enum_values.values.id: grpc-id` - The id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _rest-id_ or _grpc-id_. * `spec_type.enum_values.values.id: rest-id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.enum_values.values.id: test` - The filter string specifies that the id of the allowed value associated with the spec_type attribute is _rest-id_ and the id of the allowed value associated with the user defined attribute of type enum is _test_.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of specs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 specs will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSpecs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSpecs` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of specs. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/specs", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListSpecsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update spec. The following fields in the spec can be updated: * display_name * source_uri * lint_response * attributes * contents * spec_type In case of an OAS spec, updating spec contents can lead to: 1. Creation, deletion and update of operations. 2. Creation, deletion and update of definitions. 3. Update of other info parsed out from the new spec. In case of contents or source_uri being present in update mask, spec_type must also be present. Also, spec_type can not be present in update mask if contents or source_uri is not present. The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apis/{apisId}/versions/{versionsId}/specs/{specsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+/specs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"attributes": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a user defined attribute. Certain pre defined attributes are already created by the API hub. These attributes will have type as `SYSTEM_DEFINED` and can be listed via ListAttributes method. Allowed values for the same can be updated via UpdateAttribute method.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/attributes", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.attributes.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"attributeId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the attribute, which will become the final component of the attribute's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another attribute resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for Attribute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/attributes", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete an attribute. Note: System defined attributes cannot be deleted. All associations of the attribute being deleted with any API hub resource will also get deleted.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/attributes/{attributesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.attributes.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the attribute to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/attributes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get details about the attribute.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/attributes/{attributesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.attributes.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the attribute to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/attributes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List all attributes.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/attributes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.attributes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of Attributes. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Attribute` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `definition_type` - The definition type of the attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `scope` - The scope of the attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `data_type` - The type of the data of the attribute. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `mandatory` - Denotes whether the attribute is mandatory or not. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Attribute was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `display_name = production` - - The display name of the attribute is _production_. * `(display_name = production) AND (create_time < \\\"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\\\") AND (create_time > \\\"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\\\")` - The display name of the attribute is _production_ and the attribute was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `display_name = production OR scope = api` - The attribute where the display name is _production_ or the scope is _api_.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of attribute resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 attributes will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAttributes` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAttributes` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for Attribute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/attributes", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListAttributesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update the attribute. The following fields in the Attribute resource can be updated: * display_name The display name can be updated for user defined attributes only. * description The description can be updated for user defined attributes only. * allowed_values To update the list of allowed values, clients need to use the fetched list of allowed values and add or remove values to or from the same list. The mutable allowed values can be updated for both user defined and System defined attributes. The immutable allowed values cannot be updated or deleted. The updated list of allowed values cannot be empty. If an allowed value that is already used by some resource's attribute is deleted, then the association between the resource and the attribute value will also be deleted. * cardinality The cardinality can be updated for user defined attributes only. Cardinality can only be increased during an update. The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/attributes/{attributesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.attributes.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/attributes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"curations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a curation resource in the API hub. Once a curation resource is created, plugin instances can start using it.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/curations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.curations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"curationId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the curation resource, which will become the final component of the curations's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified ID is already used by another curation resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the curation resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/curations", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a curation resource in the API hub. A curation can only be deleted if it's not being used by any plugin instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/curations/{curationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.curations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the curation resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/curations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get curation resource details.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/curations/{curationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.curations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the curation resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/curations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List curation resources in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/curations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.curations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of curation resources. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `:` or `=`. Filters are case insensitive. The following fields in the `curation resource` are eligible for filtering: * `create_time` - The time at which the curation was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `display_name` - The display name of the curation. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `state` - The state of the curation. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `create_time < \\\"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\\\" AND create_time > \\\"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\\\"` - The curation resource was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of curation resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 curations will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCurations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListCurations` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of curation resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/curations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListCurationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a curation resource in the API hub. The following fields in the curation can be updated: * display_name * description The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/curations/{curationsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.curations.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/curations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"dependencies": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a dependency between two entities in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dependencies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.dependencies.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"dependencyId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the dependency resource, which will become the final component of the dependency's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if duplicate id is provided by the client. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are `a-z[0-9]-_`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the dependency resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/dependencies", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete the dependency resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dependencies/{dependenciesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.dependencies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the dependency resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dependencies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get details about a dependency resource in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dependencies/{dependenciesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.dependencies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the dependency resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dependencies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List dependencies based on the provided filter and pagination parameters.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dependencies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.dependencies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of Dependencies. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. Allowed comparison operator is `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Dependency` are eligible for filtering: * `consumer.operation_resource_name` - The operation resource name for the consumer entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `consumer.external_api_resource_name` - The external api resource name for the consumer entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `supplier.operation_resource_name` - The operation resource name for the supplier entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `supplier.external_api_resource_name` - The external api resource name for the supplier entity involved in a dependency. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. For example, `consumer.operation_resource_name = \\\"projects/p1/locations/global/apis/a1/versions/v1/operations/o1\\\" OR supplier.operation_resource_name = \\\"projects/p1/locations/global/apis/a1/versions/v1/operations/o1\\\"` - The dependencies with either consumer or supplier operation resource name as _projects/p1/locations/global/apis/a1/versions/v1/operations/o1_.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of dependency resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 dependencies will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListDependencies` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListDependencies` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent which owns this collection of dependency resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/dependencies", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListDependenciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a dependency based on the update_mask provided in the request. The following fields in the dependency can be updated: * description", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dependencies/{dependenciesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.dependencies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dependencies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"deployments": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a deployment resource in the API hub. Once a deployment resource is created, it can be associated with API versions.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.deployments.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deploymentId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the deployment resource, which will become the final component of the deployment's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another deployment resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the deployment resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deployments", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a deployment resource in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.deployments.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get details about a deployment and the API versions linked to it.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.deployments.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List deployment resources in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.deployments.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of Deployments. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Deployments` are eligible for filtering: * `display_name` - The display name of the Deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `create_time` - The time at which the Deployment was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. Allowed comparison operators: `>` and `<`. * `resource_uri` - A URI to the deployment resource. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. * `api_versions` - The API versions linked to this deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `deployment_type.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the deployment_type attribute associated with the Deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `deployment_type.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the deployment_type attribute associated with the Deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `slo.string_values.values` -The allowed string value of the slo attribute associated with the deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `environment.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `environment.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the environment attribute associated with the deployment. Allowed comparison operators: `:`. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.id` - The allowed value id of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-id is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.enum_values.values.display_name` - The allowed value display name of the user defined enum attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-enum-display-name is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined enum attribute enum name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.string_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined string attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-string is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined string attribute name. * `attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/user-defined-attribute-id.json_values.values` - The allowed value of the user defined JSON attribute associated with the Resource. Allowed comparison operator is `:`. Here user-defined-attribute-json is a placeholder that can be replaced with any user defined JSON attribute name. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `environment.enum_values.values.id: staging-id` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is _staging-id_. * `environment.enum_values.values.display_name: \\\"Staging Deployment\\\"` - The allowed value display name of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is `Staging Deployment`. * `environment.enum_values.values.id: production-id AND create_time < \\\"2021-08-15T14:50:00Z\\\" AND create_time > \\\"2021-08-10T12:00:00Z\\\"` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is _production-id_ and Deployment was created before _2021-08-15 14:50:00 UTC_ and after _2021-08-10 12:00:00 UTC_. * `environment.enum_values.values.id: production-id OR slo.string_values.values: \\\"99.99%\\\"` - The allowed value id of the environment attribute Deployment is _production-id_ or string value of the slo attribute is _99.99%_. * `environment.enum_values.values.id: staging-id AND attributes.projects/test-project-id/locations/test-location-id/ attributes/17650f90-4a29-4971-b3c0-d5532da3764b.string_values.values: test` - The filter string specifies that the allowed value id of the environment attribute associated with the Deployment is _staging-id_ and the value of the user defined attribute of type string is _test_.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of deployment resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 deployments will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListDeployments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListDeployments` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deployments", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListDeploymentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a deployment resource in the API hub. The following fields in the deployment resource can be updated: * display_name * description * documentation * deployment_type * resource_uri * endpoints * slo * environment * attributes The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.deployments.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"externalApis": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create an External API resource in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/externalApis", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.externalApis.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"externalApiId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the External API resource, which will become the final component of the External API's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another External API resource in the API hub. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the External API resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/externalApis", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete an External API resource in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/externalApis/{externalApisId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.externalApis.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the External API resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{externalApi}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/externalApis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get details about an External API resource in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/externalApis/{externalApisId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.externalApis.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the External API resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{externalApi}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/externalApis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List External API resources in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/externalApis", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.externalApis.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of External API resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 ExternalApis will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListExternalApis` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListExternalApis` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of External API resources. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/externalApis", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListExternalApisResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update an External API resource in the API hub. The following fields can be updated: * display_name * description * documentation * endpoints * paths The update_mask should be used to specify the fields being updated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/externalApis/{externalApisId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.externalApis.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/externalApis/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"hostProjectRegistrations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a host project registration. A Google cloud project can be registered as a host project if it is not attached as a runtime project to another host project. A project can be registered as a host project only once. Subsequent register calls for the same project will fail.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/hostProjectRegistrations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.hostProjectRegistrations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"hostProjectRegistrationId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Host Project Registration, which will become the final component of the host project registration's resource name. The ID must be the same as the Google cloud project specified in the host_project_registration.gcp_project field.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the host project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/hostProjectRegistrations", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HostProjectRegistration" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HostProjectRegistration" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get a host project registration.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/hostProjectRegistrations/{hostProjectRegistrationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.hostProjectRegistrations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Host project registration resource name. projects/{project}/locations/{location}/hostProjectRegistrations/{host_project_registration_id}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/hostProjectRegistrations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HostProjectRegistration" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists host project registrations.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/hostProjectRegistrations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.hostProjectRegistrations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of HostProjectRegistrations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. All standard operators as documented at https://google.aip.dev/160 are supported. The following fields in the `HostProjectRegistration` are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the HostProjectRegistration. * `create_time` - The time at which the HostProjectRegistration was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. * `gcp_project` - The Google cloud project associated with the HostProjectRegistration.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of host project registrations to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 host project registrations will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListHostProjectRegistrations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListHostProjectRegistrations` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of host projects. Format: `projects/*/locations/*`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/hostProjectRegistrations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListHostProjectRegistrationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"plugins": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create an API Hub plugin resource in the API hub. Once a plugin is created, it can be used to create plugin instances.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource where this plugin will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the Plugin resource, which will become the final component of the Plugin's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another Plugin resource in the API hub instance. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, overall resource name which will be of format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`, its length is limited to 1000 characters and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/plugins", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a Plugin in API hub. Note, only user owned plugins can be deleted via this method.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Plugin resource to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"disable": { +"description": "Disables a plugin. The `state` of the plugin after disabling is `DISABLED`", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}:disable", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.disable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:disable", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DisablePluginRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"enable": { +"description": "Enables a plugin. The `state` of the plugin after enabling is `ENABLED`", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}:enable", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.enable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:enable", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1EnablePluginRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get an API Hub plugin.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getStyleGuide": { +"description": "Get the style guide being used for linting.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/styleGuide", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.getStyleGuide", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the spec to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/styleGuide$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuide" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List all the plugins in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of plugins. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `Plugins` are eligible for filtering: * `plugin_category` - The category of the Plugin. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `plugin_category = ON_RAMP` - The plugin is of category on ramp.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of hub plugins to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 hub plugins will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListPlugins` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListPlugins` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource where this plugin will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/plugins", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListPluginsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"updateStyleGuide": { +"description": "Update the styleGuide to be used for liniting in by API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/styleGuide", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.updateStyleGuide", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the style guide. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/styleGuide$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuide" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuide" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"instances": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a Plugin instance in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/instances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.instances.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the plugin instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the plugin instance, which will become the final component of the plugin instance's resource name. This field is optional. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another plugin instance in the plugin resource. * If not provided, a system generated id will be used. This value should be 4-500 characters, and valid characters are /a-z[0-9]-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/instances", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstance" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a plugin instance in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/instances/{instancesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.instances.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin instance to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"disableAction": { +"description": "Disables a plugin instance in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/instances/{instancesId}:disableAction", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.instances.disableAction", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin instance to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:disableAction", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DisablePluginInstanceActionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"enableAction": { +"description": "Enables a plugin instance in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/instances/{instancesId}:enableAction", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.instances.enableAction", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin instance to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:enableAction", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1EnablePluginInstanceActionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"executeAction": { +"description": "Executes a plugin instance in the API hub.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/instances/{instancesId}:executeAction", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.instances.executeAction", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin instance to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:executeAction", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExecutePluginInstanceActionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get an API Hub plugin instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/instances/{instancesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.instances.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the plugin instance to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstance" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List all the plugins in a given project and location. `-` can be used as wildcard value for {plugin_id}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/instances", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.instances.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of plugin instances. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>` or `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following fields in the `PluginInstances` are eligible for filtering: * `state` - The state of the Plugin Instance. Allowed comparison operators: `=`. Expressions are combined with either `AND` logic operator or `OR` logical operator but not both of them together i.e. only one of the `AND` or `OR` operator can be used throughout the filter string and both the operators cannot be used together. No other logical operators are supported. At most three filter fields are allowed in the filter string and if provided more than that then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned by the API. Here are a few examples: * `state = ENABLED` - The plugin instance is in enabled state.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of hub plugins to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 hub plugins will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListPluginInstances` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPluginInstances` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource where this plugin will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`. To list plugin instances for multiple plugins, use the - character instead of the plugin ID.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/instances", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListPluginInstancesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"styleGuide": { +"methods": { +"getContents": { +"description": "Get the contents of the style guide.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/plugins/{pluginsId}/styleGuide:contents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.plugins.styleGuide.getContents", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the StyleGuide whose contents need to be retrieved. There is exactly one style guide resource per project per location. The expected format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/plugins/[^/]+/styleGuide$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:contents", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuideContents" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"runtimeProjectAttachments": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Attaches a runtime project to the host project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/runtimeProjectAttachments", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.runtimeProjectAttachments.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for the Runtime Project Attachment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"runtimeProjectAttachmentId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Runtime Project Attachment, which will become the final component of the Runtime Project Attachment's name. The ID must be the same as the project ID of the Google cloud project specified in the runtime_project_attachment.runtime_project field.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/runtimeProjectAttachments", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1RuntimeProjectAttachment" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1RuntimeProjectAttachment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a runtime project attachment in the API Hub. This call will detach the runtime project from the host project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtimeProjectAttachmentsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.runtimeProjectAttachments.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Runtime Project Attachment to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/runtimeProjectAttachments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a runtime project attachment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtimeProjectAttachmentsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.runtimeProjectAttachments.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the API resource to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/runtimeProjectAttachments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1RuntimeProjectAttachment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List runtime projects attached to the host project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/runtimeProjectAttachments", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "apihub.projects.locations.runtimeProjectAttachments.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of RuntimeProjectAttachments. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string. All standard operators as documented at https://google.aip.dev/160 are supported. The following fields in the `RuntimeProjectAttachment` are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the RuntimeProjectAttachment. * `create_time` - The time at which the RuntimeProjectAttachment was created. The value should be in the (RFC3339)[https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339] format. * `runtime_project` - The Google cloud project associated with the RuntimeProjectAttachment.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of runtime project attachments to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 runtime project attachments will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListRuntimeProjectAttachments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters (except page_size) provided to `ListRuntimeProjectAttachments` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of runtime project attachments. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/runtimeProjectAttachments", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListRuntimeProjectAttachmentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20250324", +"rootUrl": "https://apihub.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1APIMetadata": { +"description": "The API metadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1APIMetadata", +"properties": { +"api": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api", +"description": "Required. The API resource to be pushed to Hub's collect layer. The ID of the API resource will be generated by Hub to ensure uniqueness across all APIs across systems." +}, +"originalCreateTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp indicating when the API was created at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalId": { +"description": "Optional. The unique identifier of the API in the system where it was originally created.", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalUpdateTime": { +"description": "Required. Timestamp indicating when the API was last updated at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"versions": { +"description": "Optional. The list of versions present in an API resource.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1VersionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ActionExecutionDetail": { +"description": "The details for the action to execute.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ActionExecutionDetail", +"properties": { +"actionId": { +"description": "Required. The action id of the plugin to execute.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1AllowedValue": { +"description": "The value that can be assigned to the attribute when the data type is enum.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AllowedValue", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The detailed description of the allowed value.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the allowed value.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the allowed value. * If provided, the same will be used. The service will throw an error if the specified id is already used by another allowed value in the same attribute resource. * If not provided, a system generated id derived from the display name will be used. In this case, the service will handle conflict resolution by adding a system generated suffix in case of duplicates. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.", +"type": "string" +}, +"immutable": { +"description": "Optional. When set to true, the allowed value cannot be updated or deleted by the user. It can only be true for System defined attributes.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Api": { +"description": "An API resource in the API Hub.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api", +"properties": { +"apiFunctionalRequirements": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The api functional requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute." +}, +"apiRequirements": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The api requirement doc associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute." +}, +"apiStyle": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The style of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-api-style` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"apiTechnicalRequirements": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The api technical requirements associated with the API resource. Carinality is 1 for this attribute." +}, +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"businessUnit": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The business unit owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-business-unit` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the API resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the API resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the API resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"description": "Optional. The documentation for the API resource." +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "Optional. Fingerprint of the API resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maturityLevel": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The maturity level of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-maturity-level` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the API resource in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"owner": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Owner", +"description": "Optional. Owner details for the API resource." +}, +"selectedVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The selected version for an API resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for particular version of the API. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API resource.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SourceMetadata" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"targetUser": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The target users for the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-target-user` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"team": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The team owning the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-team` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the API resource was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"versions": { +"description": "Output only. The list of versions present in an API resource. Note: An API resource can be associated with more than 1 version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiData": { +"description": "The API data to be collected.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiData", +"properties": { +"apiMetadataList": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiMetadataList", +"description": "Optional. The list of API metadata." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubInstance": { +"description": "An ApiHubInstance represents the instance resources of the API Hub. Currently, only one ApiHub instance is allowed for each project.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubInstance", +"properties": { +"config": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Config", +"description": "Required. Config of the ApiHub instance." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the ApiHub instance.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Instance labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apiHubInstances/{apiHubInstance}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the ApiHub instance.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"INACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The ApiHub instance has not been initialized or has been deleted.", +"The ApiHub instance is being created.", +"The ApiHub instance has been created and is ready for use.", +"The ApiHub instance is being updated.", +"The ApiHub instance is being deleted.", +"The ApiHub instance encountered an error during a state change." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Extra information about ApiHub instance state. Currently the message would be populated when state is `FAILED`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Last update timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubResource": { +"description": "ApiHubResource is one of the resources such as Api, Operation, Deployment, Definition, Spec and Version resources stored in API-Hub.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubResource", +"properties": { +"api": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api", +"description": "This represents Api resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description and owner fields are populated in search results." +}, +"definition": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Definition", +"description": "This represents Definition resource in search results. Only name field is populated in search results." +}, +"deployment": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment", +"description": "This represents Deployment resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description, deployment_type and api_versions fields are populated in search results." +}, +"operation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation", +"description": "This represents ApiOperation resource in search results. Only name, description, spec and details fields are populated in search results." +}, +"spec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec", +"description": "This represents Spec resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description, spec_type and documentation fields are populated in search results." +}, +"version": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version", +"description": "This represents Version resource in search results. Only name, display_name, description, lifecycle, compliance and accreditation fields are populated in search results." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiKeyConfig": { +"description": "Config for authentication with API key.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiKeyConfig", +"properties": { +"apiKey": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Secret", +"description": "Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret." +}, +"httpElementLocation": { +"description": "Required. The location of the API key. The default value is QUERY.", +"enum": [ +"HTTP_ELEMENT_LOCATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"QUERY", +"HEADER", +"PATH", +"BODY", +"COOKIE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"HTTP element location not specified.", +"Element is in the HTTP request query.", +"Element is in the HTTP request header.", +"Element is in the HTTP request path.", +"Element is in the HTTP request body.", +"Element is in the HTTP request cookie." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is \"https://example.com/act?api_key=\", \"api_key\" would be the parameter name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiMetadataList": { +"description": "The message to hold repeated API metadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiMetadataList", +"properties": { +"apiMetadata": { +"description": "Required. The list of API metadata.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1APIMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation": { +"description": "Represents an operation contained in an API version in the API Hub. An operation is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, an operation will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Alternatively operations can be managed via create,update and delete APIs, creation of apiOperation can be possible only for version with no parsed operations and update/delete can be possible only for operations created via create API.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the API operation resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"details": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1OperationDetails", +"description": "Optional. Operation details. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the operation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the API operation.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SourceMetadata" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"spec": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the spec will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}` Note:The name of the spec will be empty if the operation is created via CreateApiOperation API.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the operation was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ApplicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { +"description": "The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApplicationIntegrationEndpointDetails", +"properties": { +"triggerId": { +"description": "Required. The API trigger ID of the Application Integration workflow.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Required. The endpoint URI should be a valid REST URI for triggering an Application Integration. Format: `https://integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute` or `https://{location}-integrations.googleapis.com/v1/{name=projects/*/locations/*/integrations/*}:execute`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute": { +"description": "An attribute in the API Hub. An attribute is a name value pair which can be attached to different resources in the API hub based on the scope of the attribute. Attributes can either be pre-defined by the API Hub or created by users.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute", +"properties": { +"allowedValues": { +"description": "Optional. The list of allowed values when the attribute value is of type enum. This is required when the data_type of the attribute is ENUM. The maximum number of allowed values of an attribute will be 1000.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AllowedValue" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cardinality": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of values that the attribute can have when associated with an API Hub resource. Cardinality 1 would represent a single-valued attribute. It must not be less than 1 or greater than 20. If not specified, the cardinality would be set to 1 by default and represent a single-valued attribute.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the attribute was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"dataType": { +"description": "Required. The type of the data of the attribute.", +"enum": [ +"DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENUM", +"JSON", +"STRING", +"URI" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Attribute data type unspecified.", +"Attribute's value is of type enum.", +"Attribute's value is of type json.", +"Attribute's value is of type string.", +"Attribute's value is of type uri." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"definitionType": { +"description": "Output only. The definition type of the attribute.", +"enum": [ +"DEFINITION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SYSTEM_DEFINED", +"USER_DEFINED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Attribute definition type unspecified.", +"The attribute is predefined by the API Hub. Note that only the list of allowed values can be updated in this case via UpdateAttribute method.", +"The attribute is defined by the user." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the attribute.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the attribute.", +"type": "string" +}, +"mandatory": { +"description": "Output only. When mandatory is true, the attribute is mandatory for the resource specified in the scope. Only System defined attributes can be mandatory.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the attribute in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"scope": { +"description": "Required. The scope of the attribute. It represents the resource in the API Hub to which the attribute can be linked.", +"enum": [ +"SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"API", +"VERSION", +"SPEC", +"API_OPERATION", +"DEPLOYMENT", +"DEPENDENCY", +"DEFINITION", +"EXTERNAL_API", +"PLUGIN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Scope Unspecified.", +"Attribute can be linked to an API.", +"Attribute can be linked to an API version.", +"Attribute can be linked to a Spec.", +"Attribute can be linked to an API Operation.", +"Attribute can be linked to a Deployment.", +"Attribute can be linked to a Dependency.", +"Attribute can be linked to a definition.", +"Attribute can be linked to a ExternalAPI.", +"Attribute can be linked to a Plugin." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the attribute was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues": { +"description": "The attribute values associated with resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"properties": { +"attribute": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the attribute. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"enumValues": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1EnumAttributeValues", +"description": "The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is enum." +}, +"jsonValues": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StringAttributeValues", +"description": "The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is JSON." +}, +"stringValues": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StringAttributeValues", +"description": "The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is string." +}, +"uriValues": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StringAttributeValues", +"description": "The attribute values associated with a resource in case attribute data type is URL, URI or IP, like gs://bucket-name/object-name." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1AuthConfig": { +"description": "AuthConfig represents the authentication information.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AuthConfig", +"properties": { +"apiKeyConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiKeyConfig", +"description": "Api Key Config." +}, +"authType": { +"description": "Required. The authentication type.", +"enum": [ +"AUTH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_AUTH", +"GOOGLE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT", +"USER_PASSWORD", +"API_KEY", +"OAUTH2_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Authentication type not specified.", +"No authentication.", +"Google service account authentication.", +"Username and password authentication.", +"API Key authentication.", +"Oauth 2.0 client credentials grant authentication." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"googleServiceAccountConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1GoogleServiceAccountConfig", +"description": "Google Service Account." +}, +"oauth2ClientCredentialsConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Oauth2ClientCredentialsConfig", +"description": "Oauth2.0 Client Credentials." +}, +"userPasswordConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1UserPasswordConfig", +"description": "User Password." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1AuthConfigTemplate": { +"description": "AuthConfigTemplate represents the authentication template for a plugin.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AuthConfigTemplate", +"properties": { +"serviceAccount": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1GoogleServiceAccountConfig", +"description": "Optional. The service account of the plugin hosting service. This service account should be granted the required permissions on the Auth Config parameters provided while creating the plugin instances corresponding to this plugin. For example, if the plugin instance auth config requires a secret manager secret, the service account should be granted the secretmanager.versions.access permission on the corresponding secret, if the plugin instance auth config contains a service account, the service account should be granted the iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on the corresponding service account." +}, +"supportedAuthTypes": { +"description": "Required. The list of authentication types supported by the plugin.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"AUTH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_AUTH", +"GOOGLE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT", +"USER_PASSWORD", +"API_KEY", +"OAUTH2_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Authentication type not specified.", +"No authentication.", +"Google service account authentication.", +"Username and password authentication.", +"API Key authentication.", +"Oauth 2.0 client credentials grant authentication." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1CollectApiDataRequest": { +"description": "The CollectApiData method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1CollectApiDataRequest", +"properties": { +"actionId": { +"description": "Required. The action ID to be used for collecting the API data. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.", +"type": "string" +}, +"apiData": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiData", +"description": "Required. The API data to be collected." +}, +"collectionType": { +"description": "Required. The type of collection. Applies to all entries in api_data.", +"enum": [ +"COLLECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COLLECTION_TYPE_UPSERT", +"COLLECTION_TYPE_DELETE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the collection type is omitted.", +"The collection type is upsert. This should be used when an API is created or updated at the source.", +"The collection type is delete. This should be used when an API is deleted at the source." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginInstance": { +"description": "Required. The plugin instance collecting the API data. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Config": { +"description": "Available configurations to provision an ApiHub Instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Config", +"properties": { +"cmekKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The Customer Managed Encryption Key (CMEK) used for data encryption. The CMEK name should follow the format of `projects/([^/]+)/locations/([^/]+)/keyRings/([^/]+)/cryptoKeys/([^/]+)`, where the location must match the instance location. If the CMEK is not provided, a GMEK will be created for the instance.", +"type": "string" +}, +"disableSearch": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the search will be disabled for the instance. The default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"encryptionType": { +"description": "Optional. Encryption type for the region. If the encryption type is CMEK, the cmek_key_name must be provided. If no encryption type is provided, GMEK will be used.", +"enum": [ +"ENCRYPTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GMEK", +"CMEK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Encryption type unspecified.", +"Default encryption using Google managed encryption key.", +"Encryption using customer managed encryption key." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"vertexLocation": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the Vertex AI location where the data store is stored.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigTemplate": { +"description": "ConfigTemplate represents the configuration template for a plugin.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigTemplate", +"properties": { +"additionalConfigTemplate": { +"description": "Optional. The list of additional configuration variables for the plugin's configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigVariableTemplate" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"authConfigTemplate": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AuthConfigTemplate", +"description": "Optional. The authentication template for the plugin." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigValueOption": { +"description": "ConfigValueOption represents an option for a config variable of type enum or multi select.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigValueOption", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the option.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. Display name of the option.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Required. Id of the option.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigVariable": { +"description": "ConfigVariable represents a additional configuration variable present in a PluginInstance Config or AuthConfig, based on a ConfigVariableTemplate.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigVariable", +"properties": { +"boolValue": { +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type boolean.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"enumValue": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigValueOption", +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type enum." +}, +"intValue": { +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type integer.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "Output only. Key will be the id to uniquely identify the config variable.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"multiIntValues": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiIntValues", +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi integer." +}, +"multiSelectValues": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiSelectValues", +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi select." +}, +"multiStringValues": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiStringValues", +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type multi string." +}, +"secretValue": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Secret", +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type secret." +}, +"stringValue": { +"description": "Optional. The config variable value in case of config variable of type string.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigVariableTemplate": { +"description": "ConfigVariableTemplate represents a configuration variable template present in a Plugin Config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigVariableTemplate", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enumOptions": { +"description": "Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigValueOption" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Required. ID of the config variable. Must be unique within the configuration.", +"type": "string" +}, +"multiSelectOptions": { +"description": "Optional. Multi select options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `MULTI_SELECT`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigValueOption" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"required": { +"description": "Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a PluginInstance.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"validationRegex": { +"description": "Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"valueType": { +"description": "Required. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc.", +"enum": [ +"VALUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STRING", +"INT", +"BOOL", +"SECRET", +"ENUM", +"MULTI_SELECT", +"MULTI_STRING", +"MULTI_INT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Value type is not specified.", +"Value type is string.", +"Value type is integer.", +"Value type is boolean.", +"Value type is secret.", +"Value type is enum.", +"Value type is multi select.", +"Value type is multi string.", +"Value type is multi int." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation": { +"description": "A curation resource in the API Hub.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the curation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the curation.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the curation.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endpoint": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Endpoint", +"description": "Required. The endpoint to be triggered for curation." +}, +"lastExecutionErrorCode": { +"description": "Output only. The error code of the last execution of the curation. The error code is populated only when the last execution state is failed.", +"enum": [ +"ERROR_CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"INTERNAL_ERROR", +"UNAUTHORIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified error code.", +"The execution failed due to an internal error.", +"The curation is not authorized to trigger the endpoint uri." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastExecutionErrorMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution of the curation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastExecutionState": { +"description": "Output only. The last execution state of the curation.", +"enum": [ +"LAST_EXECUTION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified state.", +"The last curation execution was successful.", +"The last curation execution failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the curation. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginInstanceActions": { +"description": "Output only. The plugin instances and associated actions that are using the curation. Note: A particular curation could be used by multiple plugin instances or multiple actions in a plugin instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceActionID" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the curation was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1CurationConfig": { +"description": "The curation information for this plugin instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1CurationConfig", +"properties": { +"curationType": { +"description": "Required. The curation type for this plugin instance.", +"enum": [ +"CURATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEFAULT_CURATION_FOR_API_METADATA", +"CUSTOM_CURATION_FOR_API_METADATA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified curation type.", +"Default curation for API metadata will be used.", +"Custom curation for API metadata will be used." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"customCuration": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1CustomCuration", +"description": "Optional. Custom curation information for this plugin instance." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1CustomCuration": { +"description": "Custom curation information for this plugin instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1CustomCuration", +"properties": { +"curation": { +"description": "Required. The unique name of the curation resource. This will be the name of the curation resource in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/curations/{curation}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Definition": { +"description": "Represents a definition for example schema, request, response definitions contained in an API version. A definition is added/updated/deleted in an API version when a new spec is added or an existing spec is updated/deleted in a version. Currently, definition will be created only corresponding to OpenAPI spec as parsing is supported for OpenAPI spec. Also, within OpenAPI spec, only `schema` object is supported.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Definition", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the definition resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the definition was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the definition. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"schema": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Schema", +"description": "Output only. The value of a schema definition.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"spec": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the spec from where the definition was parsed. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. The type of the definition.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCHEMA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Definition type unspecified.", +"Definition type schema." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the definition was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency": { +"description": "A dependency resource defined in the API hub describes a dependency directed from a consumer to a supplier entity. A dependency can be defined between two Operations or between an Operation and External API.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the dependency resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"consumer": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DependencyEntityReference", +"description": "Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the consumer in the dependency." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the dependency was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Human readable description corresponding of the dependency.", +"type": "string" +}, +"discoveryMode": { +"description": "Output only. Discovery mode of the dependency.", +"enum": [ +"DISCOVERY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MANUAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Manual mode of discovery when the dependency is defined by the user." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorDetail": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DependencyErrorDetail", +"description": "Output only. Error details of a dependency if the system has detected it internally.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the dependency in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dependencies/{dependency}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the dependency.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROPOSED", +"VALIDATED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Dependency will be in a proposed state when it is newly identified by the API hub on its own.", +"Dependency will be in a validated state when it is validated by the admin or manually created in the API hub." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"supplier": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DependencyEntityReference", +"description": "Required. Immutable. The entity acting as the supplier in the dependency." +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the dependency was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1DependencyEntityReference": { +"description": "Reference to an entity participating in a dependency.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DependencyEntityReference", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. Display name of the entity.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"externalApiResourceName": { +"description": "The resource name of an external API in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApis/{external_api}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"operationResourceName": { +"description": "The resource name of an operation in the API Hub. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1DependencyErrorDetail": { +"description": "Details describing error condition of a dependency.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DependencyErrorDetail", +"properties": { +"error": { +"description": "Optional. Error in the dependency.", +"enum": [ +"ERROR_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUPPLIER_NOT_FOUND", +"SUPPLIER_RECREATED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value used for no error in the dependency.", +"Supplier entity has been deleted.", +"Supplier entity has been recreated." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"errorTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp at which the error was found.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment": { +"description": "Details of the deployment where APIs are hosted. A deployment could represent an Apigee proxy, API gateway, other Google Cloud services or non-Google Cloud services as well. A deployment entity is a root level entity in the API hub and exists independent of any API.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment", +"properties": { +"apiVersions": { +"description": "Output only. The API versions linked to this deployment. Note: A particular deployment could be linked to multiple different API versions (of same or different APIs).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the deployment resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the deployment was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deploymentType": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Required. The type of deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-deployment-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the deployment.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the deployment.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"description": "Optional. The documentation of the deployment." +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Required. The endpoints at which this deployment resource is listening for API requests. This could be a list of complete URIs, hostnames or an IP addresses.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"environment": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The environment mapping to this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-environment` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceUri": { +"description": "Required. A URI to the runtime resource. This URI can be used to manage the resource. For example, if the runtime resource is of type APIGEE_PROXY, then this field will contain the URI to the management UI of the proxy.", +"type": "string" +}, +"slo": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The SLO for this deployment. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-slo` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"sourceMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the deployment.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SourceMetadata" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the deployment was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1DeploymentMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata associated with a deployment.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DeploymentMetadata", +"properties": { +"deployment": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment", +"description": "Required. The deployment resource to be pushed to Hub's collect layer. The ID of the deployment will be generated by Hub." +}, +"originalCreateTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp indicating when the deployment was created at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalId": { +"description": "Optional. The unique identifier of the deployment in the system where it was originally created.", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalUpdateTime": { +"description": "Required. Timestamp indicating when the deployment was last updated at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1DisablePluginInstanceActionRequest": { +"description": "The DisablePluginInstanceAction method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DisablePluginInstanceActionRequest", +"properties": { +"actionId": { +"description": "Required. The action id to disable.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1DisablePluginRequest": { +"description": "The DisablePlugin method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DisablePluginRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation": { +"description": "Documentation details.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"properties": { +"externalUri": { +"description": "Optional. The uri of the externally hosted documentation.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1EnablePluginInstanceActionRequest": { +"description": "The EnablePluginInstanceAction method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1EnablePluginInstanceActionRequest", +"properties": { +"actionId": { +"description": "Required. The action id to enable.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1EnablePluginRequest": { +"description": "The EnablePlugin method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1EnablePluginRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Endpoint": { +"description": "The endpoint to be triggered for curation. The endpoint will be invoked with a request payload containing ApiMetadata. Response should contain curated data in the form of ApiMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Endpoint", +"properties": { +"applicationIntegrationEndpointDetails": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApplicationIntegrationEndpointDetails", +"description": "Required. The details of the Application Integration endpoint to be triggered for curation." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1EnumAttributeValues": { +"description": "The attribute values of data type enum.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1EnumAttributeValues", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is enum.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AllowedValue" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ExecutePluginInstanceActionRequest": { +"description": "The ExecutePluginInstanceAction method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExecutePluginInstanceActionRequest", +"properties": { +"actionExecutionDetail": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ActionExecutionDetail", +"description": "Required. The execution details for the action to execute." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ExecutionStatus": { +"description": "The execution status for the plugin instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExecutionStatus", +"properties": { +"currentExecutionState": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the execution.", +"enum": [ +"CURRENT_EXECUTION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"RUNNING", +"NOT_RUNNING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified execution state.", +"The plugin instance is executing.", +"The plugin instance is not running an execution." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastExecution": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LastExecution", +"description": "Output only. The last execution of the plugin instance.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi": { +"description": "An external API represents an API being provided by external sources. This can be used to model third-party APIs and can be used to define dependencies.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the external API. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode Code Points).", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. Display name of the external API. Max length is 63 characters (Unicode Code Points).", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"description": "Optional. Documentation of the external API." +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Optional. List of endpoints on which this API is accessible.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/externalApi/{externalApi}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"paths": { +"description": "Optional. List of paths served by this API.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Last update timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1GoogleServiceAccountConfig": { +"description": "Config for Google service account authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1GoogleServiceAccountConfig", +"properties": { +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "Required. The service account to be used for authenticating request. The `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted on this service account to the impersonator service account.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1HostProjectRegistration": { +"description": "Host project registration refers to the registration of a Google cloud project with Api Hub as a host project. This is the project where Api Hub is provisioned. It acts as the consumer project for the Api Hub instance provisioned. Multiple runtime projects can be attached to the host project and these attachments define the scope of Api Hub.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HostProjectRegistration", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the host project registration was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"gcpProject": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: \"projects/abc\" or \"projects/123\". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the host project registration. Format: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/hostProjectRegistrations/{host_project_registration}\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1HostingService": { +"description": "The information related to the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HostingService", +"properties": { +"serviceUri": { +"description": "Optional. The URI of the service implemented by the plugin developer, used to invoke the plugin's functionality. This information is only required for user defined plugins.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1HttpOperation": { +"description": "The HTTP Operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HttpOperation", +"properties": { +"method": { +"description": "Optional. Operation method Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.", +"enum": [ +"METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"GET", +"PUT", +"POST", +"DELETE", +"OPTIONS", +"HEAD", +"PATCH", +"TRACE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Method unspecified.", +"Get Operation type.", +"Put Operation type.", +"Post Operation type.", +"Delete Operation type.", +"Options Operation type.", +"Head Operation type.", +"Patch Operation type.", +"Trace Operation type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Path", +"description": "Optional. The path details for the Operation. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Issue": { +"description": "Issue contains the details of a single issue found by the linter.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Issue", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "Required. Rule code unique to each rule defined in linter.", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Required. Human-readable message describing the issue found by the linter.", +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Required. An array of strings indicating the location in the analyzed document where the rule was triggered.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"range": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Range", +"description": "Required. Object describing where in the file the issue was found." +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Required. Severity level of the rule violation.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"SEVERITY_ERROR", +"SEVERITY_WARNING", +"SEVERITY_INFO", +"SEVERITY_HINT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Severity unspecified.", +"Severity error.", +"Severity warning.", +"Severity info.", +"Severity hint." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1LastExecution": { +"description": "The result of the last execution of the plugin instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LastExecution", +"properties": { +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last execution end time of the plugin instance.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during the last execution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"result": { +"description": "Output only. The result of the last execution of the plugin instance.", +"enum": [ +"RESULT_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified execution result.", +"The plugin instance executed successfully.", +"The plugin instance execution failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last execution start time of the plugin instance.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1LintResponse": { +"description": "LintResponse contains the response from the linter.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LintResponse", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Required. Timestamp when the linting response was generated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"issues": { +"description": "Optional. Array of issues found in the analyzed document.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Issue" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"linter": { +"description": "Required. Name of the linter used.", +"enum": [ +"LINTER_UNSPECIFIED", +"SPECTRAL", +"OTHER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Linter type unspecified.", +"Linter type spectral.", +"Linter type other." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Required. Name of the linting application.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Required. Lint state represents success or failure for linting.", +"enum": [ +"LINT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LINT_STATE_SUCCESS", +"LINT_STATE_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Lint state unspecified.", +"Linting was completed successfully.", +"Linting encountered errors." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"summary": { +"description": "Optional. Summary of all issue types and counts for each severity level.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SummaryEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1LintSpecRequest": { +"description": "The LintSpec method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LintSpecRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListApiOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The ListApiOperations method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListApiOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"apiOperations": { +"description": "The operations corresponding to an API version.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiOperation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListApisResponse": { +"description": "The ListApis method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListApisResponse", +"properties": { +"apis": { +"description": "The API resources present in the API hub.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Api" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListAttributesResponse": { +"description": "The ListAttributes method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListAttributesResponse", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"description": "The list of all attributes.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Attribute" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListCurationsResponse": { +"description": "The ListCurations method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListCurationsResponse", +"properties": { +"curations": { +"description": "The curation resources present in the API hub.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Curation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListDependenciesResponse": { +"description": "The ListDependencies method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListDependenciesResponse", +"properties": { +"dependencies": { +"description": "The dependency resources present in the API hub.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Dependency" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListDeploymentsResponse": { +"description": "The ListDeployments method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListDeploymentsResponse", +"properties": { +"deployments": { +"description": "The deployment resources present in the API hub.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Deployment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListExternalApisResponse": { +"description": "The ListExternalApis method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListExternalApisResponse", +"properties": { +"externalApis": { +"description": "The External API resources present in the API hub.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExternalApi" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListHostProjectRegistrationsResponse": { +"description": "The ListHostProjectRegistrations method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListHostProjectRegistrationsResponse", +"properties": { +"hostProjectRegistrations": { +"description": "The list of host project registrations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HostProjectRegistration" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListPluginInstancesResponse": { +"description": "The ListPluginInstances method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListPluginInstancesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginInstances": { +"description": "The plugin instances from the specified parent resource.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListPluginsResponse": { +"description": "The ListPlugins method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListPluginsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"plugins": { +"description": "The plugins from the specified parent resource.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListRuntimeProjectAttachmentsResponse": { +"description": "The ListRuntimeProjectAttachments method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListRuntimeProjectAttachmentsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"runtimeProjectAttachments": { +"description": "List of runtime project attachments.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1RuntimeProjectAttachment" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListSpecsResponse": { +"description": "The ListSpecs method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListSpecsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"specs": { +"description": "The specs corresponding to an API Version.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1ListVersionsResponse": { +"description": "The ListVersions method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ListVersionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"versions": { +"description": "The versions corresponding to an API.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1LookupApiHubInstanceResponse": { +"description": "The LookupApiHubInstance method's response.`", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LookupApiHubInstanceResponse", +"properties": { +"apiHubInstance": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubInstance", +"description": "API Hub instance for a project if it exists, empty otherwise." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1LookupRuntimeProjectAttachmentResponse": { +"description": "The ListRuntimeProjectAttachments method's response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LookupRuntimeProjectAttachmentResponse", +"properties": { +"runtimeProjectAttachment": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1RuntimeProjectAttachment", +"description": "Runtime project attachment for a project if exists, empty otherwise." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiIntValues": { +"description": "The config variable value of data type multi int.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiIntValues", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "Optional. The config variable value of data type multi int.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiSelectValues": { +"description": "The config variable value of data type multi select.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiSelectValues", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "Optional. The config variable value of data type multi select.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigValueOption" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiStringValues": { +"description": "The config variable value of data type multi string.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1MultiStringValues", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "Optional. The config variable value of data type multi string.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Oauth2ClientCredentialsConfig": { +"description": "Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 client credentials grant authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3.4 for more details.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Oauth2ClientCredentialsConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client identifier.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Secret", +"description": "Required. Secret version reference containing the client secret. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1OpenApiSpecDetails": { +"description": "OpenApiSpecDetails contains the details parsed from an OpenAPI spec in addition to the fields mentioned in SpecDetails.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1OpenApiSpecDetails", +"properties": { +"format": { +"description": "Output only. The format of the spec.", +"enum": [ +"FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", +"OPEN_API_SPEC_2_0", +"OPEN_API_SPEC_3_0", +"OPEN_API_SPEC_3_1" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"SpecFile type unspecified.", +"OpenAPI Spec v2.0.", +"OpenAPI Spec v3.0.", +"OpenAPI Spec v3.1." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"owner": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Owner", +"description": "Output only. Owner details for the spec. This maps to `info.contact` in OpenAPI spec.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. The version in the spec. This maps to `info.version` in OpenAPI spec.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1OperationDetails": { +"description": "The operation details parsed from the spec.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1OperationDetails", +"properties": { +"deprecated": { +"description": "Optional. For OpenAPI spec, this will be set if `operation.deprecated`is marked as `true` in the spec.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the operation behavior. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.description` in the spec, in case description is empty, `operation.summary` will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"description": "Optional. Additional external documentation for this operation. For OpenAPI spec, this will map to `operation.documentation` in the spec." +}, +"httpOperation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HttpOperation", +"description": "The HTTP Operation." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1OperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1OperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Owner": { +"description": "Owner details.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Owner", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the owner.", +"type": "string" +}, +"email": { +"description": "Required. The email of the owner.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Path": { +"description": "The path details derived from the spec.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Path", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. A short description for the path applicable to all operations.", +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Optional. Complete path relative to server endpoint. Note: Even though this field is optional, it is required for CreateApiOperation API and we will fail the request if not provided.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin": { +"description": "A plugin resource in the API Hub.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Plugin", +"properties": { +"actionsConfig": { +"description": "Optional. The configuration of actions supported by the plugin.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginActionConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"configTemplate": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigTemplate", +"description": "Optional. The configuration template for the plugin." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The plugin description. Max length is 2000 characters (Unicode code points).", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the plugin. Max length is 50 characters (Unicode code points).", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"description": "Optional. The documentation of the plugin, that explains how to set up and use the plugin." +}, +"hostingService": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1HostingService", +"description": "Optional. This field is optional. It is used to notify the plugin hosting service for any lifecycle changes of the plugin instance and trigger execution of plugin instance actions in case of API hub managed actions. This field should be provided if the plugin instance lifecycle of the developed plugin needs to be managed from API hub. Also, in this case the plugin hosting service interface needs to be implemented. This field should not be provided if the plugin wants to manage plugin instance lifecycle events outside of hub interface and use plugin framework for only registering of plugin and plugin instances to capture the source of data into hub. Note, in this case the plugin hosting service interface is not required to be implemented. Also, the plugin instance lifecycle actions will be disabled from API hub's UI." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the plugin. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"ownershipType": { +"description": "Output only. The type of the plugin, indicating whether it is 'SYSTEM_OWNED' or 'USER_OWNED'.", +"enum": [ +"OWNERSHIP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SYSTEM_OWNED", +"USER_OWNED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified type.", +"System owned plugins are defined by API hub and are available out of the box in API hub.", +"User owned plugins are defined by the user and need to be explicitly added to API hub via CreatePlugin method." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginCategory": { +"description": "Optional. The category of the plugin, identifying its primary category or purpose. This field is required for all plugins.", +"enum": [ +"PLUGIN_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"API_GATEWAY", +"API_PRODUCER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified plugin type.", +"API_GATEWAY plugins represent plugins built for API Gateways like Apigee.", +"API_PRODUCER plugins represent plugins built for API Producers like Cloud Run, Application Integration etc." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Represents the state of the plugin. Note this field will not be set for plugins developed via plugin framework as the state will be managed at plugin instance level.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENABLED", +"DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The plugin is enabled.", +"The plugin is disabled." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The type of the API. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-plugin-type` attribute. The number of allowed values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute. Note this field is not required for plugins developed via plugin framework." +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginActionConfig": { +"description": "PluginActionConfig represents the configuration of an action supported by a plugin.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginActionConfig", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Required. The description of the operation performed by the action.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the action.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Required. The id of the action.", +"type": "string" +}, +"triggerMode": { +"description": "Required. The trigger mode supported by the action.", +"enum": [ +"TRIGGER_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"API_HUB_ON_DEMAND_TRIGGER", +"API_HUB_SCHEDULE_TRIGGER", +"NON_API_HUB_MANAGED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified mode.", +"This action can be executed by invoking ExecutePluginInstanceAction API with the given action id. To support this, the plugin hosting service should handle this action id as part of execute call.", +"This action will be executed on schedule by invoking ExecutePluginInstanceAction API with the given action id. To set the schedule, the user can provide the cron expression in the PluginAction field for a given plugin instance. To support this, the plugin hosting service should handle this action id as part of execute call. Note, on demand execution will be supported by default in this trigger mode.", +"The execution of this plugin is not handled by API hub. In this case, the plugin hosting service need not handle this action id as part of the execute call." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstance": { +"description": "Represents a plugin instance resource in the API Hub. A PluginInstance is a specific instance of a hub plugin with its own configuration, state, and execution details.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstance", +"properties": { +"actions": { +"description": "Required. The action status for the plugin instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceAction" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"additionalConfig": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ConfigVariable" +}, +"description": "Optional. The additional information for this plugin instance corresponding to the additional config template of the plugin. This information will be sent to plugin hosting service on each call to plugin hosted service. The key will be the config_variable_template.display_name to uniquely identify the config variable.", +"type": "object" +}, +"authConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The authentication information for this plugin instance." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name for this plugin instance. Max length is 255 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Error message describing the failure, if any, during Create, Delete or ApplyConfig operation corresponding to the plugin instance.This field will only be populated if the plugin instance is in the ERROR or FAILED state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The unique name of the plugin instance resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the plugin instance (e.g., enabled, disabled, provisioning).", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"APPLYING_CONFIG", +"ERROR", +"FAILED", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified state.", +"The plugin instance is being created.", +"The plugin instance is active and ready for executions. This is the only state where executions can run on the plugin instance.", +"The updated config that contains additional_config and auth_config is being applied.", +"The ERROR state can come while applying config. Users can retrigger ApplyPluginInstanceConfig to restore the plugin instance back to active state. Note, In case the ERROR state happens while applying config (auth_config, additional_config), the plugin instance will reflect the config which was trying to be applied while error happened. In order to overwrite, trigger ApplyConfig with a new config.", +"The plugin instance is in a failed state. This indicates that an unrecoverable error occurred during a previous operation (Create, Delete).", +"The plugin instance is being deleted. Delete is only possible if there is no other operation running on the plugin instance and plugin instance action." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp indicating when the plugin instance was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceAction": { +"description": "PluginInstanceAction represents an action which can be executed in the plugin instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceAction", +"properties": { +"actionId": { +"description": "Required. This should map to one of the action id specified in actions_config in the plugin.", +"type": "string" +}, +"curationConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1CurationConfig", +"description": "Optional. This configuration should be provided if the plugin action is publishing data to API hub curate layer." +}, +"hubInstanceAction": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ExecutionStatus", +"description": "Optional. The execution information for the plugin instance action done corresponding to an API hub instance." +}, +"scheduleCronExpression": { +"description": "Optional. The schedule for this plugin instance action. This can only be set if the plugin supports API_HUB_SCHEDULE_TRIGGER mode for this action.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scheduleTimeZone": { +"description": "Optional. The time zone for the schedule cron expression. If not provided, UTC will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the plugin action in the plugin instance.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENABLED", +"DISABLED", +"ENABLING", +"DISABLING", +"ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified state.", +"The action is enabled in the plugin instance i.e., executions can be triggered for this action.", +"The action is disabled in the plugin instance i.e., no executions can be triggered for this action. This state indicates that the user explicitly disabled the instance, and no further action is needed unless the user wants to re-enable it.", +"The action in the plugin instance is being enabled.", +"The action in the plugin instance is being disabled.", +"The ERROR state can come while enabling/disabling plugin instance action. Users can retrigger enable, disable via EnablePluginInstanceAction and DisablePluginInstanceAction to restore the action back to enabled/disabled state. Note enable/disable on actions can only be triggered if plugin instance is in Active state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceActionID": { +"description": "The plugin instance and associated action that is using the curation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceActionID", +"properties": { +"actionId": { +"description": "Output only. The action ID that is using the curation. This should map to one of the action IDs specified in action configs in the plugin.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginInstance": { +"description": "Output only. Plugin instance that is using the curation. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceActionSource": { +"description": "PluginInstanceActionSource represents the plugin instance action source.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceActionSource", +"properties": { +"actionId": { +"description": "Output only. The id of the plugin instance action.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginInstance": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the source plugin instance. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Point": { +"description": "Point within the file (line and character).", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Point", +"properties": { +"character": { +"description": "Required. Character position within the line (zero-indexed).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"line": { +"description": "Required. Line number (zero-indexed).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Range": { +"description": "Object describing where in the file the issue was found.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Range", +"properties": { +"end": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Point", +"description": "Required. End of the issue." +}, +"start": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Point", +"description": "Required. Start of the issue." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1RuntimeProjectAttachment": { +"description": "Runtime project attachment represents an attachment from the runtime project to the host project. Api Hub looks for deployments in the attached runtime projects and creates corresponding resources in Api Hub for the discovered deployments.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1RuntimeProjectAttachment", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of a runtime project attachment. Format: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeProjectAttachments/{runtime_project_attachment}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"runtimeProject": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Google cloud project name in the format: \"projects/abc\" or \"projects/123\". As input, project name with either project id or number are accepted. As output, this field will contain project number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Schema": { +"description": "The schema details derived from the spec. Currently, this entity is supported for OpenAPI spec only. For OpenAPI spec, this maps to the schema defined in the `definitions` section for OpenAPI 2.0 version and in `components.schemas` section for OpenAPI 3.0 and 3.1 version.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Schema", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. The display name of the schema. This will map to the name of the schema in the spec.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"rawValue": { +"description": "Output only. The raw value of the schema definition corresponding to the schema name in the spec.", +"format": "byte", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResourcesRequest": { +"description": "The SearchResources method's request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResourcesRequest", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of search results. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be `=`. Filters are not case sensitive. The following field names are eligible for filtering: * `resource_type` - The type of resource in the search results. Must be one of the following: `Api`, `ApiOperation`, `Deployment`, `Definition`, `Spec` or `Version`. This field can only be specified once in the filter. Here are is an example: * `resource_type = Api` - The resource_type is _Api_.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of search results to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified at most 10 search results will be returned. If value is negative then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The maximum value is 25; values above 25 will be coerced to 25. While paginating, you can specify a new page size parameter for each page of search results to be listed.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous SearchResources call. Specify this parameter to retrieve the next page of transactions. When paginating, you must specify the `page_token` parameter and all the other parameters except page_size should be specified with the same value which was used in the previous call. If the other fields are set with a different value than the previous call then `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"type": "string" +}, +"query": { +"description": "Required. The free text search query. This query can contain keywords which could be related to any detail of the API-Hub resources such display names, descriptions, attributes etc.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResourcesResponse": { +"description": "Response for the SearchResources method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResourcesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Pass this token in the SearchResourcesRequest to continue to list results. If all results have been returned, this field is an empty string or not present in the response.", +"type": "string" +}, +"searchResults": { +"description": "List of search results according to the filter and search query specified. The order of search results represents the ranking.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResult" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResult": { +"description": "Represents the search results.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SearchResult", +"properties": { +"resource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1ApiHubResource", +"description": "This represents the ApiHubResource. Note: Only selected fields of the resources are populated in response." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Secret": { +"description": "Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Secret", +"properties": { +"secretVersion": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SourceMetadata": { +"description": "SourceMetadata represents the metadata for a resource at the source.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SourceMetadata", +"properties": { +"originalResourceCreateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the resource was created at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"originalResourceId": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource at the source.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"originalResourceUpdateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pluginInstanceActionSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1PluginInstanceActionSource", +"description": "Output only. The source of the resource is a plugin instance action.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"sourceType": { +"description": "Output only. The type of the source.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PLUGIN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Source type not specified.", +"Source type plugin." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec": { +"description": "Represents a spec associated with an API version in the API Hub. Note that specs of various types can be uploaded, however parsing of details is supported for OpenAPI spec currently.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the spec. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"contents": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecContents", +"description": "Optional. Input only. The contents of the uploaded spec." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the spec was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"details": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecDetails", +"description": "Output only. Details parsed from the spec.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the spec. This can contain the file name of the spec.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"description": "Optional. The documentation of the spec. For OpenAPI spec, this will be populated from `externalDocs` in OpenAPI spec." +}, +"lintResponse": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1LintResponse", +"description": "Optional. The lint response for the spec." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the spec. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"parsingMode": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. Enum specifying the parsing mode for OpenAPI Specification (OAS) parsing.", +"enum": [ +"PARSING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"RELAXED", +"STRICT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Defaults to `RELAXED`.", +"Parsing of the Spec on create and update is relaxed, meaning that parsing errors the spec contents will not fail the API call.", +"Parsing of the Spec on create and update is strict, meaning that parsing errors in the spec contents will fail the API call." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the spec.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SourceMetadata" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"sourceUri": { +"description": "Optional. The URI of the spec source in case file is uploaded from an external version control system.", +"type": "string" +}, +"specType": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Required. The type of spec. The value should be one of the allowed values defined for `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-spec-type` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. Note, this field is mandatory if content is provided." +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the spec was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecContents": { +"description": "The spec contents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecContents", +"properties": { +"contents": { +"description": "Required. The contents of the spec.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Required. The mime type of the content for example application/json, application/yaml, application/wsdl etc.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecDetails": { +"description": "SpecDetails contains the details parsed from supported spec types.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecDetails", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. The description of the spec.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"openApiSpecDetails": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1OpenApiSpecDetails", +"description": "Output only. Additional details apart from `OperationDetails` parsed from an OpenAPI spec. The OperationDetails parsed from the spec can be obtained by using ListAPIOperations method.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata associated with a spec of the API version.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecMetadata", +"properties": { +"originalCreateTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp indicating when the spec was created at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalId": { +"description": "Optional. The unique identifier of the spec in the system where it was originally created.", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalUpdateTime": { +"description": "Required. Timestamp indicating when the spec was last updated at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"spec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Spec", +"description": "Required. The spec resource to be pushed to Hub's collect layer. The ID of the spec will be generated by Hub." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1StringAttributeValues": { +"description": "The attribute values of data type string or JSON.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StringAttributeValues", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "Required. The attribute values in case attribute data type is string or JSON.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuide": { +"description": "Represents a singleton style guide resource to be used for linting Open API specs.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuide", +"properties": { +"contents": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuideContents", +"description": "Required. Input only. The contents of the uploaded style guide." +}, +"linter": { +"description": "Required. Target linter for the style guide.", +"enum": [ +"LINTER_UNSPECIFIED", +"SPECTRAL", +"OTHER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Linter type unspecified.", +"Linter type spectral.", +"Linter type other." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the style guide. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/styleGuide`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuideContents": { +"description": "The style guide contents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1StyleGuideContents", +"properties": { +"contents": { +"description": "Required. The contents of the style guide.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Required. The mime type of the content.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1SummaryEntry": { +"description": "Count of issues with a given severity.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SummaryEntry", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Required. Count of issues with the given severity.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Required. Severity of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"SEVERITY_ERROR", +"SEVERITY_WARNING", +"SEVERITY_INFO", +"SEVERITY_HINT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Severity unspecified.", +"Severity error.", +"Severity warning.", +"Severity info.", +"Severity hint." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1UserPasswordConfig": { +"description": "Parameters to support Username and Password Authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1UserPasswordConfig", +"properties": { +"password": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Secret", +"description": "Required. Secret version reference containing the password. The `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to the service account accessing the secret." +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. Username.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1Version": { +"description": "Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. This is also referred to as the API version.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version", +"properties": { +"accreditation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The accreditations associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-accreditation` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"apiOperations": { +"description": "Output only. The operations contained in the API version. These operations will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/operations/{operation}`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues" +}, +"description": "Optional. The list of user defined attributes associated with the Version resource. The key is the attribute name. It will be of the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/{attribute}`. The value is the attribute values associated with the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"compliance": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The compliance associated with the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-compliance` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the version was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"definitions": { +"description": "Output only. The definitions contained in the API version. These definitions will be added to the version when a new spec is added or when an existing spec is updated. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/definitions/{definition}`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"deployments": { +"description": "Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc) Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the version.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the version.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Documentation", +"description": "Optional. The documentation of the version." +}, +"lifecycle": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1AttributeValues", +"description": "Optional. The lifecycle of the API version. This maps to the following system defined attribute: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/attributes/system-lifecycle` attribute. The number of values for this attribute will be based on the cardinality of the attribute. The same can be retrieved via GetAttribute API. All values should be from the list of allowed values defined for the attribute." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"selectedDeployment": { +"description": "Optional. The selected deployment for a Version resource. This can be used when special handling is needed on client side for a particular deployment linked to the version. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. The list of sources and metadata from the sources of the version.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SourceMetadata" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"specs": { +"description": "Output only. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apis/{api}/versions/{version}/specs/{spec}`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the version was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudApihubV1VersionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata associated with a version of the API resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudApihubV1VersionMetadata", +"properties": { +"deployments": { +"description": "Optional. The deployments linked to this API version. Note: A particular API version could be deployed to multiple deployments (for dev deployment, UAT deployment, etc.)", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1DeploymentMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"originalCreateTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp indicating when the version was created at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalId": { +"description": "Optional. The unique identifier of the version in the system where it was originally created.", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalUpdateTime": { +"description": "Required. Timestamp indicating when the version was last updated at the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"specs": { +"description": "Optional. The specs associated with this version. Note that an API version can be associated with multiple specs.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1SpecMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"version": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudApihubV1Version", +"description": "Required. Represents a version of the API resource in API hub. The ID of the version will be generated by Hub." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"cancelRequested": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"statusDetail": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", +"id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudLocationLocation": { +"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}", +"type": "object" +}, +"locationId": { +"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest": { +"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", +"id": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", +"id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operations": { +"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleLongrunningOperation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "GoogleLongrunningOperation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleRpcStatus": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "API hub API", +"version": "v1", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index dbd134c86b..fe11c1ccef 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1766,6 +1766,57 @@ } } }, +"domainMappings": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the specified domain mapping.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/domainMappings/{domainMappingsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"domainMappingsId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"domainMappingsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/domainMappings/example.com.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/domainMappings/{domainMappingsId}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DomainMapping" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/appengine.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} +}, "services": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -1812,6 +1863,65 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the configuration of the specified service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.services.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"servicesId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"migrateTraffic": { +"description": "Set to true to gradually shift traffic to one or more versions that you specify. By default, traffic is shifted immediately. For gradual traffic migration, the target versions must be located within instances that are configured for both warmup requests (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#InboundServiceType) and automatic scaling (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#AutomaticScaling). You must specify the shardBy (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services#ShardBy) field in the Service resource. Gradual traffic migration is not supported in the App Engine flexible environment. For examples, see Migrating and Splitting Traffic (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/migrating-splitting-traffic).", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Name of the resource to update. Example: apps/myapp/services/default.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Service" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -1941,7 +2051,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250409", +"revision": "20250512", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index 016eb2e0b7..9107c18a11 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -857,6 +857,57 @@ ] } } +}, +"domainMappings": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the specified domain mapping.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/domainMappings/{domainMappingsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"domainMappingsId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"domainMappingsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/domainMappings/example.com.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/domainMappings/{domainMappingsId}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DomainMapping" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/appengine.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} } } }, @@ -958,7 +1009,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250409", +"revision": "20250512", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 72887b4067..8b3541a992 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1879,6 +1879,57 @@ } } }, +"domainMappings": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the specified domain mapping.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/domainMappings/{domainMappingsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.domainMappings.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"domainMappingsId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"domainMappingsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/domainMappings/example.com.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/domainMappings/{domainMappingsId}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DomainMapping" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/appengine.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} +}, "services": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -1925,6 +1976,65 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the configuration of the specified service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.services.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"servicesId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"migrateTraffic": { +"description": "Set to true to gradually shift traffic to one or more versions that you specify. By default, traffic is shifted immediately. For gradual traffic migration, the target versions must be located within instances that are configured for both warmup requests (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#InboundServiceType) and automatic scaling (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#AutomaticScaling). You must specify the shardBy (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services#ShardBy) field in the Service resource. Gradual traffic migration is not supported in the App Engine flexible environment. For examples, see Migrating and Splitting Traffic (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/migrating-splitting-traffic).", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Name of the resource to update. Example: apps/myapp/services/default.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Service" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -2147,7 +2257,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250409", +"revision": "20250512", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index 005ff58f60..e236922759 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -91,6 +91,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-southwest1" }, @@ -161,6 +166,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "southamerica-east1" }, @@ -2455,7 +2465,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250425", +"revision": "20250502", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index 47c2b806e9..0c22c5917c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -91,6 +91,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-southwest1" }, @@ -161,6 +166,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "southamerica-east1" }, @@ -1172,7 +1182,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250425", +"revision": "20250502", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index 1593098ac3..03c02abbeb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -91,6 +91,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-southwest1" }, @@ -161,6 +166,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "southamerica-east1" }, @@ -1440,7 +1450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250425", +"revision": "20250502", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json index e936d67e1c..e6ea071155 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json @@ -319,6 +319,45 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a BackupPlanAssociation", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "backupdr.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupPlanAssociations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the BackupPlanAssociation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then the request will fail. Currently backup_plan_association.backup_plan is the only supported field.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "BackupPlanAssociation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "triggerBackup": { "description": "Triggers a new Backup.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationsId}:triggerBackup", @@ -753,6 +792,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, +"forceUpdateAccessRestriction": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, we will force update access restriction even if some non compliant data sources are present. The default is 'false'.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Output only. Identifier. Name of the backup vault to create. It must have the format`\"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}\"`. `{backupvault}` cannot be changed after creation. It must be between 3-63 characters long and must be unique within the project and location.", "location": "path", @@ -1751,7 +1795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250411", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonBackupRequest": { @@ -2156,6 +2200,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"diskBackupProperties": { +"$ref": "DiskBackupProperties", +"description": "Output only. Disk specific backup properties.", +"readOnly": true +}, "enforcedRetentionEndTime": { "description": "Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -2648,6 +2697,14 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"supportedResourceTypes": { +"description": "Output only. All resource types to which backupPlan can be applied.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was last updated.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -2835,14 +2892,16 @@ "CREATING", "ACTIVE", "DELETING", -"ERROR" +"ERROR", +"UPDATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "State not set.", "The backup vault is being created.", "The backup vault has been created and is fully usable.", "The backup vault is being deleted.", -"The backup vault is experiencing an issue and might be unusable." +"The backup vault is experiencing an issue and might be unusable.", +"The backup vault is being updated." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3229,6 +3288,11 @@ "description": "Message describing a DataSource object. Datasource object used to represent Datasource details for both admin and basic view.", "id": "DataSource", "properties": { +"backupBlockedByVaultAccessRestriction": { +"description": "Output only. This field is set to true if the backup is blocked by vault access restriction.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "backupConfigInfo": { "$ref": "BackupConfigInfo", "description": "Output only. Details of how the resource is configured for backup.", @@ -3363,6 +3427,10 @@ "$ref": "ComputeInstanceDataSourceProperties", "description": "ComputeInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of Compute Instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level." }, +"diskDatasourceProperties": { +"$ref": "DiskDataSourceProperties", +"description": "DiskDataSourceProperties has a subset of Disk properties that are useful at the Datasource level." +}, "gcpResourcename": { "description": "Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3379,6 +3447,226 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskBackupProperties": { +"description": "DiskBackupProperties represents the properties of a Disk backup.", +"id": "DiskBackupProperties", +"properties": { +"architecture": { +"description": "The architecture of the source disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64.", +"enum": [ +"ARCHITECTURE_UNSPECIFIED", +"X86_64", +"ARM64" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Disks with architecture X86_64", +"Disks with architecture ARM64" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "A description of the source disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"guestOsFeature": { +"description": "A list of guest OS features that are applicable to this backup.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GuestOsFeature" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"licenses": { +"description": "A list of publicly available licenses that are applicable to this backup. This is applicable if the original image had licenses attached, e.g. Windows image.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Region and zone are mutually exclusive fields. The URL of the region of the source disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"replicaZones": { +"description": "The URL of the Zones where the source disk should be replicated.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sizeGb": { +"description": "Size(in GB) of the source disk.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceDisk": { +"description": "The source disk used to create this backup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The URL of the type of the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The URL of the Zone where the source disk.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DiskDataSourceProperties": { +"description": "DiskDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Disk resource that are stored in the DataSource. .", +"id": "DiskDataSourceProperties", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "The description of the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name of the disk backed up by the datasource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sizeGb": { +"description": "The size of the disk in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of the disk.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DiskRestoreProperties": { +"description": "DiskRestoreProperties represents the properties of a Disk restore.", +"id": "DiskRestoreProperties", +"properties": { +"accessMode": { +"description": "Optional. The access mode of the disk.", +"enum": [ +"READ_WRITE_SINGLE", +"READ_WRITE_MANY", +"READ_ONLY_MANY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default AccessMode, means the disk can be attached to single instance in RW mode.", +"The AccessMode means the disk can be attached to multiple instances in RW mode.", +"The AccessMode means the disk can be attached to multiple instances in RO mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"architecture": { +"description": "Optional. The architecture of the source disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64.", +"enum": [ +"ARCHITECTURE_UNSPECIFIED", +"X86_64", +"ARM64" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Disks with architecture X86_64", +"Disks with architecture ARM64" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"diskEncryptionKey": { +"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", +"description": "Optional. Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key." +}, +"enableConfidentialCompute": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. Encryption with a Cloud KMS key is required to enable this option.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"guestOsFeature": { +"description": "Optional. A list of features to enable in the guest operating system. This is applicable only for bootable images.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GuestOsFeature" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Labels to apply to this disk. These can be modified later using setLabels method. Label values can be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"licenses": { +"description": "Optional. A list of publicly available licenses that are applicable to this backup. This is applicable if the original image had licenses attached, e.g. Windows image", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the disk..", +"type": "string" +}, +"physicalBlockSizeBytes": { +"description": "Optional. Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. Currently, the supported size is 4096.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedIops": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedThroughput": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk.", +"type": "object" +}, +"resourcePolicy": { +"description": "Optional. Resource policies applied to this disk.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sizeGb": { +"description": "Required. The size of the disk in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"storagePool": { +"description": "Optional. The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DiskTargetEnvironment": { +"description": "DiskTargetEnvironment represents the target environment for the disk.", +"id": "DiskTargetEnvironment", +"properties": { +"project": { +"description": "Required. Target project for the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Required. Target zone for the disk.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisplayDevice": { "description": "A set of Display Device options", "id": "DisplayDevice", @@ -4424,6 +4712,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionDiskTargetEnvironment": { +"description": "RegionDiskTargetEnvironment represents the target environment for the disk.", +"id": "RegionDiskTargetEnvironment", +"properties": { +"project": { +"description": "Required. Target project for the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Required. Target region for the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"replicaZones": { +"description": "Required. Target URLs of the replica zones for the disk.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RemoveDataSourceRequest": { "description": "Message for deleting a DataSource.", "id": "RemoveDataSourceRequest", @@ -4512,6 +4822,18 @@ "$ref": "ComputeInstanceTargetEnvironment", "description": "Compute Engine target environment to be used during restore." }, +"diskRestoreProperties": { +"$ref": "DiskRestoreProperties", +"description": "Disk properties to be overridden during restore." +}, +"diskTargetEnvironment": { +"$ref": "DiskTargetEnvironment", +"description": "Disk target environment to be used during restore." +}, +"regionDiskTargetEnvironment": { +"$ref": "RegionDiskTargetEnvironment", +"description": "Region disk target environment to be used during restore." +}, "requestId": { "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index e84582eecf..4250804d8c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250427", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -3763,6 +3763,11 @@ "$ref": "DatasetReference", "description": "The dataset reference. Use this property to access specific parts of the dataset's ID, such as project ID or dataset ID." }, +"externalDatasetReference": { +"$ref": "ExternalDatasetReference", +"description": "Output only. Reference to a read-only external dataset defined in data catalogs outside of BigQuery. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL.", +"readOnly": true +}, "friendlyName": { "description": "An alternate name for the dataset. The friendly name is purely decorative in nature.", "type": "string" @@ -5623,7 +5628,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "writeDisposition": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints and uses the schema from the load job. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_APPEND. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5761,7 +5766,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "writeDisposition": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. The following values are supported: * WRITE_TRUNCATE: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, removes the constraints, and uses the schema from the query result. * WRITE_TRUNCATE_DATA: If the table already exists, BigQuery overwrites the data, but keeps the constraints and schema of the existing table. * WRITE_APPEND: If the table already exists, BigQuery appends the data to the table. * WRITE_EMPTY: If the table already exists and contains data, a 'duplicate' error is returned in the job result. The default value is WRITE_EMPTY. Each action is atomic and only occurs if BigQuery is able to complete the job successfully. Creation, truncation and append actions occur as one atomic update upon job completion.", "type": "string" }, "writeIncrementalResults": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index ae514adcdc..4796d5be72 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ "customEmojis": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Creates a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`", "flatPath": "v1/customEmojis", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.customEmojis.create", @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a custom emoji. By default, users can only delete custom emoji they created. [Emoji managers](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085) assigned by the administrator can delete any custom emoji in the organization. See [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149). Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Deletes a custom emoji. By default, users can only delete custom emoji they created. [Emoji managers](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085) assigned by the administrator can delete any custom emoji in the organization. See [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149). Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`", "flatPath": "v1/customEmojis/{customEmojisId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "chat.customEmojis.delete", @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns details about a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Returns details about a custom emoji. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`", "flatPath": "v1/customEmojis/{customEmojisId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.customEmojis.get", @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists custom emojis visible to the authenticated user. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Lists custom emojis visible to the authenticated user. Custom emojis are only available for Google Workspace accounts, and the administrator must turn custom emojis on for the organization. For more information, see [Learn about custom emojis in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/12800149) and [Manage custom emoji permissions](https://support.google.com/a/answer/12850085). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.customemojis`", "flatPath": "v1/customEmojis", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.customEmojis.list", @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ "supportsMediaDownload": true }, "upload": { -"description": "Uploads an attachment. For an example, see [Upload media as a file attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/upload-media-attachments). Requires user [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). You can upload attachments up to 200 MB. Certain file types aren't supported. For details, see [File types blocked by Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7651457?&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop#File%20types%20blocked%20in%20Google%20Chat).", +"description": "Uploads an attachment. For an example, see [Upload media as a file attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/upload-media-attachments). Requires user [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) You can upload attachments up to 200 MB. Certain file types aren't supported. For details, see [File types blocked by Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7651457?&co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop#File%20types%20blocked%20in%20Google%20Chat).", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/attachments:upload", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.media.upload", @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ "spaces": { "methods": { "completeImport": { -"description": "Completes the [import process](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data) for the specified space and makes it visible to users. Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and domain-wide delegation. For more information, see [Authorize Google Chat apps to import data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import).", +"description": "Completes the [import process](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data) for the specified space and makes it visible to users. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) and domain-wide delegation with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` For more information, see [Authorize Google Chat apps to import data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import).", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}:completeImport", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.spaces.completeImport", @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ ] }, "create": { -"description": "Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.", +"description": "Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.spaces.create", @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources\u2014like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space\u2014are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.", +"description": "Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources\u2014like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space\u2014are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.delete` (only in spaces the app created) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.delete` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.delete`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "chat.spaces.delete", @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ ] }, "findDirectMessage": { -"description": "Returns the existing direct message with the specified user. If no direct message space is found, returns a `404 NOT_FOUND` error. For an example, see [Find a direct message](/chat/api/guides/v1/spaces/find-direct-message). With [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the calling Chat app. With [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the authenticated user. // Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user)", +"description": "Returns the existing direct message with the specified user. If no direct message space is found, returns a `404 NOT_FOUND` error. For an example, see [Find a direct message](/chat/api/guides/v1/spaces/find-direct-message). With [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the calling Chat app. With [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), returns the direct message space between the specified user and the authenticated user. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces:findDirectMessage", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.findDirectMessage", @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns details about a space. For an example, see [Get details about a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.", +"description": "Returns details about a space. For an example, see [Get details about a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.get", @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists spaces the caller is a member of. Group chats and DMs aren't listed until the first message is sent. For an example, see [List spaces](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) To list all named spaces by Google Workspace organization, use the [`spaces.search()`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/search) method using Workspace administrator privileges instead.", +"description": "Lists spaces the caller is a member of. Group chats and DMs aren't listed until the first message is sent. For an example, see [List spaces](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` To list all named spaces by Google Workspace organization, use the [`spaces.search()`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/search) method using Workspace administrator privileges instead.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.list", @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a space. For an example, see [Update a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-spaces). If you're updating the `displayName` field and receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different display name.. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.", +"description": "Updates a space. For an example, see [Update a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-spaces). If you're updating the `displayName` field and receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different display name.. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "chat.spaces.patch", @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ ] }, "search": { -"description": "Returns a list of spaces in a Google Workspace organization based on an administrator's search. Requires [user authentication with administrator privileges](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user#admin-privileges). In the request, set `use_admin_access` to `true`.", +"description": "Returns a list of spaces in a Google Workspace organization based on an administrator's search. Requires [user authentication with administrator privileges](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user#admin-privileges) and one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces` In the request, set `use_admin_access` to `true`.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces:search", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.search", @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ ] }, "setup": { -"description": "Creates a space and adds specified users to it. The calling user is automatically added to the space, and shouldn't be specified as a membership in the request. For an example, see [Set up a space with initial members](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/set-up-spaces). To specify the human members to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.member.name`. To add a human user, use `users/{user}`, where `{user}` can be the email address for the user. For users in the same Workspace organization `{user}` can also be the `id` for the person from the People API, or the `id` for the user in the Directory API. For example, if the People API Person profile ID for `user@example.com` is `123456789`, you can add the user to the space by setting the `membership.member.name` to `users/user@example.com` or `users/123456789`. To specify the Google groups to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.group_member.name`. To add or invite a Google group, use `groups/{group}`, where `{group}` is the `id` for the group from the Cloud Identity Groups API. For example, you can use [Cloud Identity Groups lookup API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/reference/rest/v1/groups/lookup) to retrieve the ID `123456789` for group email `group@example.com`, then you can add the group to the space by setting the `membership.group_member.name` to `groups/123456789`. Group email is not supported, and Google groups can only be added as members in named spaces. For a named space or group chat, if the caller blocks, or is blocked by some members, or doesn't have permission to add some members, then those members aren't added to the created space. To create a direct message (DM) between the calling user and another human user, specify exactly one membership to represent the human user. If one user blocks the other, the request fails and the DM isn't created. To create a DM between the calling user and the calling app, set `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true` and don't specify any memberships. You can only use this method to set up a DM with the calling app. To add the calling app as a member of a space or an existing DM between two human users, see [Invite or add a user or app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members). If a DM already exists between two users, even when one user blocks the other at the time a request is made, then the existing DM is returned. Spaces with threaded replies aren't supported. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when setting up a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Creates a space and adds specified users to it. The calling user is automatically added to the space, and shouldn't be specified as a membership in the request. For an example, see [Set up a space with initial members](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/set-up-spaces). To specify the human members to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.member.name`. To add a human user, use `users/{user}`, where `{user}` can be the email address for the user. For users in the same Workspace organization `{user}` can also be the `id` for the person from the People API, or the `id` for the user in the Directory API. For example, if the People API Person profile ID for `user@example.com` is `123456789`, you can add the user to the space by setting the `membership.member.name` to `users/user@example.com` or `users/123456789`. To specify the Google groups to add, add memberships with the appropriate `membership.group_member.name`. To add or invite a Google group, use `groups/{group}`, where `{group}` is the `id` for the group from the Cloud Identity Groups API. For example, you can use [Cloud Identity Groups lookup API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/reference/rest/v1/groups/lookup) to retrieve the ID `123456789` for group email `group@example.com`, then you can add the group to the space by setting the `membership.group_member.name` to `groups/123456789`. Group email is not supported, and Google groups can only be added as members in named spaces. For a named space or group chat, if the caller blocks, or is blocked by some members, or doesn't have permission to add some members, then those members aren't added to the created space. To create a direct message (DM) between the calling user and another human user, specify exactly one membership to represent the human user. If one user blocks the other, the request fails and the DM isn't created. To create a DM between the calling user and the calling app, set `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true` and don't specify any memberships. You can only use this method to set up a DM with the calling app. To add the calling app as a member of a space or an existing DM between two human users, see [Invite or add a user or app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members). If a DM already exists between two users, even when one user blocks the other at the time a request is made, then the existing DM is returned. Spaces with threaded replies aren't supported. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when setting up a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces:setup", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.spaces.setup", @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ "members": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a membership for the calling Chat app, a user, or a Google Group. Creating memberships for other Chat apps isn't supported. When creating a membership, if the specified member has their auto-accept policy turned off, then they're invited, and must accept the space invitation before joining. Otherwise, creating a membership adds the member directly to the specified space. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request. For example usage, see: - [Invite or add a user to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-user-membership). - [Invite or add a Google Group to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-group-membership). - [Add the Chat app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-membership-calling-api).", +"description": "Creates a membership for the calling Chat app, a user, or a Google Group. Creating memberships for other Chat apps isn't supported. When creating a membership, if the specified member has their auto-accept policy turned off, then they're invited, and must accept the space invitation before joining. Otherwise, creating a membership adds the member directly to the specified space. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.app` (to add the calling app to the space) - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships` For example usage, see: - [Invite or add a user to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-user-membership). - [Invite or add a Google Group to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-group-membership). - [Add the Chat app to a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-members#create-membership-calling-api).", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.spaces.members.create", @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a membership. For an example, see [Remove a user or a Google Chat app from a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request. To delete memberships for space managers, the requester must be a space manager. If you're using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) the application must be the space creator.", +"description": "Deletes a membership. For an example, see [Remove a user or a Google Chat app from a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.app` (to remove the calling app from the space) - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships` To delete memberships for space managers, the requester must be a space manager. If you're using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) the application must be the space creator.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members/{membersId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "chat.spaces.members.delete", @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get details about a user's or Google Chat app's membership](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.", +"description": "Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get details about a user's or Google Chat app's membership](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members/{membersId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.members.get", @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List users and Google Chat apps in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-members). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.", +"description": "Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List users and Google Chat apps in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-members). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and one of the following authorization scopes is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.members.list", @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - Developer Preview: [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth). Requires that the Chat app created the space using app authentication. - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.", +"description": "Updates a membership. For an example, see [Update a user's membership in a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-members). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) and the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships` (only in spaces the app created) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) - User authentication grants administrator privileges when an administrator account authenticates, `use_admin_access` is `true`, and the following authorization scope is used: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.memberships`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members/{membersId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "chat.spaces.members.patch", @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ "messages": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a message in a Google Chat space. For an example, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). The `create()` method requires either [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) or [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import). Chat attributes the message sender differently depending on the type of authentication that you use in your request. The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use app authentication. Chat displays the Chat app as the message sender. The content of the message can contain text (`text`), cards (`cardsV2`), and accessory widgets (`accessoryWidgets`). ![Message sent with app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-app-auth.svg) The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use user authentication. Chat displays the user as the message sender and attributes the Chat app to the message by displaying its name. The content of message can only contain text (`text`). ![Message sent with user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-user-auth.svg) The maximum message size, including the message contents, is 32,000 bytes. For [webhook](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/quickstart/webhooks) requests, the response doesn't contain the full message. The response only populates the `name` and `thread.name` fields in addition to the information that was in the request.", +"description": "Creates a message in a Google Chat space. For an example, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) Chat attributes the message sender differently depending on the type of authentication that you use in your request. The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use app authentication. Chat displays the Chat app as the message sender. The content of the message can contain text (`text`), cards (`cardsV2`), and accessory widgets (`accessoryWidgets`). ![Message sent with app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-app-auth.svg) The following image shows how Chat attributes a message when you use user authentication. Chat displays the user as the message sender and attributes the Chat app to the message by displaying its name. The content of message can only contain text (`text`). ![Message sent with user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/message-user-auth.svg) The maximum message size, including the message contents, is 32,000 bytes. For [webhook](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/quickstart/webhooks) requests, the response doesn't contain the full message. The response only populates the `name` and `thread.name` fields in addition to the information that was in the request.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.create", @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.", +"description": "Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.delete", @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Get details about a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.", +"description": "Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Get details about a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.get", @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists messages in a space that the caller is a member of, including messages from blocked members and spaces. If you list messages from a space with no messages, the response is an empty object. When using a REST/HTTP interface, the response contains an empty JSON object, `{}`. For an example, see [List messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/list). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Lists messages in a space that the caller is a member of, including messages from blocked members and spaces. If you list messages from a space with no messages, the response is an empty object. When using a REST/HTTP interface, the response contains an empty JSON object, `{}`. For an example, see [List messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/list). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.list", @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", +"description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.patch", @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", +"description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-messages). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the authorization scope: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot` - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following authorization scopes: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only) When using app authentication, requests can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.update", @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ "attachments": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets the metadata of a message attachment. The attachment data is fetched using the [media API](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/media/download). For an example, see [Get metadata about a message attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-media-attachments). Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app).", +"description": "Gets the metadata of a message attachment. The attachment data is fetched using the [media API](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/media/download). For an example, see [Get metadata about a message attachment](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-media-attachments). Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}/attachments/{attachmentsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.attachments.get", @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ "reactions": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a reaction and adds it to a message. For an example, see [Add a reaction to a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Creates a reaction and adds it to a message. For an example, see [Add a reaction to a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.create` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}/reactions", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.reactions.create", @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a reaction to a message. For an example, see [Delete a reaction](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Deletes a reaction to a message. For an example, see [Delete a reaction](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.import` (import mode spaces only)", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}/reactions/{reactionsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.reactions.delete", @@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists reactions to a message. For an example, see [List reactions for a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Lists reactions to a message. For an example, see [List reactions for a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-reactions). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages`", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}/reactions", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.reactions.list", @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ "spaceEvents": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Returns an event from a Google Chat space. The [event payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the resource that changed. For example, if you request an event about a new message but the message was later updated, the server returns the updated `Message` resource in the event payload. Note: The `permissionSettings` field is not returned in the Space object of the Space event data for this request. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). To get an event, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [Get details about an event from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-event).", +"description": "Returns an event from a Google Chat space. The [event payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the resource that changed. For example, if you request an event about a new message but the message was later updated, the server returns the updated `Message` resource in the event payload. Note: The `permissionSettings` field is not returned in the Space object of the Space event data for this request. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with an [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes) appropriate for reading the requested data: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` To get an event, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [Get details about an event from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-event).", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/spaceEvents/{spaceEventsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.spaceEvents.get", @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists events from a Google Chat space. For each event, the [payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the Chat resource. For example, if you list events about new space members, the server returns `Membership` resources that contain the latest membership details. If new members were removed during the requested period, the event payload contains an empty `Membership` resource. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user). To list events, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [List events from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-space-events).", +"description": "Lists events from a Google Chat space. For each event, the [payload](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.spaceEvents#SpaceEvent.FIELDS.oneof_payload) contains the most recent version of the Chat resource. For example, if you list events about new space members, the server returns `Membership` resources that contain the latest membership details. If new members were removed during the requested period, the event payload contains an empty `Membership` resource. Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with an [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes) appropriate for reading the requested data: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships` To list events, the authenticated user must be a member of the space. For an example, see [List events from a Google Chat space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/list-space-events).", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/spaceEvents", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.spaceEvents.list", @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ "spaces": { "methods": { "getSpaceReadState": { -"description": "Returns details about a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Returns details about a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`", "flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/spaces/{spacesId}/spaceReadState", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.users.spaces.getSpaceReadState", @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ ] }, "updateSpaceReadState": { -"description": "Updates a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Update a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Updates a user's read state within a space, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Update a user's space read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`", "flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/spaces/{spacesId}/spaceReadState", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "chat.users.spaces.updateSpaceReadState", @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ "spaceNotificationSetting": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets the space notification setting. For an example, see [Get the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Gets the space notification setting. For an example, see [Get the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings`", "flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/spaces/{spacesId}/spaceNotificationSetting", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.users.spaces.spaceNotificationSetting.get", @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the space notification setting. For an example, see [Update the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Updates the space notification setting. For an example, see [Update the caller's space notification setting](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/update-space-notification-setting). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings`", "flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/spaces/{spacesId}/spaceNotificationSetting", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "chat.users.spaces.spaceNotificationSetting.patch", @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ "threads": { "methods": { "getThreadReadState": { -"description": "Returns details about a user's read state within a thread, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's thread read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-thread-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).", +"description": "Returns details about a user's read state within a thread, used to identify read and unread messages. For an example, see [Get details about a user's thread read state](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/get-thread-read-state). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with one of the following [authorization scopes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate`", "flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/spaces/{spacesId}/threads/{threadsId}/threadReadState", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.users.spaces.threads.getThreadReadState", @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250501", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index 70f461504d..335ac08183 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250418", +"revision": "20250514", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -3591,6 +3591,10 @@ false "description": "Human-readable description of this trigger.", "type": "string" }, +"developerConnectEventConfig": { +"$ref": "DeveloperConnectEventConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received." +}, "disabled": { "description": "If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.", "type": "boolean" @@ -4025,6 +4029,44 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DeveloperConnectEventConfig": { +"description": "The configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever an event from the DeveloperConnect API is received.", +"id": "DeveloperConnectEventConfig", +"properties": { +"gitRepositoryLink": { +"description": "Required. The Developer Connect Git repository link, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLink/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gitRepositoryLinkType": { +"description": "Output only. The type of DeveloperConnect GitRepositoryLink.", +"enum": [ +"GIT_REPOSITORY_LINK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GITHUB", +"GITHUB_ENTERPRISE", +"GITLAB", +"GITLAB_ENTERPRISE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"If unspecified, GitRepositoryLinkType defaults to GITHUB.", +"The SCM repo is GITHUB.", +"The SCM repo is GITHUB_ENTERPRISE.", +"The SCM repo is GITLAB.", +"The SCM repo is GITLAB_ENTERPRISE." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pullRequest": { +"$ref": "PullRequestFilter", +"description": "Filter to match changes in pull requests." +}, +"push": { +"$ref": "PushFilter", +"description": "Filter to match changes in refs like branches and tags." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -4817,7 +4859,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "path": { -"description": "Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar.", +"description": "Optional. Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar.", "type": "string" }, "repository": { @@ -5864,7 +5906,7 @@ false }, "privatePoolV1Config": { "$ref": "PrivatePoolV1Config", -"description": "Legacy Private Pool configuration." +"description": "Private Pool configuration." }, "state": { "description": "Output only. `WorkerPool` state.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json index 719989f6a1..c0c06a8471 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: \"folders/1234\".", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: \"folders/1234\".", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250417", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2212,8 +2212,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: \"folders/1234\".", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: \"folders/1234\".", "type": "string" }, "parent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 9c7bee32df..3cd6fc873a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -501,46 +501,1004 @@ } }, "authorizedViewSets": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create AuthorizedViewSet", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"authorizedViewSetId": { +"description": "Optional. A unique ID for the new AuthorizedViewSet. This ID will become the final component of the AuthorizedViewSet's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. See go/aip/122#resource-id-segments", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViewSet.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/authorizedViewSets", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an AuthorizedViewSet.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, all of this AuthorizedViewSet's child resources will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if it has none.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the AuthorizedViewSet to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get AuthorizedViewSet", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the AuthorizedViewSet to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List AuthorizedViewSets", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter expression to filter authorized view sets listed in the response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. The order by expression to order authorized view sets listed in the response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of view sets to return in the response. If the value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAuthorizedViewSetsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAuthorizedViewSets` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViewSets.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/authorizedViewSets", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAuthorizedViewSetsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates an AuthorizedViewSet.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `display_name`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, "resources": { "authorizedViews": { "methods": { -"queryMetrics": { -"description": "Query metrics.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}:queryMetrics", +"create": { +"description": "Create AuthorizedView", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.queryMetrics", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"authorizedViewId": { +"description": "Optional. A unique ID for the new AuthorizedView. This ID will become the final component of the AuthorizedView's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. See go/aip/122#resource-id-segments", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedView.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/authorizedViews", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an AuthorizedView.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the AuthorizedView to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get AuthorizedView", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the AuthorizedView to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List AuthorizedViewSets", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter expression to filter authorized views listed in the response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. The order by expression to order authorized views listed in the response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of view to return in the response. If the value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAuthorizedViewsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAuthorizedViews` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViews. If the parent is set to `-`, all AuthorizedViews under the location will be returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/authorizedViews", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAuthorizedViewsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates an AuthorizedView.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `conversation_filter` * `display_name`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"queryMetrics": { +"description": "Query metrics.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}:queryMetrics", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.queryMetrics", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"location": { +"description": "Required. The location of the data. \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+location}:queryMetrics", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryMetricsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"search": { +"description": "SearchAuthorizedViewSets", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews:search", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.search", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. The order by expression to order authorized views listed in the response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of view to return in the response. If the value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAuthorizedViewsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAuthorizedViews` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the AuthorizedViews. If the parent is set to `-`, all AuthorizedViews under the location will be returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"query": { +"description": "Optional. The query expression to search authorized views.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/authorizedViews:search", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SearchAuthorizedViewsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"conversations": { +"methods": { +"bulkAnalyze": { +"description": "Analyzes multiple conversations in a single request.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations:bulkAnalyze", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.bulkAnalyze", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource to create analyses in.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations:bulkAnalyze", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkAnalyzeConversationsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"calculateStats": { +"description": "Gets conversation statistics.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations:calculateStats", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.calculateStats", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Required. The location of the conversations.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+location}/conversations:calculateStats", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a conversation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "If set to true, all of this conversation's analyses will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the conversation has no analyses.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the conversation to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a conversation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the conversation to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `FULL`.", +"enum": [ +"CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"FULL", +"BASIC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.", +"Populates all fields in the conversation.", +"Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists conversations.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying conversations with specific properties.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. The attribute by which to order conversations in the response. If empty, conversations will be ordered by descending creation time. Supported values are one of the following: * create_time * customer_satisfaction_rating * duration * latest_analysis * start_time * turn_count The default sort order is ascending. To specify order, append `asc` or `desc` (`create_time desc`). For more details, see [Google AIPs Ordering](https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of conversations to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last `ListConversationsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListConversations` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.", +"enum": [ +"CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"FULL", +"BASIC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.", +"Populates all fields in the conversation.", +"Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListConversationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"analyses": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an analysis. The long running operation is done when the analysis has completed.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the analysis.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/analyses", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an analysis.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the analysis to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets an analysis.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the analysis to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists analyses.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying conversations with specific properties.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of analyses to return in the response. If this value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last `ListAnalysesResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAnalyses` call and the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the analyses.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/analyses", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAnalysesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"feedbackLabels": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create feedback label.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"feedbackLabelId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID of the feedback label to create. If one is not specified it will be generated by the server.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the feedback label.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/feedbackLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete feedback label.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get feedback label.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List feedback labels.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Automatically sorts by conversation ID. To sort by all feedback labels in a project see ListAllFeedbackLabels. Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `qa_scorecard_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of feedback labels to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The value returned by the last `ListFeedbackLabelsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListFeedbackLabels` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the feedback labels.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/feedbackLabels", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListFeedbackLabelsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update feedback label.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.operations.get", "parameterOrder": [ -"location" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"location": { -"description": "Required. The location of the data. \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\"", +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+location}:queryMetrics", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryMetricsRequest" -}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} } }, -"resources": { "conversations": { "methods": { "bulkAnalyze": { "description": "Analyzes multiple conversations in a single request.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations:bulkAnalyze", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:bulkAnalyze", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.bulkAnalyze", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.bulkAnalyze", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -548,7 +1506,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource to create analyses in.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -564,11 +1522,39 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"bulkDelete": { +"description": "Deletes multiple conversations in a single request.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:bulkDelete", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.bulkDelete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource to delete conversations from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations:bulkDelete", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDeleteConversationsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "calculateStats": { "description": "Gets conversation statistics.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations:calculateStats", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:calculateStats", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.calculateStats", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.calculateStats", "parameterOrder": [ "location" ], @@ -581,7 +1567,7 @@ "location": { "description": "Required. The location of the conversations.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -594,11 +1580,44 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"create": { +"description": "Creates a conversation. Note that this method does not support audio transcription or redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"conversationId": { +"description": "A unique ID for the new conversation. This ID will become the final component of the conversation's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z0-9-]{4,64}$`. Valid characters are `a-z-`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "delete": { "description": "Deletes a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.delete", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -611,7 +1630,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the conversation to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -626,9 +1645,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Gets a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.get", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -636,7 +1655,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the conversation to get.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -664,11 +1683,39 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"ingest": { +"description": "Imports conversations and processes them according to the user's configuration.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:ingest", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.ingest", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for new conversations.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations:ingest", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1IngestConversationsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists conversations.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.list", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -697,29 +1744,91 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.", +"enum": [ +"CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"FULL", +"BASIC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.", +"Populates all fields in the conversation.", +"Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListConversationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a conversation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "The list of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `agent_id` * `language_code` * `labels` * `metadata` * `quality_metadata` * `call_metadata` * `start_time` * `expire_time` or `ttl` * `data_source.gcs_source.audio_uri` or `data_source.dialogflow_source.audio_uri`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"upload": { +"description": "Create a long-running conversation upload operation. This method differs from `CreateConversation` by allowing audio transcription and optional DLP redaction.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:upload", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.upload", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"view": { -"description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.", -"enum": [ -"CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", -"FULL", -"BASIC" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.", -"Populates all fields in the conversation.", -"Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations:upload", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1UploadConversationRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListConversationsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -731,9 +1840,9 @@ "methods": { "create": { "description": "Creates an analysis. The long running operation is done when the analysis has completed.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.create", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -741,7 +1850,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the analysis.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -759,9 +1868,9 @@ }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes an analysis.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.delete", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -769,7 +1878,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the analysis to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -784,9 +1893,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Gets an analysis.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.get", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -794,7 +1903,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the analysis to get.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -809,9 +1918,9 @@ }, "list": { "description": "Lists analyses.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.analyses.list", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -835,7 +1944,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the analyses.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -854,9 +1963,9 @@ "methods": { "create": { "description": "Create feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.create", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -869,7 +1978,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the feedback label.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -887,9 +1996,9 @@ }, "delete": { "description": "Delete feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.delete", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -897,7 +2006,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -912,9 +2021,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Get feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.get", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -922,7 +2031,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to get.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -937,9 +2046,9 @@ }, "list": { "description": "List feedback labels.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.list", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -963,7 +2072,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the feedback labels.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -978,9 +2087,9 @@ }, "patch": { "description": "Update feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.feedbackLabels.patch", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -988,7 +2097,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -1014,51 +2123,57 @@ } } }, -"operations": { +"datasets": { "methods": { -"cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"bulkDeleteFeedbackLabels": { +"description": "Delete feedback labels in bulk using a filter.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}:bulkDeleteFeedbackLabels", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.operations.cancel", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.bulkDeleteFeedbackLabels", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"path": "v1/{+parent}:bulkDeleteFeedbackLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDeleteFeedbackLabelsRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.operations.get", +"bulkDownloadFeedbackLabels": { +"description": "Download feedback labels in bulk from an external source. Currently supports exporting Quality AI example conversations with transcripts and question bodies.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}:bulkDownloadFeedbackLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.bulkDownloadFeedbackLabels", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+parent}:bulkDownloadFeedbackLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkDownloadFeedbackLabelsRequest" +}, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, @@ -1066,60 +2181,84 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"list": { -"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/operations", +"bulkUploadFeedbackLabels": { +"description": "Upload feedback labels from an external source in bulk. Currently supports labeling Quality AI example conversations.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}:bulkUploadFeedbackLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.bulkUploadFeedbackLabels", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource for new feedback labels.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}:bulkUploadFeedbackLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkUploadFeedbackLabelsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"listAllFeedbackLabels": { +"description": "List all feedback labels by project number.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}:listAllFeedbackLabels", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.operations.list", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.listAllFeedbackLabels", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "The standard list filter.", +"description": "Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset in the entire project. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { -"description": "The standard list page size.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of feedback labels to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The standard list page token.", +"description": "Optional. The value returned by the last `ListAllFeedbackLabelsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAllFeedbackLabels` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of all feedback labels per project.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"path": "v1/{+parent}:listAllFeedbackLabels", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAllFeedbackLabelsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } -} -} -} -} -} }, +"resources": { "conversations": { "methods": { "bulkAnalyze": { "description": "Analyzes multiple conversations in a single request.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:bulkAnalyze", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations:bulkAnalyze", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.bulkAnalyze", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.bulkAnalyze", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -1127,7 +2266,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource to create analyses in.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1145,9 +2284,9 @@ }, "bulkDelete": { "description": "Deletes multiple conversations in a single request.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:bulkDelete", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations:bulkDelete", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.bulkDelete", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.bulkDelete", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -1155,7 +2294,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource to delete conversations from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1173,62 +2312,27 @@ }, "calculateStats": { "description": "Gets conversation statistics.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:calculateStats", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.calculateStats", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations:calculateStats", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.calculateStats", "parameterOrder": [ "location" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "location": { "description": "Required. The location of the conversations.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+location}/conversations:calculateStats", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a conversation. Note that this method does not support audio transcription or redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"conversationId": { -"description": "A unique ID for the new conversation. This ID will become the final component of the conversation's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z0-9-]{4,64}$`. Valid characters are `a-z-`", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -1236,9 +2340,9 @@ }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.delete", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -1251,7 +2355,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the conversation to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1266,9 +2370,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Gets a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.get", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -1276,7 +2380,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the conversation to get.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -1306,9 +2410,9 @@ }, "ingest": { "description": "Imports conversations and processes them according to the user's configuration.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:ingest", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations:ingest", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.ingest", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.ingest", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -1316,7 +2420,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource for new conversations.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1334,9 +2438,9 @@ }, "list": { "description": "Lists conversations.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.list", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -1365,7 +2469,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -1392,68 +2496,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "The list of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `agent_id` * `language_code` * `labels` * `metadata` * `quality_metadata` * `call_metadata` * `start_time` * `expire_time` or `ttl` * `data_source.gcs_source.audio_uri` or `data_source.dialogflow_source.audio_uri`", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"upload": { -"description": "Create a long-running conversation upload operation. This method differs from `CreateConversation` by allowing audio transcription and optional DLP redaction.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations:upload", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.upload", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations:upload", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1UploadConversationRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } }, "resources": { @@ -1461,9 +2503,9 @@ "methods": { "create": { "description": "Creates an analysis. The long running operation is done when the analysis has completed.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.create", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.analyses.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -1471,7 +2513,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the analysis.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1489,9 +2531,9 @@ }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes an analysis.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.delete", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.analyses.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -1499,7 +2541,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the analysis to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1514,9 +2556,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Gets an analysis.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses/{analysesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.get", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.analyses.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -1524,7 +2566,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the analysis to get.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/analyses/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1539,9 +2581,9 @@ }, "list": { "description": "Lists analyses.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/analyses", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.list", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.analyses.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -1565,7 +2607,7 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the analyses.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1584,9 +2626,9 @@ "methods": { "create": { "description": "Create feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.create", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -1599,201 +2641,35 @@ "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the feedback label.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/feedbackLabels", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Delete feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to delete.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Get feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to get.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "List feedback labels.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Automatically sorts by conversation ID. To sort by all feedback labels in a project see ListAllFeedbackLabels. Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `qa_scorecard_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of feedback labels to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. The value returned by the last `ListFeedbackLabelsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListFeedbackLabels` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource of the feedback labels.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/feedbackLabels", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListFeedbackLabelsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Update feedback label.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.feedbackLabels.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -} -} -}, -"datasets": { -"resources": { -"conversations": { -"methods": { -"calculateStats": { -"description": "Gets conversation statistics.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations:calculateStats", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.calculateStats", -"parameterOrder": [ -"location" -], -"parameters": { -"location": { -"description": "Required. The location of the conversations.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+location}/conversations:calculateStats", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/feedbackLabels", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsRequest" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"description": "Delete feedback label.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.delete", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { -"force": { -"description": "If set to true, all of this conversation's analyses will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the conversation has no analyses.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the conversation to delete.", +"description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1807,135 +2683,108 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"description": "Get feedback label.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.get", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the conversation to get.", +"description": "Required. The name of the feedback label to get.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"view": { -"description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `FULL`.", -"enum": [ -"CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", -"FULL", -"BASIC" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.", -"Populates all fields in the conversation.", -"Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"ingest": { -"description": "Imports conversations and processes them according to the user's configuration.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations:ingest", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.ingest", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource for new conversations.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations:ingest", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1IngestConversationsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists conversations.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations", +"description": "List feedback labels.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.list", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying conversations with specific properties.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. The attribute by which to order conversations in the response. If empty, conversations will be ordered by descending creation time. Supported values are one of the following: * create_time * customer_satisfaction_rating * duration * latest_analysis * start_time * turn_count The default sort order is ascending. To specify order, append `asc` or `desc` (`create_time desc`). For more details, see [Google AIPs Ordering](https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering).", +"description": "Optional. A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Supports disjunctions (OR) and conjunctions (AND). Automatically sorts by conversation ID. To sort by all feedback labels in a project see ListAllFeedbackLabels. Supported fields: * `issue_model_id` * `qa_question_id` * `qa_scorecard_id` * `min_create_time` * `max_create_time` * `min_update_time` * `max_update_time` * `feedback_label_type`: QUALITY_AI, TOPIC_MODELING", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of conversations to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of feedback labels to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The value returned by the last `ListConversationsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListConversations` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"description": "Optional. The value returned by the last `ListFeedbackLabelsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListFeedbackLabels` call and that the system should return the next page of data.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource of the conversation.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the feedback labels.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"view": { -"description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.", -"enum": [ -"CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", -"FULL", -"BASIC" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.", -"Populates all fields in the conversation.", -"Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript." +"path": "v1/{+parent}/feedbackLabels", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListFeedbackLabelsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update feedback label.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/conversations/{conversationsId}/feedbackLabels/{feedbackLabelsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.feedbackLabels.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" ], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Resource name of the FeedbackLabel. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/feedbackLabels/{feedback_label}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+/feedbackLabels/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListConversationsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FeedbackLabel" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } } +} +} }, "insightsdata": { "methods": { @@ -3405,7 +4254,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250505", +"revision": "20250512", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -3759,6 +4608,64 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView": { +"description": "An AuthorizedView represents a view of accessible Insights resources (for example, Conversation and Scorecard). Who have read access to the AuthorizedView resource will have access to these Insight resources as well.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView", +"properties": { +"conversationFilter": { +"description": "A filter to reduce conversation results to a specific subset. The AuthorizedView's assigned permission (read/write) could be applied to the subset of conversations. If conversation_filter is empty, there is no restriction on the conversations that the AuthorizedView can access. Having *authorizedViews.get* access to the AuthorizedView means having the same read/write access to the Conversations (as well as metadata/annotations liked to the conversation) that this AuthorizedView has.", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the authorized view was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Display Name. Limit 64 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedView. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The most recent time at which the authorized view was updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet": { +"description": "An AuthorizedViewSet contains a set of AuthorizedView resources.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Display Name. Limit 64 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the AuthorizedViewSet. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizedViewSets/{authorized_view_set}", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkAnalyzeConversationsMetadata": { "description": "The metadata for a bulk analyze conversations operation.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkAnalyzeConversationsMetadata", @@ -4920,9 +5827,38 @@ "description": "Dataset description.", "type": "string" }, +"displayName": { +"description": "Display name for the dataaset", +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Identifier. Resource name of the dataset. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}", "type": "string" +}, +"ttl": { +"description": "Optional. Option TTL for the dataset.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Dataset usage type.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"EVAL", +"LIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value for unspecified.", +"For evals only.", +"Dataset with new conversations coming in regularly (Insights legacy conversations and AI trainer)" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Dataset update time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -6200,6 +7136,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAuthorizedViewSetsResponse": { +"description": "The response from a ListAuthorizedViewSet request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAuthorizedViewSetsResponse", +"properties": { +"authorizedViewSets": { +"description": "The AuthorizedViewSets under the parent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedViewSet" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAuthorizedViewsResponse": { +"description": "The response from a ListAuthorizedViews request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListAuthorizedViewsResponse", +"properties": { +"authorizedViews": { +"description": "The AuthorizedViews under the parent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListConversationsResponse": { "description": "The response of listing conversations.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ListConversationsResponse", @@ -6663,7 +7635,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "tags": { -"description": "User-defined list of arbitrary tags for the question. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each question.", +"description": "Questions are tagged for categorization and scoring. Tags can either be: - Default Tags: These are predefined categories. They are identified by their string value (e.g., \"BUSINESS\", \"COMPLIANCE\", and \"CUSTOMER\"). - Custom Tags: These are user-defined categories. They are identified by their full resource name (e.g., projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaQuestionTags/{qa_question_tag}). Both default and custom tags are used to group questions and to influence the scoring of each question.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -7308,9 +8280,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadata": { -"description": "The metadata for an SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadata", +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for an SampleConversations operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsMetadata", "properties": { "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", @@ -7325,7 +8297,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "partialErrors": { -"description": "Output only. Partial errors during sample conversations to dataset operation that might cause the operation output to be incomplete.", +"description": "Output only. Partial errors during sample conversations operation that might cause the operation output to be incomplete.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" }, @@ -7333,21 +8305,21 @@ "type": "array" }, "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetRequest", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsRequest", "description": "Output only. The original request for sample conversations to dataset.", "readOnly": true }, -"sampleConversationsToDatasetStats": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadataSampleConversationsToDatasetStats", -"description": "Output only. Statistics for SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", +"sampleConversationsStats": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsMetadataSampleConversationsStats", +"description": "Output only. Statistics for SampleConversations operation.", "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadataSampleConversationsToDatasetStats": { -"description": "Statistics for SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadataSampleConversationsToDatasetStats", +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsMetadataSampleConversationsStats": { +"description": "Statistics for SampleConversations operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsMetadataSampleConversationsStats", "properties": { "failedSampleCount": { "description": "Output only. The number of objects which were unable to be sampled due to errors. The errors are populated in the partial_errors field.", @@ -7364,13 +8336,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetRequest": { +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsRequest": { "description": "The request to sample conversations to a dataset.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetRequest", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsRequest", "properties": { "destinationDataset": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Dataset", -"description": "Required. The dataset resource to copy the conversations to." +"description": "The dataset resource to copy the sampled conversations to." }, "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the dataset.", @@ -7383,9 +8355,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetResponse": { -"description": "The response to an SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsToDatasetResponse", +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsResponse": { +"description": "The response to an SampleConversations operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SampleConversationsResponse", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, @@ -7414,6 +8386,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SearchAuthorizedViewsResponse": { +"description": "The response from a ListAuthorizedViews request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SearchAuthorizedViewsResponse", +"properties": { +"authorizedViews": { +"description": "The AuthorizedViews under the parent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1AuthorizedView" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SentimentData": { "description": "The data for a sentiment annotation.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1SentimentData", @@ -8844,9 +9834,38 @@ "description": "Dataset description.", "type": "string" }, +"displayName": { +"description": "Display name for the dataaset", +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Identifier. Resource name of the dataset. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}", "type": "string" +}, +"ttl": { +"description": "Optional. Option TTL for the dataset.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Dataset usage type.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"EVAL", +"LIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value for unspecified.", +"For evals only.", +"Dataset with new conversations coming in regularly (Insights legacy conversations and AI trainer)" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Dataset update time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -10627,9 +11646,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadata": { -"description": "The metadata for an SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadata", +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for an SampleConversations operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsMetadata", "properties": { "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", @@ -10644,7 +11663,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "partialErrors": { -"description": "Output only. Partial errors during sample conversations to dataset operation that might cause the operation output to be incomplete.", +"description": "Output only. Partial errors during sample conversations operation that might cause the operation output to be incomplete.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" }, @@ -10652,21 +11671,21 @@ "type": "array" }, "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetRequest", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsRequest", "description": "Output only. The original request for sample conversations to dataset.", "readOnly": true }, -"sampleConversationsToDatasetStats": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadataSampleConversationsToDatasetStats", -"description": "Output only. Statistics for SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", +"sampleConversationsStats": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsMetadataSampleConversationsStats", +"description": "Output only. Statistics for SampleConversations operation.", "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadataSampleConversationsToDatasetStats": { -"description": "Statistics for SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetMetadataSampleConversationsToDatasetStats", +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsMetadataSampleConversationsStats": { +"description": "Statistics for SampleConversations operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsMetadataSampleConversationsStats", "properties": { "failedSampleCount": { "description": "Output only. The number of objects which were unable to be sampled due to errors. The errors are populated in the partial_errors field.", @@ -10683,13 +11702,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetRequest": { +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsRequest": { "description": "The request to sample conversations to a dataset.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetRequest", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsRequest", "properties": { "destinationDataset": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1Dataset", -"description": "Required. The dataset resource to copy the conversations to." +"description": "The dataset resource to copy the sampled conversations to." }, "parent": { "description": "Required. The parent resource of the dataset.", @@ -10702,9 +11721,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetResponse": { -"description": "The response to an SampleConversationsToDataset operation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsToDatasetResponse", +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsResponse": { +"description": "The response to an SampleConversations operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1SampleConversationsResponse", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index c6f6f299a1..9ae6f696cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250425", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -4413,7 +4413,8 @@ false "COMPLIANCE", "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", -"SBOM_REFERENCE" +"SBOM_REFERENCE", +"SECRET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -4428,7 +4429,8 @@ false "This represents a Compliance Note", "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", -"This represents an SBOM Reference." +"This represents an SBOM Reference.", +"This represents a secret." ], "type": "string" } @@ -5157,6 +5159,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"chainId": { +"description": "The layer chain ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec/blob/main/config.md#layer-chainid", +"type": "string" +}, "command": { "description": "The layer build command that was used to build the layer. This may not be found in all layers depending on how the container image is built.", "type": "string" @@ -5381,7 +5387,8 @@ false "COMPLIANCE", "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", -"SBOM_REFERENCE" +"SBOM_REFERENCE", +"SECRET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -5396,7 +5403,8 @@ false "This represents a Compliance Note", "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", -"This represents an SBOM Reference." +"This represents an SBOM Reference.", +"This represents a secret." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5430,6 +5438,10 @@ false "$ref": "SBOMReferenceNote", "description": "A note describing an SBOM reference." }, +"secret": { +"$ref": "SecretNote", +"description": "A note describing a secret." +}, "shortDescription": { "description": "A one sentence description of this note.", "type": "string" @@ -5510,7 +5522,8 @@ false "COMPLIANCE", "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", -"SBOM_REFERENCE" +"SBOM_REFERENCE", +"SECRET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -5525,7 +5538,8 @@ false "This represents a Compliance Note", "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", -"This represents an SBOM Reference." +"This represents an SBOM Reference.", +"This represents a secret." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5553,6 +5567,10 @@ false "$ref": "SBOMReferenceOccurrence", "description": "Describes a specific SBOM reference occurrences." }, +"secret": { +"$ref": "SecretOccurrence", +"description": "Describes a secret." +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -6127,6 +6145,90 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SecretLocation": { +"description": "The location of the secret.", +"id": "SecretLocation", +"properties": { +"fileLocation": { +"$ref": "GrafeasV1FileLocation", +"description": "The secret is found from a file." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretNote": { +"description": "The note representing a secret.", +"id": "SecretNote", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretOccurrence": { +"description": "The occurrence provides details of a secret.", +"id": "SecretOccurrence", +"properties": { +"kind": { +"description": "Required. Type of secret.", +"enum": [ +"SECRET_KIND_UNSPECIFIED", +"SECRET_KIND_UNKNOWN", +"SECRET_KIND_GCP_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified", +"The secret kind is unknown.", +"A GCP service account key per: https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/creating-managing-service-account-keys" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"locations": { +"description": "Optional. Locations where the secret is detected.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecretLocation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"statuses": { +"description": "Optional. Status of the secret.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecretStatus" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretStatus": { +"description": "The status of the secret with a timestamp.", +"id": "SecretStatus", +"properties": { +"message": { +"description": "Optional. Optional message about the status code.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Optional. The status of the secret.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNKNOWN", +"VALID", +"INVALID" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified", +"The status of the secret is unknown.", +"The secret is valid.", +"The secret is invalid." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Optional. The time the secret status was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 08adcbb7f1..fabafe215a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -828,7 +828,8 @@ "SPDX_RELATIONSHIP", "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", -"SBOM_REFERENCE" +"SBOM_REFERENCE", +"SECRET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown", @@ -847,7 +848,8 @@ "This represents an SPDX Relationship.", "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", -"This represents a reference to an SBOM." +"This represents a reference to an SBOM.", +"This represents a secret." ], "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1450,7 +1452,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250425", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { @@ -4104,7 +4106,8 @@ false "SPDX_RELATIONSHIP", "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", -"SBOM_REFERENCE" +"SBOM_REFERENCE", +"SECRET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown", @@ -4123,7 +4126,8 @@ false "This represents an SPDX Relationship.", "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", -"This represents a reference to an SBOM." +"This represents a reference to an SBOM.", +"This represents a secret." ], "type": "string" } @@ -5338,7 +5342,8 @@ false "SPDX_RELATIONSHIP", "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", -"SBOM_REFERENCE" +"SBOM_REFERENCE", +"SECRET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown", @@ -5357,7 +5362,8 @@ false "This represents an SPDX Relationship.", "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", -"This represents a reference to an SBOM." +"This represents a reference to an SBOM.", +"This represents a secret." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5388,6 +5394,10 @@ false "$ref": "SBOMReferenceNote", "description": "A note describing a reference to an SBOM." }, +"secret": { +"$ref": "SecretNote", +"description": "A note describing a secret." +}, "shortDescription": { "description": "A one sentence description of this `Note`.", "type": "string" @@ -5488,7 +5498,8 @@ false "SPDX_RELATIONSHIP", "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", -"SBOM_REFERENCE" +"SBOM_REFERENCE", +"SECRET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown", @@ -5507,7 +5518,8 @@ false "This represents an SPDX Relationship.", "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", -"This represents a reference to an SBOM." +"This represents a reference to an SBOM.", +"This represents a secret." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5539,6 +5551,10 @@ false "$ref": "SBOMReferenceOccurrence", "description": "This represents an SBOM reference occurrence" }, +"secret": { +"$ref": "SecretOccurrence", +"description": "This represents a secret occurrence" +}, "spdxFile": { "$ref": "FileOccurrence", "description": "Describes a specific SPDX File." @@ -6510,6 +6526,90 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SecretLocation": { +"description": "The location of the secret.", +"id": "SecretLocation", +"properties": { +"fileLocation": { +"$ref": "FileLocation", +"description": "The secret is found from a file." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretNote": { +"description": "The note representing a secret.", +"id": "SecretNote", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretOccurrence": { +"description": "The occurrence provides details of a secret.", +"id": "SecretOccurrence", +"properties": { +"kind": { +"description": "Required. Type of secret.", +"enum": [ +"SECRET_KIND_UNSPECIFIED", +"SECRET_KIND_UNKNOWN", +"SECRET_KIND_GCP_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified", +"The secret kind is unknown.", +"A GCP service account key per: https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/creating-managing-service-account-keys" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"locations": { +"description": "Optional. Locations where the secret is detected.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecretLocation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"statuses": { +"description": "Optional. Status of the secret.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecretStatus" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretStatus": { +"description": "The status of the secret with a timestamp.", +"id": "SecretStatus", +"properties": { +"message": { +"description": "Optional. Optional message about the status code.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Optional. The status of the secret.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNKNOWN", +"VALID", +"INVALID" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified", +"The status of the secret is unknown.", +"The secret is valid.", +"The secret is invalid." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Optional. The time the secret status was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index a66ef12f05..120e780dee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250416", +"revision": "20250507", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { @@ -3212,6 +3212,26 @@ "$ref": "DatabaseEngineInfo", "description": "Required. The destination engine details." }, +"destinationProvider": { +"description": "Optional. The provider for the destination database.", +"enum": [ +"DATABASE_PROVIDER_UNSPECIFIED", +"CLOUDSQL", +"RDS", +"AURORA", +"ALLOYDB", +"AZURE_DATABASE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Use this value for on-premise source database instances and ORACLE.", +"Cloud SQL is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon RDS is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon Aurora is the source instance provider.", +"AlloyDB for PostgreSQL is the source instance provider.", +"Microsoft Azure Database for MySQL/PostgreSQL." +], +"type": "string" +}, "displayName": { "description": "Optional. The display name for the workspace.", "type": "string" @@ -3247,6 +3267,26 @@ "$ref": "DatabaseEngineInfo", "description": "Required. The source engine details." }, +"sourceProvider": { +"description": "Optional. The provider for the source database.", +"enum": [ +"DATABASE_PROVIDER_UNSPECIFIED", +"CLOUDSQL", +"RDS", +"AURORA", +"ALLOYDB", +"AZURE_DATABASE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Use this value for on-premise source database instances and ORACLE.", +"Cloud SQL is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon RDS is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon Aurora is the source instance provider.", +"AlloyDB for PostgreSQL is the source instance provider.", +"Microsoft Azure Database for MySQL/PostgreSQL." +], +"type": "string" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 6403684266..da883f9bb9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}.", +"description": "Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/global.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entryLinks/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets an entry link.", +"description": "Gets an Entry Link.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entryLinks/{entryLinksId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.get", @@ -3021,7 +3021,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Entry Link: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entryLinks/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -7027,7 +7027,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250429", +"revision": "20250513", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -10467,7 +10467,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLink": { -"description": "EntryLink represents a link between two entries.", +"description": "EntryLink represents a link between two Entries.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLink", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -10477,18 +10477,18 @@ "type": "string" }, "entryLinkType": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type}.", +"description": "Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link, of the form: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryLinkTypes/{entry_link_type_id}.", "type": "string" }, "entryReferences": { -"description": "Required. Specifies the entries referenced in the entry link. There should be exactly two entry references.", +"description": "Required. Specifies the Entries referenced in the Entry Link. There should be exactly two entry references.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLinkEntryReference" }, "type": "array" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entryLinks/{entry_link}.", +"description": "Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id}", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -10502,28 +10502,28 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLinkEntryReference": { -"description": "Reference to the Entry that is linked through the entry link.", +"description": "Reference to the Entry that is linked through the Entry Link.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLinkEntryReference", "properties": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entryGroup}/entries/{entry}.", +"description": "Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced Entry, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}", "type": "string" }, "path": { -"description": "Immutable. The path in the entry that is referenced in the entry link. Empty path denotes that the entry itself is referenced in the entry link.", +"description": "Immutable. The path in the Entry that is referenced in the Entry Link. Empty path denotes that the Entry itself is referenced in the Entry Link.", "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. The reference type of the entry.", +"description": "Required. Immutable. The reference type of the Entry.", "enum": [ "UNSPECIFIED", "SOURCE", "TARGET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified reference type. Implies that the entry is referenced in a non-directional entry link.", -"The entry is referenced as the source of the directional entry link.", -"The entry is referenced as the target of the directional entry link." +"Unspecified reference type. Implies that the Entry is referenced in a non-directional Entry Link.", +"The Entry is referenced as the source of the directional Entry Link.", +"The Entry is referenced as the target of the directional Entry Link." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index b9c3865090..ef7aca531b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250505", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppendOnly": { @@ -2253,6 +2253,11 @@ "includeObjects": { "$ref": "MongodbCluster", "description": "MongoDB collections to include in the stream." +}, +"maxConcurrentBackfillTasks": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of concurrent backfill tasks. The number should be non-negative and less than or equal to 50. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value is used", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3681,7 +3686,12 @@ "StandardConnectionFormat": { "description": "Standard connection format.", "id": "StandardConnectionFormat", -"properties": {}, +"properties": { +"directConnection": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether the client connects directly to the host[:port] in the connection URI.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, "type": "object" }, "StartBackfillJobRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json index 49496963c0..c0cce9eba8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4279,7 +4279,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -7052,7 +7052,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250508", +"revision": "20250514", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -10221,7 +10221,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "servingConfigDataStore": { @@ -10302,7 +10302,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -10836,7 +10836,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -10851,7 +10851,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -10871,7 +10871,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "searchEngineConfig": { @@ -16292,7 +16292,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "autoRunDisabled": { -"description": "Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync.", +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs", "type": "boolean" }, "bapConfig": { @@ -16419,6 +16419,15 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaIdentityScheduleConfig", "description": "The configuration for the identity data synchronization runs. This contains the refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector." }, +"incrementalRefreshInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"incrementalSyncDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "kmsKeyName": { "description": "Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key.", "type": "string" @@ -16727,7 +16736,7 @@ "description": "Language info for DataStore." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { @@ -16812,7 +16821,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -17233,7 +17242,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -17248,7 +17257,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -17268,7 +17277,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "recommendationMetadata": { @@ -21019,7 +21028,7 @@ "description": "Language info for DataStore." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { @@ -21104,7 +21113,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -21438,7 +21447,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -21453,7 +21462,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -21473,7 +21482,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "searchEngineConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index fbbd4299d6..7b0cf3bdaf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1488,13 +1488,15 @@ "PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "PARSED_DOCUMENT", "CHUNKED_DOCUMENT", -"IMAGE_CONVERTED_DOCUMENT" +"IMAGE_CONVERTED_DOCUMENT", +"IMAGE_BYTES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Available for all data store parsing configs.", "Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabled on the data store.", -"Returns the converted Image bytes (as JPEG or PNG) if available." +"Returns the converted Image bytes (as JPEG or PNG) if available.", +"Return image bytes in base64 encoded format if image_id of a document is provided, only supported for enabling shareholder-structure in layout parsing config for now." ], "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -4068,7 +4070,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5457,7 +5459,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5683,13 +5685,15 @@ "PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "PARSED_DOCUMENT", "CHUNKED_DOCUMENT", -"IMAGE_CONVERTED_DOCUMENT" +"IMAGE_CONVERTED_DOCUMENT", +"IMAGE_BYTES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Available for all data store parsing configs.", "Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabled on the data store.", -"Returns the converted Image bytes (as JPEG or PNG) if available." +"Returns the converted Image bytes (as JPEG or PNG) if available.", +"Return image bytes in base64 encoded format if image_id of a document is provided, only supported for enabling shareholder-structure in layout parsing config for now." ], "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -8256,6 +8260,49 @@ } } }, +"notebooks": { +"resources": { +"sources": { +"methods": { +"uploadFile": { +"description": "Uploads a file for Notebook LM to use. Creates a Source.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebooks/{notebooksId}/sources/{sourceId}:uploadFile", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.notebooks.sources.uploadFile", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent", +"sourceId" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource where the sources will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/notebooks/{notebook}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/notebooks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceId": { +"description": "The source id of the associated file. If not set, a source id will be generated and a new tentative source will be created.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/sources/{sourceId}:uploadFile", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudNotebooklmV1alphaUploadSourceFileRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudNotebooklmV1alphaUploadSourceFileResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "operations": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -9126,7 +9173,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250508", +"revision": "20250514", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiservingMediaRequestInfo": { @@ -10777,7 +10824,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "servingConfigDataStore": { @@ -10858,7 +10905,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -11186,7 +11233,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -11201,7 +11248,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -11221,7 +11268,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "searchEngineConfig": { @@ -16230,7 +16277,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "autoRunDisabled": { -"description": "Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync.", +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs", "type": "boolean" }, "bapConfig": { @@ -16357,6 +16404,15 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaIdentityScheduleConfig", "description": "The configuration for the identity data synchronization runs. This contains the refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector." }, +"incrementalRefreshInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"incrementalSyncDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "kmsKeyName": { "description": "Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key.", "type": "string" @@ -16665,7 +16721,7 @@ "description": "Language info for DataStore." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { @@ -16750,7 +16806,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -17388,7 +17444,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -17403,7 +17459,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -17423,7 +17479,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "recommendationMetadata": { @@ -24941,7 +24997,7 @@ "description": "Language info for DataStore." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { @@ -25026,7 +25082,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -25360,7 +25416,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -25375,7 +25431,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -25395,7 +25451,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "searchEngineConfig": { @@ -27643,10 +27699,6 @@ "$ref": "ApiservingMediaRequestInfo", "description": "Media upload request metadata." }, -"projectId": { -"description": "The project (notebook) id of the uploaded source. Prefer to use the parent field instead.", -"type": "string" -}, "sourceId": { "description": "The source id of the associated file. If not set, a source id will be generated and a new tentative source will be created.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index ae7e58bf41..7328b12865 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3304,7 +3304,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4633,7 +4633,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -8004,7 +8004,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250508", +"revision": "20250514", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -9063,7 +9063,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "servingConfigDataStore": { @@ -9144,7 +9144,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -9472,7 +9472,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -9487,7 +9487,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -9507,7 +9507,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "searchEngineConfig": { @@ -12475,7 +12475,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "autoRunDisabled": { -"description": "Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync.", +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether the connector is disabled for auto run. It can be used to pause periodical and real time sync. Update: with the introduction of incremental_sync_disabled, auto_run_disabled is used to pause/disable only full syncs", "type": "boolean" }, "bapConfig": { @@ -12602,6 +12602,15 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaIdentityScheduleConfig", "description": "The configuration for the identity data synchronization runs. This contains the refresh interval to sync the Access Control List information for the documents ingested by this connector." }, +"incrementalRefreshInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The refresh interval specifically for incremental data syncs. If unset, incremental syncs will use the default from env, set to 3hrs. The minimum is 30 minutes and maximum is 7 days.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"incrementalSyncDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether incremental syncs are paused for this connector. This is independent of auto_run_disabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "kmsKeyName": { "description": "Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key.", "type": "string" @@ -12910,7 +12919,7 @@ "description": "Language info for DataStore." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { @@ -12995,7 +13004,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -13416,7 +13425,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -13431,7 +13440,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -13451,7 +13460,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "recommendationMetadata": { @@ -19786,7 +19795,7 @@ "description": "Language info for DataStore." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { @@ -19871,7 +19880,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStoreServingConfigDataStore", "properties": { "disabledForServing": { -"description": "If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", +"description": "Optional. If set true, the DataStore will not be available for serving search requests.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -20422,7 +20431,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dataStoreIds": { -"description": "The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", +"description": "Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -20437,7 +20446,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "industryVertical": { -"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", +"description": "Optional. The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.", "enum": [ "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED", "GENERIC", @@ -20457,7 +20466,7 @@ "description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical." }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "searchEngineConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index 57454d29f0..5ee42057c1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -5113,7 +5113,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250504", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { @@ -8621,7 +8621,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "fileStoreIsEmpty": { -"description": "The file store does not have any files. If the profiling failed, this will be false.", +"description": "The file store does not have any files. If the profiling operation failed, this is false.", "type": "boolean" }, "fileStoreLocation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index 5a7c85947e..2e4e3b7fd2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).", +"description": "Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-comments).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/comments/{commentId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "drive.comments.delete", @@ -2806,7 +2806,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250506", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index 3dd6596c9a..c10f31db8c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250414", +"revision": "20250507", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2550,10 +2550,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BackupConfigDetails": { +"description": "BackupConfigDetails defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan.", +"id": "BackupConfigDetails", +"properties": { +"allNamespaces": { +"description": "Output only. If True, include all namespaced resources", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"encryptionKey": { +"$ref": "EncryptionKey", +"description": "Output only. This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the \"config\" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"includeSecrets": { +"description": "Output only. This flag specifies whether Kubernetes Secret resources should be included when they fall into the scope of Backups. Default: False", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includeVolumeData": { +"description": "Output only. This flag specifies whether volume data should be backed up when PVCs are included in the scope of a Backup. Default: False", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"selectedApplications": { +"$ref": "NamespacedNames", +"description": "Output only. If set, include just the resources referenced by the listed ProtectedApplications.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"selectedNamespaces": { +"$ref": "Namespaces", +"description": "Output only. If set, include just the resources in the listed namespaces.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackupPlan": { "description": "Defines the configuration and scheduling for a \"line\" of Backups.", "id": "BackupPlan", "properties": { +"backupChannel": { +"description": "Output only. The fully qualified name of the BackupChannel to be used to create a backup. This field is set only if the cluster being backed up is in a different project. `projects/*/locations/*/backupChannels/*`", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "backupConfig": { "$ref": "BackupConfig", "description": "Optional. Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan." @@ -2718,6 +2760,11 @@ "description": "Contains metadata about the backup plan/backup.", "id": "BackupPlanDetails", "properties": { +"backupConfigDetails": { +"$ref": "BackupConfigDetails", +"description": "Output only. Contains details about the BackupConfig of Backups created via this BackupPlan.", +"readOnly": true +}, "lastSuccessfulBackup": { "description": "Output only. The fully qualified name of the last successful Backup created under this BackupPlan. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*`", "readOnly": true, @@ -2741,6 +2788,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, +"retentionPolicyDetails": { +"$ref": "RetentionPolicyDetails", +"description": "Output only. Contains details about the RetentionPolicy of Backups created via this BackupPlan.", +"readOnly": true +}, "rpoRiskLevel": { "description": "Output only. A number that represents the current risk level of this BackupPlan from RPO perspective with 1 being no risk and 5 being highest risk.", "format": "int32", @@ -3928,6 +3980,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"restoreChannel": { +"description": "Output only. The fully qualified name of the RestoreChannel to be used to create a RestorePlan. This field is set only if the `backup_plan` is in a different project than the RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restoreChannels/*`", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "restoreConfig": { "$ref": "RestoreConfig", "description": "Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan." @@ -4034,6 +4091,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RetentionPolicyDetails": { +"description": "RetentionPolicyDetails defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan.", +"id": "RetentionPolicyDetails", +"properties": { +"backupDeleteLockDays": { +"description": "Optional. Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking)", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"backupRetainDays": { +"description": "Optional. The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion)", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RpoConfig": { "description": "Defines RPO scheduling configuration for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan.", "id": "RpoConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index faecee2f70..8c033d2453 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250423", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6259,6 +6259,7 @@ "NODEPOOL_WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_FEDERATION_REQUIRED", "CNI_INSTALLATION_FAILED", "CNI_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", +"THC_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", "CLUSTER_HAS_ZERO_NODES", "CANONICAL_SERVICE_ERROR", "UNSUPPORTED_MULTIPLE_CONTROL_PLANES", @@ -6303,6 +6304,7 @@ "Nodepool workload identity federation required error code", "CNI installation failed error code", "CNI pod unschedulable error code", +"THC pod unschedulable error code", "Cluster has zero node code", "Failure to reconcile CanonicalServices", "Multiple control planes unsupported error code", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index 168f7d84e1..244021cdd5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250423", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6843,6 +6843,7 @@ "NODEPOOL_WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_FEDERATION_REQUIRED", "CNI_INSTALLATION_FAILED", "CNI_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", +"THC_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", "CLUSTER_HAS_ZERO_NODES", "CANONICAL_SERVICE_ERROR", "UNSUPPORTED_MULTIPLE_CONTROL_PLANES", @@ -6887,6 +6888,7 @@ "Nodepool workload identity federation required error code", "CNI installation failed error code", "CNI pod unschedulable error code", +"THC pod unschedulable error code", "Cluster has zero node code", "Failure to reconcile CanonicalServices", "Multiple control planes unsupported error code", @@ -7059,6 +7061,7 @@ "NODEPOOL_WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_FEDERATION_REQUIRED", "CNI_INSTALLATION_FAILED", "CNI_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", +"THC_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", "CLUSTER_HAS_ZERO_NODES", "CANONICAL_SERVICE_ERROR", "UNSUPPORTED_MULTIPLE_CONTROL_PLANES", @@ -7103,6 +7106,7 @@ "Nodepool workload identity federation required error code", "CNI installation failed error code", "CNI pod unschedulable error code", +"THC pod unschedulable error code", "Cluster has zero node code", "Failure to reconcile CanonicalServices", "Multiple control planes unsupported error code", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index 0fc488df5b..09363552a1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250421", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6385,6 +6385,7 @@ "NODEPOOL_WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_FEDERATION_REQUIRED", "CNI_INSTALLATION_FAILED", "CNI_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", +"THC_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", "CLUSTER_HAS_ZERO_NODES", "CANONICAL_SERVICE_ERROR", "UNSUPPORTED_MULTIPLE_CONTROL_PLANES", @@ -6429,6 +6430,7 @@ "Nodepool workload identity federation required error code", "CNI installation failed error code", "CNI pod unschedulable error code", +"THC pod unschedulable error code", "Cluster has zero node code", "Failure to reconcile CanonicalServices", "Multiple control planes unsupported error code", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json index 13cb30d751..90ba24ebdb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250415", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { @@ -3030,6 +3030,7 @@ "NODEPOOL_WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_FEDERATION_REQUIRED", "CNI_INSTALLATION_FAILED", "CNI_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", +"THC_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", "CLUSTER_HAS_ZERO_NODES", "CANONICAL_SERVICE_ERROR", "UNSUPPORTED_MULTIPLE_CONTROL_PLANES", @@ -3074,6 +3075,7 @@ "Nodepool workload identity federation required error code", "CNI installation failed error code", "CNI pod unschedulable error code", +"THC pod unschedulable error code", "Cluster has zero node code", "Failure to reconcile CanonicalServices", "Multiple control planes unsupported error code", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index e247efbc2c..7991b70989 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250415", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { @@ -3030,6 +3030,7 @@ "NODEPOOL_WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_FEDERATION_REQUIRED", "CNI_INSTALLATION_FAILED", "CNI_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", +"THC_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", "CLUSTER_HAS_ZERO_NODES", "CANONICAL_SERVICE_ERROR", "UNSUPPORTED_MULTIPLE_CONTROL_PLANES", @@ -3074,6 +3075,7 @@ "Nodepool workload identity federation required error code", "CNI installation failed error code", "CNI pod unschedulable error code", +"THC pod unschedulable error code", "Cluster has zero node code", "Failure to reconcile CanonicalServices", "Multiple control planes unsupported error code", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json index ca7b2cf988..c06e9bc03d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250415", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { @@ -3030,6 +3030,7 @@ "NODEPOOL_WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_FEDERATION_REQUIRED", "CNI_INSTALLATION_FAILED", "CNI_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", +"THC_POD_UNSCHEDULABLE", "CLUSTER_HAS_ZERO_NODES", "CANONICAL_SERVICE_ERROR", "UNSUPPORTED_MULTIPLE_CONTROL_PLANES", @@ -3074,6 +3075,7 @@ "Nodepool workload identity federation required error code", "CNI installation failed error code", "CNI pod unschedulable error code", +"THC pod unschedulable error code", "Cluster has zero node code", "Failure to reconcile CanonicalServices", "Multiple control planes unsupported error code", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json index 83f350f35b..4b4f5a907a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json @@ -3666,7 +3666,7 @@ ] }, "Patient-everything": { -"description": "Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).", +"description": "Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/patient-operation-everything.html)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/Patient/{PatientId}/$everything", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Patient-everything", @@ -3749,7 +3749,7 @@ ] }, "Resource-validate": { -"description": "Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.", +"description": "Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/$validate", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Resource-validate", @@ -3771,7 +3771,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3832,7 +3832,7 @@ ] }, "capabilities": { -"description": "Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.", +"description": "Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/metadata", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.capabilities", @@ -3875,7 +3875,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3909,7 +3909,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3966,7 +3966,7 @@ ] }, "create": { -"description": "Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query, limited to searching by resource identifier. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. When using conditional create, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=system|value` or `identifier=value` - similar to the `search` method on resources with a specific identifier. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query, limited to searching by resource identifier. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. When using conditional create, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=system|value` or `identifier=value` - similar to the `search` method on resources with a specific identifier. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.create", @@ -3983,7 +3983,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources will be moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources will be moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.delete", @@ -4029,7 +4029,7 @@ ] }, "executeBundle": { -"description": "Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch` and `transaction`, processing them according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a transaction bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).", +"description": "Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch` and `transaction`, processing them according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a transaction bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.executeBundle", @@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ ] }, "history": { -"description": "Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).", +"description": "Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}/_history", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.history", @@ -4105,7 +4105,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.patch", @@ -4134,7 +4134,7 @@ ] }, "read": { -"description": "Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.read", @@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ ] }, "search": { -"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", +"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -4189,7 +4189,7 @@ ] }, "search-type": { -"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", +"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", @@ -4206,7 +4206,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resourceType": { -"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -4225,7 +4225,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.update", @@ -4254,7 +4254,7 @@ ] }, "vread": { -"description": "Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).", +"description": "Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}/_history/{_historyId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.vread", @@ -5094,7 +5094,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250409", +"revision": "20250430", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": { @@ -8424,7 +8424,7 @@ "id": "SearchResourcesRequest", "properties": { "resourceType": { -"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json index 88636dfaa6..c14d1230cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json @@ -4374,7 +4374,7 @@ ] }, "Encounter-everything": { -"description": "Retrieves an Encounter resource and resources related to that Encounter. Implements the FHIR extended operation Encounter-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/encounter-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/encounter-operations.html#everything), or [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/encounter-operation-everything.html). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The Encounter resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the Encounter resource, including attachments and binaries. * Resources directly referencing the Encounter resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the Encounter Compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-encounter.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. * Resources referencing to the Encounter resource through the \"http://hl7.org/fhir/StructureDefinition/encounter-associatedEncounter\" extension.", +"description": "Retrieves an Encounter resource and resources related to that Encounter. Implements the FHIR extended operation Encounter-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/encounter-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/encounter-operations.html#everything), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/encounter-operation-everything.html). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The Encounter resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the Encounter resource, including attachments and binaries. * Resources directly referencing the Encounter resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the Encounter Compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-encounter.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-encounter.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. * Resources referencing to the Encounter resource through the \"http://hl7.org/fhir/StructureDefinition/encounter-associatedEncounter\" extension.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/Encounter/{EncounterId}/$everything", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Encounter-everything", @@ -4421,7 +4421,7 @@ ] }, "Observation-lastn": { -"description": "Retrieves the N most recent `Observation` resources for a subject matching search criteria specified as query parameters, grouped by `Observation.code`, sorted from most recent to oldest. Implements the FHIR extended operation Observation-lastn ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/observation-operations.html#lastn), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/observation-operations.html#lastn)). DSTU2 doesn't define the Observation-lastn method, but the server supports it the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. The following search parameters must be provided: - `subject` or `patient` to specify a subject for the Observation. - `code`, `category` or any of the composite parameters that include `code`. Any other valid Observation search parameters can also be provided. This operation accepts an additional query parameter `max`, which specifies N, the maximum number of Observations to return from each group, with a default of 1. Searches with over 1000 results are rejected. Results are counted before grouping and limiting the results with `max`. To stay within the limit, constrain these searches using Observation search parameters such as `_lastUpdated` or `date`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.", +"description": "Retrieves the N most recent `Observation` resources for a subject matching search criteria specified as query parameters, grouped by `Observation.code`, sorted from most recent to oldest. Implements the FHIR extended operation Observation-lastn ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/observation-operations.html#lastn), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/observation-operation-lastn.html)). DSTU2 doesn't define the Observation-lastn method, but the server supports it the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. The following search parameters must be provided: - `subject` or `patient` to specify a subject for the Observation. - `code`, `category` or any of the composite parameters that include `code`. Any other valid Observation search parameters can also be provided. This operation accepts an additional query parameter `max`, which specifies N, the maximum number of Observations to return from each group, with a default of 1. Searches with over 1000 results are rejected. Results are counted before grouping and limiting the results with `max`. To stay within the limit, constrain these searches using Observation search parameters such as `_lastUpdated` or `date`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/Observation/$lastn", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Observation-lastn", @@ -4484,7 +4484,7 @@ ] }, "Patient-everything": { -"description": "Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).", +"description": "Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/patient-operation-everything.html)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/Patient/{PatientId}/$everything", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Patient-everything", @@ -4619,7 +4619,7 @@ ] }, "Resource-validate": { -"description": "Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.", +"description": "Validates an input FHIR resource's conformance to its profiles and the profiles configured on the FHIR store. Implements the FHIR extended operation $validate ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resource-operations.html#validate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resource-operations.html#validate), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resource-operation-validate.html)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The `Parameters` input syntax is not supported. The `profile` query parameter can be used to request that the resource only be validated against a specific profile. If a profile with the given URL cannot be found in the FHIR store then an error is returned. Errors generated by validation contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/$validate", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Resource-validate", @@ -4641,7 +4641,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type of the resource being validated. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), or [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4702,7 +4702,7 @@ ] }, "capabilities": { -"description": "Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.", +"description": "Gets the FHIR capability statement ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/capabilitystatement.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/capabilitystatement.html)), or the [conformance statement](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/conformance.html) in the DSTU2 case for the store, which contains a description of functionality supported by the server. Implements the FHIR standard capabilities interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#capabilities), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#capabilities)), or the [conformance interaction](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#conformance) in the DSTU2 case. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `CapabilityStatement` resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/metadata", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.capabilities", @@ -4728,7 +4728,7 @@ ] }, "conditionalDelete": { -"description": "Deletes FHIR resources that match a search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.12.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.13.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#3.1.0.7.1)). If multiple resources match, all matching resources are deleted. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. Not all FHIR resources that match the search query might be deleted because, by default, a maximum of 100 FHIR resources can be deleted. The number of FHIR resources that can be deleted depends on the page size of the returned resources, which you can control using the `_count` query parameter. Even when using `_count`, you can delete a maximum 1,000 FHIR resources per each call of `conditionalDelete`. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.delete` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Deletes FHIR resources that match a search query. Implements the FHIR standard conditional delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.12.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.13.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#3.1.0.7.1)). If multiple resources match, all matching resources are deleted. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. Not all FHIR resources that match the search query might be deleted because, by default, a maximum of 100 FHIR resources can be deleted. The number of FHIR resources that can be deleted depends on the page size of the returned resources, which you can control using the `_count` query parameter. Even when using `_count`, you can delete a maximum 1,000 FHIR resources per each call of `conditionalDelete`. Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.delete` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalDelete`, see [Conditionally deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_deleting_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalDelete", @@ -4745,7 +4745,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to delete, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4762,7 +4762,7 @@ ] }, "conditionalPatch": { -"description": "If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` permission on the parent FHIR store and the `healthcare.fhirResources.patch` permission on the requested FHIR store resource. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates part of that resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard conditional patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a conditional patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` permission on the parent FHIR store and the `healthcare.fhirResources.patch` permission on the requested FHIR store resource. For samples that show how to call `conditionalPatch`, see [Conditionally patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_patching_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalPatch", @@ -4779,7 +4779,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4799,7 +4799,7 @@ ] }, "conditionalUpdate": { -"description": "If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.10.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cond-update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cond-update)). Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.update` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "If a resource is found based on the search criteria specified in the query parameters, updates the entire contents of that resource. Implements the FHIR standard conditional update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.10.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cond-update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cond-update)). Search terms are provided as query parameters following the same pattern as the search method. If the search criteria identify more than one match, the request returns a `412 Precondition Failed` error. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body contains an `id`, and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. If the search criteria identify zero matches, and the supplied resource body does not contain an `id`, the resource is created with a server-assigned ID as per the create method. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method requires the`healthcare.fhirStores.searchResources` and `healthcare.fhirResources.update` permissions on the parent FHIR store. For samples that show how to call `conditionalUpdate`, see [Conditionally updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#conditionally_updating_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.conditionalUpdate", @@ -4816,7 +4816,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to update, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4836,7 +4836,7 @@ ] }, "create": { -"description": "Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Creates a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#create), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#create), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#create)), which creates a new resource with a server-assigned resource ID. Also supports the FHIR standard conditional create interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#ccreate), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#ccreate), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#ccreate)), specified by supplying an `If-None-Exist` header containing a FHIR search query. If no resources match this search query, the server processes the create operation as normal. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource as it was created on the server, including the server-assigned resource ID and version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `create`, see [Creating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#creating_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.create", @@ -4853,7 +4853,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", +"description": "Required. The FHIR resource type to create, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)). Must match the resource type in the provided content.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4873,7 +4873,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Deletes a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard delete interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#delete), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#delete), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#delete)). Note: Unless resource versioning is disabled by setting the disable_resource_versioning flag on the FHIR store, the deleted resources are moved to a history repository that can still be retrieved through vread and related methods, unless they are removed by the purge method. For samples that show how to call `delete`, see [Deleting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#deleting_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.delete", @@ -4899,7 +4899,7 @@ ] }, "executeBundle": { -"description": "Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction and history operations. ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch`, `transaction` and `history`, processing `batch` and `transaction` bundles according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a `transaction` or `history` bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. `history` bundles also check the `import` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).", +"description": "Executes all the requests in the given Bundle. Implements the FHIR standard batch/transaction interaction and history operations. ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#transaction), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#transaction), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#transaction)). Supports all interactions within a bundle, except search. This method accepts Bundles of type `batch`, `transaction` and `history`, processing `batch` and `transaction` bundles according to the batch processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.1), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.1), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#brules)) and transaction processing rules ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#2.1.0.16.2), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#2.21.0.17.2), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#trules)). The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR `Bundle` resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. For a batch bundle or a successful transaction, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `batch-response` or `transaction-response` containing one entry for each entry in the request, with the outcome of processing the entry. In the case of an error for a `transaction` or `history` bundle, the response body contains a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. This method checks permissions for each request in the bundle. The `executeBundle` permission is required to call this method, but you must also grant sufficient permissions to execute the individual requests in the bundle. For example, if the bundle contains a request to create a FHIR resource, the caller must also have been granted the `healthcare.fhirResources.create` permission. `history` bundles also check the `import` permission. You can use audit logs to view the permissions for `executeBundle` and each request in the bundle. For more information, see [Viewing Cloud Audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/how-tos/audit-logging). For samples that show how to call `executeBundle`, see [Managing FHIR resources using FHIR bundles](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-bundles).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.executeBundle", @@ -4928,7 +4928,7 @@ ] }, "history": { -"description": "Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).", +"description": "Lists all the versions of a resource (including the current version and deleted versions) from the FHIR store. Implements the per-resource form of the FHIR standard history interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#history), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#history), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#history)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `history`, containing the version history sorted from most recent to oldest versions. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `history`, see [Listing FHIR resource versions](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#listing_fhir_resource_versions).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}/_history", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.history", @@ -4975,7 +4975,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Updates part of an existing resource by applying the operations specified in a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com/) document. Implements the FHIR standard patch interaction ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#patch), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#patch)). DSTU2 doesn't define a patch method, but the server supports it in the same way it supports STU3. The request body must contain a JSON Patch document, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/json-patch+json`. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `patch`, see [Patching a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#patching_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.patch", @@ -5004,7 +5004,7 @@ ] }, "read": { -"description": "Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.read", @@ -5030,7 +5030,7 @@ ] }, "search": { -"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", +"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ ] }, "search-type": { -"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", +"description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", @@ -5076,7 +5076,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resourceType": { -"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -5095,7 +5095,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).", +"description": "Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.update", @@ -5124,7 +5124,7 @@ ] }, "vread": { -"description": "Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).", +"description": "Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR resource by version ID. Implements the FHIR standard vread interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#vread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/http.html#vread), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/http.html#vread)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `vread`, see [Retrieving a FHIR resource version](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#retrieving_a_fhir_resource_version).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{fhirId}/{fhirId1}/_history/{_historyId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.vread", @@ -6017,7 +6017,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250409", +"revision": "20250430", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": { @@ -10278,7 +10278,7 @@ "id": "SearchResourcesRequest", "properties": { "resourceType": { -"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", +"description": "Optional. The FHIR resource type to search, such as Patient or Observation. For a complete list, see the FHIR Resource Index ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/resourcelist.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/fhir/STU3/resourcelist.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/fhir/R4/resourcelist.html)).", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 999aeb6821..cbc8c5da36 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -3773,7 +3773,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250502", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { @@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIamAdminV1WorkforcePoolProviderExtraAttributesOAuth2ClientQueryParameters", "properties": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. The filter used to request specific records from IdP. In case of attributes type as AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL, it represents the filter used to request specific groups for users from IdP. By default, all of the groups associated with the user are fetched. The groups should be mail enabled and security enabled. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter for more details.", +"description": "Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5877,6 +5877,10 @@ false "description": "Optional. A user-specified description of the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.", "type": "string" }, +"detailedAuditLogging": { +"description": "Optional. If true, populates additional debug information in Cloud Audit Logs for this provider. Logged attribute mappings and values can be found in `sts.googleapis.com` data access logs. Default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "disabled": { "description": "Optional. Disables the workforce pool provider. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.", "type": "boolean" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index 714b71ee42..6a00297869 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250420", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -3670,6 +3670,7 @@ false "NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "NVIDIA_H200_141GB", "NVIDIA_B200", +"NVIDIA_GB200", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -3689,6 +3690,7 @@ false "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H200 141Gb GPU.", "Nvidia B200 GPU.", +"Nvidia GB200 GPU.", "TPU v2 (JellyFish).", "TPU v3 (DragonFish).", "TPU_v4 (PufferFish).", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index 1c1a2c1c1c..71552070d4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250420", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -3688,6 +3688,7 @@ false "NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "NVIDIA_H200_141GB", "NVIDIA_B200", +"NVIDIA_GB200", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -3707,6 +3708,7 @@ false "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H200 141Gb GPU.", "Nvidia B200 GPU.", +"Nvidia GB200 GPU.", "TPU v2 (JellyFish).", "TPU v3 (DragonFish).", "TPU_v4 (PufferFish).", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json index 4cb41fa95d..f7da96c3d4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250420", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -3041,6 +3041,7 @@ false "NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "NVIDIA_H200_141GB", "NVIDIA_B200", +"NVIDIA_GB200", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -3060,6 +3061,7 @@ false "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "Nvidia H200 141Gb GPU.", "Nvidia B200 GPU.", +"Nvidia GB200 GPU.", "TPU v2 (JellyFish).", "TPU v3 (DragonFish).", "TPU_v4 (PufferFish).", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json index ab8a64886a..cd7fec8352 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json @@ -1436,13 +1436,1440 @@ ] } } +}, +"schemaRegistries": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a schema registry instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent whose schema registry instance is to be created. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/schemaRegistries", +"request": { +"$ref": "CreateSchemaRegistryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaRegistry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a schema registry instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the schema registry instance to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get the schema registry instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the schema registry instance to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaRegistry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List schema registries.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent whose schema registry instances are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/schemaRegistries", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSchemaRegistriesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"compatibility": { +"methods": { +"checkCompatibility": { +"description": "Check compatibility of a schema with all versions or a specific version of a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/compatibility/{compatibilityId}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.compatibility.checkCompatibility", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to check compatibility for. The format is either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/*/versions: Check compatibility with one or more versions of the specified subject. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}: Check compatibility with a specific version of the subject.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/compatibility/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "CheckCompatibilityRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "CheckCompatibilityResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"config": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Delete schema config for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/config/{configId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.config.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of subject to delete the config for. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/config/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get schema config at global level or for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/config/{configId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.config.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"defaultToGlobal": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the config will fall back to the config at the global level if no subject level config is found.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name to get the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Get config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Get config for a specific subject.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/config/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Update config at global level or for a subject. Creates a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig if it does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/config/{configId}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.config.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name to update the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Update config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Update config for a specific subject.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/config/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UpdateSchemaConfigRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"contexts": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get the context.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the context to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Context" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List contexts for a schema registry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the contexts. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/contexts", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"compatibility": { +"methods": { +"checkCompatibility": { +"description": "Check compatibility of a schema with all versions or a specific version of a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/compatibility/{compatibilityId}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.compatibility.checkCompatibility", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to check compatibility for. The format is either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/*/versions: Check compatibility with one or more versions of the specified subject. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/compatibility/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}: Check compatibility with a specific version of the subject.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/compatibility/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "CheckCompatibilityRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "CheckCompatibilityResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"config": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Delete schema config for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/config/{configId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.config.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of subject to delete the config for. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/config/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get schema config at global level or for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/config/{configId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.config.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"defaultToGlobal": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the config will fall back to the config at the global level if no subject level config is found.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name to get the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Get config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Get config for a specific subject.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/config/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Update config at global level or for a subject. Creates a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig if it does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/config/{configId}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.config.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name to update the config for. It can be either of following: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config: Update config at global level. * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/config/{subject}: Update config for a specific subject.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/config/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UpdateSchemaConfigRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"mode": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get mode at global level or for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/mode/{modeId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.mode.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/mode/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaMode" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Update mode at global level or for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/mode/{modeId}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.mode.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/mode/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UpdateSchemaModeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaMode" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"schemas": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get the schema for the given schema id.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/schemas/{schemasId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Schema" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getSchema": { +"description": "Get the schema string for the given schema id. The response will be the schema string.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/schemas/{schemasId}/schema", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.getSchema", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/schema", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"subjects": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "List subjects which reference a particular schema id. The response will be an array of subject names.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/schemas/{schemasId}/subjects", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.subjects.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The schema resource whose associated subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/subjects", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"types": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "List the supported schema types. The response will be an array of schema types.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/schemas/types", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.types.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent schema registry whose schema types are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/schemas/types", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"versions": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "List the schema versions for the given schema id. The response will be an array of subject-version pairs as: [{\"subject\":\"subject1\", \"version\":1}, {\"subject\":\"subject2\", \"version\":2}].", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/schemas/{schemasId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.schemas.versions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of the schema, even if the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The schema whose schema versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"subjects": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the deleted subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"permanent": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the subject and all associated metadata including the schema ID will be deleted permanently. Otherwise, only the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false. Soft-deleted subjects can still be searched in ListSubjects API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a subject must be performed before a hard-delete.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List subjects in the schema registry. The response will be an array of subject names.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent schema registry/context whose subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subjectPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. The context to filter the subjects by, in the format of `:.{context}:`. If unset, all subjects in the registry are returned. Set to empty string or add as '?subjectPrefix=' at the end of this request to list subjects in the default context.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/subjects", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"lookupVersion": { +"description": "Lookup a schema under the specified subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.lookupVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The subject to lookup the schema in. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}", +"request": { +"$ref": "LookupVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"versions": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Register a new version under a given subject with the given schema.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The subject to create the version for. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"request": { +"$ref": "CreateVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "CreateVersionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a version of a subject. The response will be the deleted version id.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject version to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"permanent": { +"description": "Optional. If true, both the version and the referenced schema ID will be permanently deleted. The default is false. If false, the version will be deleted but the schema ID will be retained. Soft-deleted versions can still be searched in ListVersions API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a version must be performed before a hard-delete.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get a versioned schema (schema with subject/version) of a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getSchema": { +"description": "Get the schema string only for a version of a subject. The response will be the schema string.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}/schema", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.getSchema", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/schema", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Get all versions of a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of an active or soft-deleted subject. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The subject whose versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"referencedby": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Get a list of IDs of schemas that reference the schema with the given subject and version.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/contexts/{contextsId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}/referencedby", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.contexts.subjects.versions.referencedby.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The version to list referenced by. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/contexts/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/referencedby", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"mode": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get mode at global level or for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/mode/{modeId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.mode.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/mode/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaMode" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Update mode at global level or for a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/mode/{modeId}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.mode.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the mode. The format is * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/mode/{subject}: mode for a schema registry, or * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/mode/{subject}: mode for a specific subject in a specific context", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/mode/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UpdateSchemaModeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaMode" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"schemas": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get the schema for the given schema id.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/schemas/{schemasId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Schema" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getSchema": { +"description": "Get the schema string for the given schema id. The response will be the schema string.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/schemas/{schemasId}/schema", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.getSchema", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the schema to return. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. Used to limit the search for the schema ID to a specific subject, otherwise the schema ID will be searched for in all subjects in the given specified context.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/schema", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"subjects": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "List subjects which reference a particular schema id. The response will be an array of subject names.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/schemas/{schemasId}/subjects", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.subjects.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The schema resource whose associated subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/subjects", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"types": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "List the supported schema types. The response will be an array of schema types.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/schemas/types", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.types.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent schema registry whose schema types are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/schemas/types", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"versions": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "List the schema versions for the given schema id. The response will be an array of subject-version pairs as: [{\"subject\":\"subject1\", \"version\":1}, {\"subject\":\"subject2\", \"version\":2}].", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/schemas/{schemasId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.schemas.versions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of the schema, even if the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The schema whose schema versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/schemas/ids/{schema}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/schemas/ids/{schema}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/schemas/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Optional. The subject to filter the subjects by.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"subjects": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the deleted subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"permanent": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the subject and all associated metadata including the schema ID will be deleted permanently. Otherwise, only the subject is soft-deleted. The default is false. Soft-deleted subjects can still be searched in ListSubjects API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a subject must be performed before a hard-delete.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List subjects in the schema registry. The response will be an array of subject names.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted subjects. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent schema registry/context whose subjects are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subjectPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. The context to filter the subjects by, in the format of `:.{context}:`. If unset, all subjects in the registry are returned. Set to empty string or add as '?subjectPrefix=' at the end of this request to list subjects in the default context.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/subjects", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"lookupVersion": { +"description": "Lookup a schema under the specified subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.lookupVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The subject to lookup the schema in. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}", +"request": { +"$ref": "LookupVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"versions": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Register a new version under a given subject with the given schema.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The subject to create the version for. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"request": { +"$ref": "CreateVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "CreateVersionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a version of a subject. The response will be the deleted version id.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject version to delete. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"permanent": { +"description": "Optional. If true, both the version and the referenced schema ID will be permanently deleted. The default is false. If false, the version will be deleted but the schema ID will be retained. Soft-deleted versions can still be searched in ListVersions API call with deleted=true query parameter. A soft-delete of a version must be performed before a hard-delete.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get a versioned schema (schema with subject/version) of a subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SchemaVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getSchema": { +"description": "Get the schema string only for a version of a subject. The response will be the schema string.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}/schema", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.getSchema", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, no matter if the subject/version is soft-deleted or not, it returns the version details. If false, it returns NOT_FOUND error if the subject/version is soft-deleted. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the subject to return versions. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/schema", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Get all versions of a subject. The response will be an array of versions of the subject.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will include soft-deleted versions of an active or soft-deleted subject. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The subject whose versions are to be listed. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/versions", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"referencedby": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Get a list of IDs of schemas that reference the schema with the given subject and version.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schemaRegistries/{schemaRegistriesId}/subjects/{subjectsId}/versions/{versionsId}/referencedby", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.schemaRegistries.subjects.versions.referencedby.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The version to list referenced by. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}/subjects/{subject}/versions/{version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/schemaRegistries/[^/]+/subjects/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/referencedby", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} } } } } } }, -"revision": "20250414", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://managedkafka.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessConfig": { @@ -1557,6 +2984,62 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CheckCompatibilityRequest": { +"description": "Request for CheckCompatibility.", +"id": "CheckCompatibilityRequest", +"properties": { +"references": { +"description": "Optional. The schema references used by the schema.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SchemaReference" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"schema": { +"description": "Required. The schema payload", +"type": "string" +}, +"schemaType": { +"description": "Optional. The schema type of the schema.", +"enum": [ +"SCHEMA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AVRO", +"JSON", +"PROTOBUF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No schema type. The default will be AVRO.", +"Avro schema type.", +"JSON schema type.", +"Protobuf schema type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"verbose": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the response will contain the compatibility check result with reasons for failed checks. The default is false.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CheckCompatibilityResponse": { +"description": "Response for CheckCompatibility.", +"id": "CheckCompatibilityResponse", +"properties": { +"is_compatible": { +"description": "The compatibility check result. If true, the schema is compatible with the resource.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"messages": { +"description": "Failure reasons if verbose = true.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Cluster": { "description": "An Apache Kafka cluster deployed in a location.", "id": "Cluster", @@ -1842,6 +3325,99 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Context": { +"description": "Context represents an independent schema grouping in a schema registry instance.", +"id": "Context", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the context. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}/contexts/{context}` The context name {context} can contain the following: * Up to 255 characters. * Allowed characters: letters (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, and the following special characters: `.`, `-`, `_`, `+`, `%`, and `~`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subjects": { +"description": "Optional. The subjects of the context.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CreateSchemaRegistryRequest": { +"description": "Request to create a schema registry instance.", +"id": "CreateSchemaRegistryRequest", +"properties": { +"schemaRegistry": { +"$ref": "SchemaRegistry", +"description": "Required. The schema registry instance to create. The name field is ignored." +}, +"schemaRegistryId": { +"description": "Required. The schema registry instance ID to use for this schema registry. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), and underscores (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. The ID must not start with a number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CreateVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request for CreateVersion.", +"id": "CreateVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "Optional. The schema ID of the schema. If not specified, the schema ID will be generated by the server. If the schema ID is specified, it must not be used by an existing schema that is different from the schema to be created.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"normalize": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored. The default is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"references": { +"description": "Optional. The schema references used by the schema.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SchemaReference" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"schema": { +"description": "Required. The schema payload", +"type": "string" +}, +"schemaType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the schema. It is optional. If not specified, the schema type will be AVRO.", +"enum": [ +"SCHEMA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AVRO", +"JSON", +"PROTOBUF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No schema type. The default will be AVRO.", +"Avro schema type.", +"JSON schema type.", +"Protobuf schema type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Optional. The version to create. It is optional. If not specified, the version will be created with the max version ID of the subject increased by 1. If the version ID is specified, it will be used as the new version ID and must not be used by an existing version of the subject.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CreateVersionResponse": { +"description": "Response for CreateVersion.", +"id": "CreateVersionResponse", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "The unique identifier of the schema created.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -1863,6 +3439,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"HttpBody": { +"description": "Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.", +"id": "HttpBody", +"properties": { +"contentType": { +"description": "The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.", +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"extensions": { +"description": "Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListAclsResponse": { "description": "Response for ListAcls.", "id": "ListAclsResponse", @@ -2003,6 +3606,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListSchemaRegistriesResponse": { +"description": "Request for ListSchemaRegistries.", +"id": "ListSchemaRegistriesResponse", +"properties": { +"schemaRegistries": { +"description": "The schema registry instances.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SchemaRegistry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListTopicsResponse": { "description": "Response for ListTopics.", "id": "ListTopicsResponse", @@ -2055,6 +3672,48 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"LookupVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request for LookupVersion.", +"id": "LookupVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"deleted": { +"description": "Optional. If true, soft-deleted versions will be included in lookup, no matter if the subject is active or soft-deleted. If false, soft-deleted versions will be excluded. The default is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"normalize": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being looked up. The default is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"references": { +"description": "Optional. The schema references used by the schema.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SchemaReference" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"schema": { +"description": "Required. The schema payload", +"type": "string" +}, +"schemaType": { +"description": "Optional. The schema type of the schema.", +"enum": [ +"SCHEMA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AVRO", +"JSON", +"PROTOBUF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No schema type. The default will be AVRO.", +"Avro schema type.", +"JSON schema type.", +"Protobuf schema type." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "NetworkConfig": { "description": "The configuration of a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network that can access the Kafka cluster.", "id": "NetworkConfig", @@ -2217,6 +3876,187 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"Schema": { +"description": "Schema for a Kafka message.", +"id": "Schema", +"properties": { +"references": { +"description": "Optional. The schema references used by the schema.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SchemaReference" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"schema": { +"description": "The schema payload.", +"type": "string" +}, +"schemaType": { +"description": "Optional. The schema type of the schema.", +"enum": [ +"SCHEMA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AVRO", +"JSON", +"PROTOBUF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No schema type. The default will be AVRO.", +"Avro schema type.", +"JSON schema type.", +"Protobuf schema type." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SchemaConfig": { +"description": "SchemaConfig represents configuration for a schema registry or a specific subject.", +"id": "SchemaConfig", +"properties": { +"alias": { +"description": "Optional. The subject to which this subject is an alias of. Only applicable for subject config.", +"type": "string" +}, +"compatibility": { +"description": "Required. The compatibility type of the schema. The default value is BACKWARD. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, defaults to the global value. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"BACKWARD", +"BACKWARD_TRANSITIVE", +"FORWARD", +"FORWARD_TRANSITIVE", +"FULL", +"FULL_TRANSITIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No compatibility check.", +"Backwards compatible with the most recent version.", +"Backwards compatible with all previous versions.", +"Forwards compatible with the most recent version.", +"Forwards compatible with all previous versions.", +"Backwards and forwards compatible with the most recent version.", +"Backwards and forwards compatible with all previous versions." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"normalize": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. If unset in a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, the global value will be used. If unset in a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig, reverts to the default value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SchemaMode": { +"description": "SchemaMode represents the mode of a schema registry or a specific subject. Four modes are supported: * NONE: This is the default mode for a subject and essentially means that the subject does not have any mode set. This means the subject will follow the schema registry's mode. * READONLY: The schema registry is in read-only mode. * READWRITE: The schema registry is in read-write mode, which allows limited write operations on the schema. * IMPORT: The schema registry is in import mode, which allows more editing operations on the schema for data importing purposes.", +"id": "SchemaMode", +"properties": { +"mode": { +"description": "Required. The mode type of a schema registry (READWRITE by default) or of a subject (NONE by default, which means use the global schema registry setting).", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"READONLY", +"READWRITE", +"IMPORT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No mode.", +"READONLY mode.", +"READWRITE mode.", +"IMPORT mode." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SchemaReference": { +"description": "SchemaReference is a reference to a schema.", +"id": "SchemaReference", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Required. The subject of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Required. The version of the reference.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SchemaRegistry": { +"description": "SchemaRegistry is a schema registry instance.", +"id": "SchemaRegistry", +"properties": { +"contexts": { +"description": "Output only. The contexts of the schema registry instance.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the schema registry instance. Structured like: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/schemaRegistries/{schema_registry}` The instance name {schema_registry} can contain the following: * Up to 255 characters. * Letters (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, and underscores.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SchemaVersion": { +"description": "Version of a schema.", +"id": "SchemaVersion", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "Required. The schema ID.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"references": { +"description": "Optional. The schema references used by the schema.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SchemaReference" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"schema": { +"description": "Required. The schema payload.", +"type": "string" +}, +"schemaType": { +"description": "Optional. The schema type of the schema.", +"enum": [ +"SCHEMA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AVRO", +"JSON", +"PROTOBUF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No schema type. The default will be AVRO.", +"Avro schema type.", +"JSON schema type.", +"Protobuf schema type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "Required. The subject of the version.", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Required. The version ID", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", @@ -2300,6 +4140,62 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"UpdateSchemaConfigRequest": { +"description": "Request for updating schema config. On a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, an unset field will be removed from the SchemaConfig.", +"id": "UpdateSchemaConfigRequest", +"properties": { +"compatibility": { +"description": "Required. The compatibility type of the schemas. Cannot be unset for a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig. If unset on a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, removes the compatibility field for the SchemaConfig.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"BACKWARD", +"BACKWARD_TRANSITIVE", +"FORWARD", +"FORWARD_TRANSITIVE", +"FULL", +"FULL_TRANSITIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No compatibility check.", +"Backwards compatible with the most recent version.", +"Backwards compatible with all previous versions.", +"Forwards compatible with the most recent version.", +"Forwards compatible with all previous versions.", +"Backwards and forwards compatible with the most recent version.", +"Backwards and forwards compatible with all previous versions." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"normalize": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the schema will be normalized before being stored or looked up. The default is false. Cannot be unset for a SchemaRegistry-level SchemaConfig. If unset on a SchemaSubject-level SchemaConfig, removes the normalize field for the SchemaConfig.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UpdateSchemaModeRequest": { +"description": "Request for updating schema registry or subject mode.", +"id": "UpdateSchemaModeRequest", +"properties": { +"mode": { +"description": "Required. The mode type.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"READONLY", +"READWRITE", +"IMPORT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No mode.", +"READONLY mode.", +"READWRITE mode.", +"IMPORT mode." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index 7f44d3f728..fb5d0e2855 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250324", +"revision": "20250514", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2696,6 +2696,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet.DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS.If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use Any instead.MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2.This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "MetadataExport": { "description": "The details of a metadata export operation.", "id": "MetadataExport", @@ -3522,6 +3529,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TelemetryConfig": { "description": "Telemetry Configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service.", "id": "TelemetryConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 2178ca10ac..d795069125 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250410", +"revision": "20250514", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2885,6 +2885,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet.DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS.If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use Any instead.MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2.This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "MetadataExport": { "description": "The details of a metadata export operation.", "id": "MetadataExport", @@ -3783,6 +3790,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TelemetryConfig": { "description": "Telemetry Configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service.", "id": "TelemetryConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index b753b94158..810924e6a8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250410", +"revision": "20250514", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2885,6 +2885,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet.DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS.If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use Any instead.MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2.This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "MetadataExport": { "description": "The details of a metadata export operation.", "id": "MetadataExport", @@ -3783,6 +3790,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TelemetryConfig": { "description": "Telemetry Configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service.", "id": "TelemetryConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json index 8e26504688..5dc28af84d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250422", +"revision": "20250515", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { @@ -4647,7 +4647,7 @@ "vmwareConfig": { "$ref": "VmwareDiskConfig", "deprecated": true, -"description": "VMware disk details." +"description": "VMware disk details. Deprecated" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index bb500fffb4..9251f9dd2e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250323", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -3415,7 +3415,7 @@ "id": "Criteria", "properties": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. The filter string to match on Alert fields when silencing the alerts. It follows the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 syntax. A filter string used to apply the snooze to specific incidents that have matching filter values. Filters can be defined for snoozes that apply to one alerting policy. Filters must be a string formatted as one or more resource labels with specific label values. If multiple resource labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have an instance ID of 1234567890 and a zone of us-central1-a: resource.labels.instance_id=\"1234567890\" AND resource.labels.zone=\"us-central1-a\" ", +"description": "Optional. When you define a snooze, you can also define a filter for that snooze. The filter is a string containing one or more key-value pairs. The string uses the standard https://google.aip.dev/160 filter syntax. If you define a filter for a snooze, then the snooze can only apply to one alert policy. When the snooze is active, incidents won't be created when the incident would have key-value pairs (labels) that match those specified by the filter in the snooze.Snooze filters support resource, metric, and metadata labels. If multiple labels are used, then they must be connected with an AND operator. For example, the following filter applies the snooze to incidents that have a resource label with an instance ID of \"1234567890\", a metric label with an instance name of \"group\", a metadata user label with a key of \"foo\" and a value of \"bar\", and a metadata system label with a key of \"region\" and a value of \"us-central1\": \"filter\": \"resource.labels.instance_id=\\\"1234567890\\\" AND metric.labels.instance_name=\\\"test_group\\\" AND metadata.user_labels.foo=\\\"bar\\\" AND metadata.system_labels.region=\\\"us-central1\\\"\" ", "type": "string" }, "policies": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json index 9df9b72015..6aa588a7fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json @@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250326", +"revision": "20250515", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -2444,6 +2444,12 @@ "description": "A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected.", "type": "string" }, +"enforcedRetentionEndTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -2612,6 +2618,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BackupRetentionPolicy": { +"description": "Retention policy for backups in the backup vault", +"id": "BackupRetentionPolicy", +"properties": { +"backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": { +"description": "Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"dailyBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"manualBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"monthlyBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"weeklyBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackupVault": { "description": "A NetApp BackupVault.", "id": "BackupVault", @@ -2620,6 +2654,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`", "type": "string" }, +"backupRetentionPolicy": { +"$ref": "BackupRetentionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups." +}, "backupVaultType": { "description": "Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION.", "enum": [ @@ -3983,6 +4021,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customPerformanceEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. True if using Independent Scaling of capacity and performance (Hyperdisk) By default set to false", +"type": "boolean" +}, "description": { "description": "Optional. Description of the storage pool", "type": "string" @@ -4096,6 +4138,16 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"totalIops": { +"description": "Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool If not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalThroughputMibps": { +"description": "Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiB/s)", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "volumeCapacityGib": { "description": "Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool", "format": "int64", @@ -4187,7 +4239,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transferBytes": { -"description": "Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship.", +"description": "Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json index cde3e86557..da00eabb9b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json @@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250326", +"revision": "20250515", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -2444,6 +2444,12 @@ "description": "A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected.", "type": "string" }, +"enforcedRetentionEndTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time until which the backup is not deletable.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -2612,6 +2618,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BackupRetentionPolicy": { +"description": "Retention policy for backups in the backup vault", +"id": "BackupRetentionPolicy", +"properties": { +"backupMinimumEnforcedRetentionDays": { +"description": "Required. Minimum retention duration in days for backups in the backup vault.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"dailyBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the daily backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"manualBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the manual backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"monthlyBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the monthly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"weeklyBackupImmutable": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the weekly backups are immutable. Atleast one of daily_backup_immutable, weekly_backup_immutable, monthly_backup_immutable and manual_backup_immutable must be true.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackupVault": { "description": "A NetApp BackupVault.", "id": "BackupVault", @@ -2620,6 +2654,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Region where the backups are stored. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`", "type": "string" }, +"backupRetentionPolicy": { +"$ref": "BackupRetentionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Backup retention policy defining the retenton of backups." +}, "backupVaultType": { "description": "Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION.", "enum": [ @@ -3991,6 +4029,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Description of the storage pool", "type": "string" }, +"enableHotTierAutoResize": { +"description": "Optional. Flag indicating that the hot-tier threshold will be auto-increased by 10% of the hot-tier when it hits 100%. Default is true. The increment will kick in only if the new size after increment is still less than or equal to storage pool size.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "encryptionType": { "description": "Output only. Specifies the current pool encryption key source.", "enum": [ @@ -4011,6 +4053,11 @@ "description": "Deprecated. Used to allow SO pool to access AD or DNS server from other regions.", "type": "boolean" }, +"hotTierSizeGib": { +"description": "Optional. Total hot tier capacity for the Storage Pool. It is applicable only to Flex service level. It should be less than the minimum storage pool size and cannot be more than the current storage pool size. It cannot be decreased once set.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "kmsConfig": { "description": "Optional. Specifies the KMS config to be used for volume encryption.", "type": "string" @@ -4150,6 +4197,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"hotTierBypassModeEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Flag indicating that the hot tier bypass mode is enabled. Default is false. This is only applicable to Flex service level.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "tierAction": { "description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED.", "enum": [ @@ -4201,7 +4252,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "transferBytes": { -"description": "Cumulative bytes trasferred so far for the replication relatinonship.", +"description": "Cumulative bytes transferred so far for the replication relationship.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index f8f88883d1..60cb92b0e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -1366,6 +1366,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/internalRanges/{internalRangesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.internalRanges.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/internalRanges/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists internal ranges in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/internalRanges", @@ -1450,6 +1481,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/internalRanges/{internalRangesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.internalRanges.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/internalRanges/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/internalRanges/{internalRangesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.internalRanges.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/internalRanges/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2925,7 +3012,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250502", +"revision": "20250512", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": { @@ -3312,7 +3399,7 @@ "id": "Filter", "properties": { "destRange": { -"description": "Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is \"0.0.0.0/0\" if protocol version is IPv4.", +"description": "Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is \"0.0.0.0/0\" if protocol version is IPv4 and \"::/0\" if protocol version is IPv6.", "type": "string" }, "ipProtocol": { @@ -3320,19 +3407,21 @@ "type": "string" }, "protocolVersion": { -"description": "Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported. IPV6 is supported in preview.", +"description": "Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. IPV4 and IPV6 is supported.", "enum": [ "PROTOCOL_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", -"IPV4" +"IPV4", +"IPV6" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"The PBR is for IPv4 internet protocol traffic." +"The PBR is for IPv4 internet protocol traffic.", +"The PBR is for IPv6 internet protocol traffic." ], "type": "string" }, "srcRange": { -"description": "Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is \"0.0.0.0/0\" if protocol version is IPv4.", +"description": "Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is \"0.0.0.0/0\" if protocol version is IPv4 and \"::/0\" if protocol version is IPv6.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index 5649431124..f75e522196 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -2184,6 +2184,40 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single ServiceBinding.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServiceBinding resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ServiceBinding" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2970,7 +3004,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250423", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index 4bcc7d7592..456b3d0bc0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -2093,6 +2093,40 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single ServiceBinding.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the ServiceBinding resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/serviceBindings/`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServiceBinding resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ServiceBinding" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2879,7 +2913,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250423", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthzExtension": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index 4c0842387e..cb0b3dd623 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250323", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { @@ -2055,6 +2055,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS. If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use `Any` instead. MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2. This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "MonthlySchedule": { "description": "Represents a monthly schedule. An example of a valid monthly schedule is \"on the third Tuesday of the month\" or \"on the 15th of the month\".", "id": "MonthlySchedule", @@ -3583,6 +3590,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TimeOfDay": { "description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.", "id": "TimeOfDay", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index 6eb229fefb..1ee9566b6d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250323", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { @@ -1596,6 +1596,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS. If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use `Any` instead. MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2. This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "OSPolicy": { "description": "An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.", "id": "OSPolicy", @@ -2680,6 +2687,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VulnerabilityReport": { "description": "This API resource represents the vulnerability report for a specified Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. For more information, see [Vulnerability reports](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#vulnerability-reports).", "id": "VulnerabilityReport", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json index 03857f4844..ffafbf8249 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250323", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptRepository": { @@ -1365,6 +1365,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS. If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use `Any` instead. MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2. This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "MonthlySchedule": { "description": "Represents a monthly schedule. An example of a valid monthly schedule is \"on the third Tuesday of the month\" or \"on the 15th of the month\".", "id": "MonthlySchedule", @@ -2351,6 +2358,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TimeOfDay": { "description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.", "id": "TimeOfDay", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json index e5bc60a0e2..ac08bb3750 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250323", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -1504,6 +1504,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS. If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use `Any` instead. MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2. This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "OSPolicy": { "description": "An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.", "id": "OSPolicy", @@ -2309,6 +2316,35 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json index 64318cf5d1..a990a6d68f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to merge into the existing policy orchestrator. A special [\"*\"] field mask can be used to simply replace the entire resource. Otherwise, for all paths referenced in the mask, following merge rules are used: * output only fields are ignored, * primitive fields are replaced, * repeated fields are replaced, * map fields are merged key by key, * message fields are cleared if not set in the request, otherwise they are merged recursively (in particular - message fields set to an empty message has no side effects) If field mask (or its paths) is not specified, it is automatically inferred from the request using following rules: * primitive fields are listed, if set to a non-default value (as there is no way to distinguish between default and unset value), * map and repeated fields are listed, * `google.protobuf.Any` fields are listed, * other message fields are traversed recursively. Note: implicit mask does not allow clearing fields.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250323", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -1504,6 +1504,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MessageSet": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE FOR NEW FIELDS. If you are using editions or proto2, please make your own extendable messages for your use case. If you are using proto3, please use `Any` instead. MessageSet was the implementation of extensions for proto1. When proto2 was introduced, extensions were implemented as a first-class feature. This schema for MessageSet was meant to be a \"bridge\" solution to migrate MessageSet-bearing messages from proto1 to proto2. This schema has been open-sourced only to facilitate the migration of Google products with MessageSet-bearing messages to open-source environments.", +"id": "MessageSet", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "OSPolicy": { "description": "An OS policy defines the desired state configuration for a VM.", "id": "OSPolicy", @@ -2309,6 +2316,35 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"StatusProto": { +"description": "Wire-format for a Status object", +"id": "StatusProto", +"properties": { +"canonicalCode": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 canonical_code = 6;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"code": { +"description": "Numeric code drawn from the space specified below. Often, this is the canonical error space, and code is drawn from google3/util/task/codes.proto copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional int32 code = 1;", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Detail message copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string message = 3;", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageSet": { +"$ref": "MessageSet", +"description": "message_set associates an arbitrary proto message with the status. copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional proto2.bridge.MessageSet message_set = 5;" +}, +"space": { +"description": "copybara:strip_begin(b/383363683) Space to which this status belongs copybara:strip_end_and_replace optional string space = 2; // Space to which this status belongs", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index fd116f3520..f80eeaaf8b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ ] }, "updateContact": { -"description": "Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `\"failedPrecondition\"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.", +"description": "Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `\"failedPrecondition\"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. If making sequential updates to the same person, the etag from the `updateContact` response should be used to avoid failures. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.", "flatPath": "v1/people/{peopleId}:updateContact", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "people.people.updateContact", @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20250513", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index 82dcf372af..c730954b91 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "action": { -"description": "The intented insert action. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation.", +"description": "The intented insert action. Advised to set this when the customer already has a subscription for a different SKU in the same product.", "enum": [ "actionUnspecified", "buy", @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceSkuId": { -"description": "The sku_id of the existing subscription to be upgraded or downgraded. This is required when action is SWITCH. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation.", +"description": "The sku_id of the existing subscription to be upgraded or downgraded. This is required when action is SWITCH.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250419", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json index ff5a3aaaee..791c826e27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250501", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -6594,8 +6594,14 @@ "description": "Merchant Center Feed filter criterion.", "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaMerchantCenterAccountLinkMerchantCenterFeedFilter", "properties": { +"dataSourceId": { +"description": "AFM data source ID.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "primaryFeedId": { -"description": "Merchant Center primary feed ID.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Merchant Center primary feed ID. Deprecated: use data_source_id instead.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json index 2ae856667f..fd5ff74b0b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json @@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250501", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -3461,8 +3461,14 @@ "description": "Merchant Center Feed filter criterion.", "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaMerchantCenterAccountLinkMerchantCenterFeedFilter", "properties": { +"dataSourceId": { +"description": "AFM data source ID.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "primaryFeedId": { -"description": "Merchant Center primary feed ID.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Merchant Center primary feed ID. Deprecated: use data_source_id instead.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -5532,8 +5538,14 @@ "description": "Merchant Center Feed filter criterion.", "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaMerchantCenterFeedFilter", "properties": { +"dataSourceId": { +"description": "AFM data source ID.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "primaryFeedId": { -"description": "Merchant Center primary feed ID.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Merchant Center primary feed ID. Deprecated: use data_source_id instead.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index 158df10531..e4a893dd0c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2790,13 +2790,104 @@ ] } } +}, +"workerpools": { +"methods": { +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Get the IAM Access Control policy currently in effect for the given worker pool. This result does not include any inherited policies.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workerpools/{workerpoolsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "run.projects.locations.workerpools.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workerpools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM Access control policy for the specified worker pool. Overwrites any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workerpools/{workerpoolsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "run.projects.locations.workerpools.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workerpools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified worker pool. There are no permissions required for making this API call.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workerpools/{workerpoolsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "run.projects.locations.workerpools.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workerpools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } } } } } }, -"revision": "20250425", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index 352fe9c718..69a4e0c92a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250504", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -4857,30 +4857,6 @@ "description": "Optional. The total number of instances in manual scaling mode.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" -}, -"maxInstanceCount": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"minInstanceCount": { -"description": "Optional. The minimum count of instances distributed among revisions based on the specified instance split percentages.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"scalingMode": { -"description": "Optional. The scaling mode for the worker pool.", -"enum": [ -"SCALING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"AUTOMATIC", -"MANUAL" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified.", -"Automatically scale between min and max instances.", -"Scale to exactly min instances and ignore the max instances." -], -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index 4da4062b03..6d07061546 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -5938,7 +5938,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250505", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -11623,6 +11623,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -11650,6 +11651,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -11657,6 +11659,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -11677,7 +11680,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -11691,7 +11697,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -11699,6 +11708,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -11717,6 +11727,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -11744,6 +11755,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -11751,6 +11763,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -11771,7 +11784,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -11785,7 +11801,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -11793,6 +11812,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -11856,6 +11876,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -11883,6 +11904,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -11890,6 +11912,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -11910,7 +11933,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -11924,7 +11950,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -11932,6 +11961,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -11950,6 +11980,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -11977,6 +12008,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -11984,6 +12016,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -12004,7 +12037,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -12018,7 +12054,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -12026,6 +12065,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -13954,6 +13994,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -13981,6 +14022,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -13988,6 +14030,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -14008,7 +14051,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -14022,7 +14068,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -14030,6 +14079,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -14048,6 +14098,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -14075,6 +14126,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -14082,6 +14134,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -14102,7 +14155,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -14116,7 +14172,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -14124,6 +14183,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -14187,6 +14247,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -14214,6 +14275,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -14221,6 +14283,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -14241,7 +14304,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -14255,7 +14321,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -14263,6 +14332,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -14281,6 +14351,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -14308,6 +14379,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -14315,6 +14387,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -14335,7 +14408,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -14349,7 +14425,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -14357,6 +14436,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 2d55dc02de..46294ba7e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250411", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -6293,6 +6293,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -6320,6 +6321,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -6327,6 +6329,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -6347,7 +6350,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -6361,7 +6367,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -6369,6 +6378,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6387,6 +6397,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -6414,6 +6425,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -6421,6 +6433,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -6441,7 +6454,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -6455,7 +6471,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -6463,6 +6482,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -6526,6 +6546,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -6553,6 +6574,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -6560,6 +6582,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -6580,7 +6603,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -6594,7 +6620,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -6602,6 +6631,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6620,6 +6650,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -6647,6 +6678,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -6654,6 +6686,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -6674,7 +6707,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -6688,7 +6724,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -6696,6 +6735,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -8343,6 +8383,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -8370,6 +8411,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -8377,6 +8419,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -8397,7 +8440,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -8411,7 +8457,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -8419,6 +8468,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -8437,6 +8487,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -8464,6 +8515,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -8471,6 +8523,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -8491,7 +8544,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -8505,7 +8561,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -8513,6 +8572,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -8576,6 +8636,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -8603,6 +8664,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -8610,6 +8672,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -8630,7 +8693,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -8644,7 +8710,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -8652,6 +8721,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -8670,6 +8740,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -8697,6 +8768,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -8704,6 +8776,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -8724,7 +8797,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -8738,7 +8814,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -8746,6 +8825,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index 0ee660f355..2ba0f6bbfb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250411", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -7286,6 +7286,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -7313,6 +7314,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -7320,6 +7322,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -7340,7 +7343,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -7354,7 +7360,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -7362,6 +7371,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -7380,6 +7390,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -7407,6 +7418,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -7414,6 +7426,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -7434,7 +7447,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -7448,7 +7464,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -7456,6 +7475,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -7519,6 +7539,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -7546,6 +7567,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -7553,6 +7575,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -7573,7 +7596,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -7587,7 +7613,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -7595,6 +7624,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -7613,6 +7643,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -7640,6 +7671,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -7647,6 +7679,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -7667,7 +7700,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -7681,7 +7717,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -7689,6 +7728,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -9087,6 +9127,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -9114,6 +9155,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -9121,6 +9163,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -9141,7 +9184,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -9155,7 +9201,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -9163,6 +9212,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -9181,6 +9231,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -9208,6 +9259,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -9215,6 +9267,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -9235,7 +9288,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -9249,7 +9305,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -9257,6 +9316,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" @@ -9320,6 +9380,7 @@ "NETWORK_SERVICE_DISCOVERY", "SCHEDULED_TASK_JOB", "CONTAINER_ORCHESTRATION_JOB", +"PROCESS_INJECTION", "PROCESS_DISCOVERY", "COMMAND_AND_SCRIPTING_INTERPRETER", "UNIX_SHELL", @@ -9347,6 +9408,7 @@ "INGRESS_TOOL_TRANSFER", "NATIVE_API", "BRUTE_FORCE", +"AUTOMATED_COLLECTION", "SHARED_MODULES", "DATA_ENCODING", "STANDARD_ENCODING", @@ -9354,6 +9416,7 @@ "TOKEN_IMPERSONATION_OR_THEFT", "CREATE_ACCOUNT", "LOCAL_ACCOUNT", +"DEOBFUSCATE_DECODE_FILES_OR_INFO", "EXPLOIT_PUBLIC_FACING_APPLICATION", "USER_EXECUTION", "DOMAIN_POLICY_MODIFICATION", @@ -9374,7 +9437,10 @@ "KERNEL_MODULES_AND_EXTENSIONS", "ABUSE_ELEVATION_CONTROL_MECHANISM", "UNSECURED_CREDENTIALS", +"BASH_HISTORY", +"PRIVATE_KEYS", "COMPROMISE_HOST_SOFTWARE_BINARY", +"CREDENTIALS_FROM_PASSWORD_STORES", "MODIFY_AUTHENTICATION_PROCESS", "IMPAIR_DEFENSES", "DISABLE_OR_MODIFY_TOOLS", @@ -9388,7 +9454,10 @@ "MODIFY_CLOUD_COMPUTE_INFRASTRUCTURE", "CREATE_SNAPSHOT", "CLOUD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DISCOVERY", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES", +"DEVELOP_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES", +"OBTAIN_CAPABILITIES_MALWARE", "ACTIVE_SCANNING", "SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS", "STAGE_CAPABILITIES", @@ -9396,6 +9465,7 @@ "DEPLOY_CONTAINER", "ESCAPE_TO_HOST", "CONTAINER_AND_RESOURCE_DISCOVERY", +"REFLECTIVE_CODE_LOADING", "STEAL_OR_FORGE_AUTHENTICATION_CERTIFICATES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -9414,6 +9484,7 @@ "T1046", "T1053", "T1053.007", +"T1055", "T1057", "T1059", "T1059.004", @@ -9441,6 +9512,7 @@ "T1105", "T1106", "T1110", +"T1119", "T1129", "T1132", "T1132.001", @@ -9448,6 +9520,7 @@ "T1134.001", "T1136", "T1136.001", +"T1140", "T1190", "T1204", "T1484", @@ -9468,7 +9541,10 @@ "T1547.006", "T1548", "T1552", +"T1552.003", +"T1552.004", "T1554", +"T1555", "T1556", "T1562", "T1562.001", @@ -9482,7 +9558,10 @@ "T1578", "T1578.001", "T1580", +"T1587", +"T1587.001", "T1588", +"T1588.001", "T1595", "T1595.001", "T1608", @@ -9490,6 +9569,7 @@ "T1610", "T1611", "T1613", +"T1620", "T1649" ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 61ab8c2961..6c1d922d6c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250508", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object.", "type": "any" }, -"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `apiserving/configaspects/proto`.", +"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 7bd0c3fa14..9a34b81004 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250508", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object.", "type": "any" }, -"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `apiserving/configaspects/proto`.", +"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index c5c465317d..216bf7cf92 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250313", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object.", "type": "any" }, -"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `apiserving/configaspects/proto`.", +"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index 38f94c8eee..9a33cb4654 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250417", +"revision": "20250511", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object.", "type": "any" }, -"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `apiserving/configaspects/proto`.", +"description": "Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index 983830b617..56b4037bc1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250415", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { @@ -1110,6 +1110,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AddTableResponse": { +"description": "The result of adding a table.", +"id": "AddTableResponse", +"properties": { +"table": { +"$ref": "Table", +"description": "Output only. The table that was added.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AppendCellsRequest": { "description": "Adds new cells after the last row with data in a sheet, inserting new rows into the sheet if necessary.", "id": "AppendCellsRequest", @@ -6409,6 +6421,10 @@ "$ref": "AddSlicerResponse", "description": "A reply from adding a slicer." }, +"addTable": { +"$ref": "AddTableResponse", +"description": "A reply from adding a table." +}, "cancelDataSourceRefresh": { "$ref": "CancelDataSourceRefreshResponse", "description": "A reply from cancelling data source object refreshes." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index c9dd6ca50d..431761f728 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250502", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "flags": { -"description": "Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags", +"description": "Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags.", "items": { "$ref": "ConnectionPoolFlags" }, @@ -5364,7 +5364,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "queryStringLength": { -"description": "Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database.", +"description": "Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -6529,7 +6529,7 @@ false "id": "PscAutoConnectionConfig", "properties": { "consumerNetwork": { -"description": "The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project.", +"description": "Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project.", "type": "string" }, "consumerNetworkStatus": { @@ -6537,7 +6537,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "consumerProject": { -"description": "This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network.", +"description": "Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network.", "type": "string" }, "ipAddress": { @@ -6562,6 +6562,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"networkAttachmentUri": { +"description": "Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID", +"type": "string" +}, "pscAutoConnections": { "description": "Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index eba5e9f8d2..5813340d80 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250502", +"revision": "20250508", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "flags": { -"description": "Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags", +"description": "Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags.", "items": { "$ref": "ConnectionPoolFlags" }, @@ -5365,7 +5365,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "queryStringLength": { -"description": "Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query length more than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database.", +"description": "Maximum query length stored in bytes. Default value: 1024 bytes. Range: 256-4500 bytes. Query lengths greater than this field value will be truncated to this value. When unset, query length will be the default value. Changing query length will restart the database.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -6527,7 +6527,7 @@ false "id": "PscAutoConnectionConfig", "properties": { "consumerNetwork": { -"description": "The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project.", +"description": "Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project.", "type": "string" }, "consumerNetworkStatus": { @@ -6535,7 +6535,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "consumerProject": { -"description": "This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network.", +"description": "Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network.", "type": "string" }, "ipAddress": { @@ -6560,6 +6560,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"networkAttachmentUri": { +"description": "Optional. The network attachment of the consumer network that the Private Service Connect enabled Cloud SQL instance is authorized to connect via PSC interface. format: projects/PROJECT/regions/REGION/networkAttachments/ID", +"type": "string" +}, "pscAutoConnections": { "description": "Optional. The list of settings for requested Private Service Connect consumer endpoints that can be used to connect to this Cloud SQL instance.", "items": { @@ -6924,7 +6928,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "replicationLagMaxSeconds": { -"description": "Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag", +"description": "Optional. Configuration value for recreation of replica after certain replication lag.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 033b127793..8b28eee817 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -236,9 +236,14 @@ "description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://storage.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://storage.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" } ], -"etag": "\"38353737343034333936303735343633323432\"", +"etag": "\"38313932303531353034313530333239303931\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -4524,7 +4529,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250424", +"revision": "20250509", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvanceRelocateBucketOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json index 950dfb7512..269595b1dc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250503", +"revision": "20250510", "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentPool": { @@ -764,6 +764,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The Resource name of a secret in Secret Manager. The Azure SAS token must be stored in Secret Manager in JSON format: { \"sas_token\" : \"SAS_TOKEN\" } GoogleServiceAccount must be granted `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` for the resource. See [Configure access to a source: Microsoft Azure Blob Storage] (https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/source-microsoft-azure#secret_manager) for more information. If `credentials_secret` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials. Format: `projects/{project_number}/secrets/{secret_name}`", "type": "string" }, +"federatedIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "FederatedIdentityConfig", +"description": "Optional. Federated identity config of a user registered Azure application. If `federated_identity_config` is specified, do not specify azure_credentials or credentials_secret." +}, "path": { "description": "Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'.", "type": "string" @@ -932,6 +936,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FederatedIdentityConfig": { +"description": "Identities of a user registered Azure application that enables identity federation to trust tokens issued by the user's Google service account. For more information about Azure application and identity federation, see [Register an application with the Microsoft identity platform] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/entra/identity-platform/quickstart-register-app) Azure RBAC roles then need be assigned to the Azure application to authorize access to the user's Azure data source. For more information about Azure RBAC roles for blobs, see [Manage Access Rights with RBAC] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/authorize-with-azure-active-directory#manage-access-rights-with-rbac)", +"id": "FederatedIdentityConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. Client (application) ID of the application with federated credentials.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tenantId": { +"description": "Required. Tenant (directory) ID of the application with federated credentials.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GcsData": { "description": "In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its \"last modification time\" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated.", "id": "GcsData", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 62af808830..af9c610b04 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -19,6 +19,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-northeast1" }, @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250331", +"revision": "20250507", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index 5c5eeb7b06..dd2b51e0c7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -19,6 +19,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://sts.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-northeast1" }, @@ -333,7 +338,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250331", +"revision": "20250507", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": {